An Introduction to Japanese Syntax, Grammar & Language

2009-2010, Michiel Kamermans, all rights reserved Draft copy based on grammar.nihongoresources.com This draft may not be reproduced in whole or in part. March 28, 2010

ii

Table of Contents
1 The syntax 1.1 The kana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1.1 The basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1.2 Writing the kana . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1.3 Pronouncing Japanese . . . . . . . . 1.1.4 Hiragana and katakana dierences . 1.2 Writing spoken japanese . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2.1 Katakana specic . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2.2 Punctuation and writing . . . . . . . 1.3 Kanji . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3.1 Types of Kanji . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3.2 Writing Kanji . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3.3 Reading kanji: furigana . . . . . . . 1.3.4 Reading quirks: compound words . 1.3.5 Looking up kanji . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3.6 Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4 Words and word classes . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4.1 Articles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4.2 Verbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4.3 Nouns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4.4 Pronouns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4.5 Nominalisers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4.6 Adjectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4.7 Adverbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4.8 Particles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4.9 Prexes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4.10 Onomatopoeia and mimesis . . . . . 1.4.11 Compound words . . . . . . . . . . 1.5 Sentence structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5.1 Word order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5.2 Emphasis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6 Pitch and accents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.7 Gender roles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii 1 1 1 3 6 8 10 12 13 15 18 19 21 22 22 23 27 27 28 29 30 31 31 32 32 33 33 34 35 36 37 39 40

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1.8

Context language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 45 45 47 51 55 62 64 65 65 67 72 76 76 77 78 79 79 79 81 81 81 83 84 86 88 89 92 92 97 102 108 109 111 116 121 123 128 129 131 133

2 Verb grammar 2.1 Inecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1.1 Inection bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1.2 Basic inections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1.3 Basic inections for irregular verbs and verbal adjectives 2.1.4 In summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2 Adjectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3 Noun inection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3.1 Particles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3.2 Inection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4 Pronouns: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 Special verbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5.1 Becoming: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5.2 Being: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5.3 Doing: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5.4 Possessive: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5.5 Negative presence: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 More Verb Grammar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 More grammar 3.1 Revisits and simple inections . . . 3.1.1 Politeness . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1.2 A ributive . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1.3 Adverbial . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1.4 Noun forms . . . . . . . . . . 3.1.5 More negatives . . . . . . . . 3.1.6 Basic inections summarised 3.2 Further inections . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2.1 Conjunctive . . . . . . . . . . 3.2.2 Continuative: form . . . . 3.2.3 Special form conjunctions 3.2.4 Representative listing: . 3.2.5 Conditional: . . . . 3.2.6 Desire . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2.7 Pseudo-future: / . . . 3.2.8 Hypothetical: . . . . . . 3.2.9 Commands . . . . . . . . . . 3.2.10 3.2.11 3.2.12 3.2.13

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Requesting: . . . . . . . Passive: / . . . . . . . . . . . Causative: / . . . . . . . . . . Causative passive: / iv

3.3

3.4

3.2.14 Potential . . . . . . . . . Formal speech pa erns . . . . . 3.3.1 Humble verb pa erns . 3.3.2 Honoric verb pa erns Classical adjectives . . . . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

. . . . .

134 137 138 141 144

4 Particles 147 4.1 Prexes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 4.1.1 The honoric prex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 4.1.2 Negating prexes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 4.1.3 Assorted prexes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 4.2 Particles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 4.2.1 Essential particles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 4.2.2 Emphatic particles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 4.2.3 Further particles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 4.2.4 Enrichment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 4.3 Translating prepositions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 4.3.1 Prepositions already covered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 4.3.2 Prepositions translating to conceptual temporal or location nouns210 4.3.3 The conceptual nouns list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 4.4 In Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 5 Counters and counting 221 5.1 Counting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 5.1.1 Rules for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 5.1.2 5.1.3 5.1.4 Rules for Rules for Rules for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 226 227 228 229 230 233 240 243 247 256 261 261

5.2 5.3

5.4

5.1.5 Rules for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.1.6 How many? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.1.7 The rules in summary . . . . . . . . Ranges and estimations . . . . . . . . . . . Counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.3.1 Numerical counters . . . . . . . . . 5.3.2 General counters for articles . . . . . 5.3.3 Counters for living things . . . . . . 5.3.4 Occurrences and ranking . . . . . . 5.3.5 Counting time related units . . . . . 5.3.6 Additional words for quantication Using numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.4.1 Telling time and date . . . . . . . . . v

5.4.2 5.4.3

Basic arithmetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 More advanced mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 269 269 269 270 271 279 281 282 283

6 Language pa erns 6.1 Comparisons preferences and choice . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1.1 Binary choices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1.2 Open choices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1.3 Comparison through likeness and impressions 6.1.4 Discussing possibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1.5 Discussing certainty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2 Nominalising . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2.1 Back referral using . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2.2 6.2.3 6.2.4 6.2.5 6.2.6 6.2.7 6.2.8 6.2.9 Abstract conceptualisation using Real conceptualisation using

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 . . . . . 285

Illustrating a circumstance case or occasion using Indicating a moment of opportunity using Describing an occurrence using

. . . . . . . . . 286

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

Indicating a specic time or event using

Stating an expectation using . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 Stating a social expectation or custom using . . . . . . . . 288 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290

6.2.10 Indicating a moment in time using 6.2.11 Stating an intention using

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291

6.2.12 Stating a situational explanation using

6.2.13 Describing a way using . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 6.2.14 Indicating an exact manner using . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 6.2.15 Stating purpose using . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 296 296 299 305 305 315 322

6.2.16 Indicating apparent behaviour using 6.3 6.2.17 Talking about a something using Social language pa erns . . . . . . . . . . . 6.3.1 Showing and demanding face . . . . 6.3.2 Addressing people . . . . . . . . . . Acknowledging social status . . . . . . . . . 6.4.1 Giving and receiving . . . . . . . . . 6.4.2 Indirect speech . . . . . . . . . . . . More advanced grammar . . . . . . . . . . vi

6.4

6.5

Appendices A Conjugation Schemes 325 A.1 Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 A.1.1 Regular verbs: verbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 A.1.2 Regular verbs: verbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 A.1.3 Irregular verbs: (/) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 A.1.4 A.1.5 A.1.6 A.1.7 A.1.8 A.1.9 Irregular verbs: Special verbs: . Special verbs: . . Special verbs: . Special verbs: . Verbal adjectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327 327 327 328 328 328

A.1.10 Special bases for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328 A.1.11 Special bases for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 A.1.12 Special bases for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 A.1.13 Special bases for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 A.1.14 Special bases for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 A.2 Conjugation schemes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 A.2.1 Regular verbs: A.2.2 A.2.3 A.2.4 A.2.5 A.2.6 A.2.7 A.2.8 B Set phrases Glossary verbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 333 334 335 336 337 337 339 357

Regular verbs: verbs . . . . Irregular verbs: (/) Irregular verbs: () . . . Special verbs: . . . . . . . . Special verbs: / . . . . . . Special verbs: . . . . . . . . Verbal adjectives . . . . . . . . .

Indexes 367 English index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367 Japanese index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383

vii

viii

Acknowledgements
This book like its precursors wasnt wri en in one go many people contributed in some way or other to making sure that this book got turned from just a thought into something real. Foremost my teachers at Leiden University Mr. M. Kunimori and Mr. N. Oya have contributed to me enjoying learning the language greatly much more than I would have had I merely kept on studying the language at home. Their comments while teaching sometimes related to the language and sometimes going o on completely random tangents have enriched my experience of the language in such a way that has made it fun as well as something to play with rather than to formally study. I owe them gratitude. Secondly many people from the online community helped me in learning how to phrase myself so that explanations were understandable and corrected me when I got things wrong something that denitely improves anyones skill at anything by reinforcing that some things shouldnt be what you thought them to be. Many of these were from the IRC channel #nihongo on the irchighway network and while some people have since moved on others have stuck around and it remains a nice source of conversation concerning Japanese and other ma ers to this day. My thanks go out to those people that have helped proof the book or parts of its content in either the old or new incarnation; Sarah Wiebe Ayako Sasaki Andreas Wallin Raymond Calla Maarten van der Heijden Giulio Agostini Emmanuel Auclair Sergi Esteve and many unnamed others deserve not just my but also your thanks they helped rene the material from a mass of typos and convoluted phrases into the publication it is now! Special thanks goes out to Edmund Dickinson who took upon him the task of scrutinising the books English. Without his help this book would have been of far lower quality. Gratitude should also be extended to the people on the XeTeX mailing list without whose help this book would have taken far longer to realise. Their help with (Xe)LaTeX related questions has been greatly appreciated and although singling individual users out would be nearly impossible the principle creater of XeTeX Jonathan Kew and the author of Fontspec Will Robertson do deserve special mention. ix

Finally as a special dedication I would like to thank Cynthia Ng who has been my support for years now kept me motivated to nish this book helped in editing the content and became my wife during the nal stages of nishing this book. Thank you for being in my life this book is dedicated to you.

Preface
You are reading the rst revision (or if you bought this also the rst print version!) of the Japanese grammar book that I started writing while I was still taking classes in Japanese... and consequently failed at (the book not the courses). I have to admit I was a bit overzealous. While I enjoyed learning and through the process of explaining the things I had learnt to others via what became www.nihongoresources.com I was still a rst year student with not exactly a lot of weight or experience under my belt. The rst version of my book I oered to my teacher to scrutinise and scrutinise he did. In retrospect its a good thing he did because it took forever to get from the draft version to an edited nal version. Instead in 2005 I decided that the information I was oering the world was somewhat out of date and needed a rewrite. I also knew that I had to do something with the book: I had promised many people by now I would nish it and I didnt like the idea of le ing those people down. As such I began to write what ended up as a permanent draft copy of a grammar book freely available from the nihongoresources.com website in 2005-2006. Three years later the book has certainly proved its popularity. Well over a hundred thousand downloads later and with over fteen thousand hits on it per week still the time has nally come to revise it and give everyone what theyve been asking for for some time now: a proper paper version in addition to the digital copy. Its taken close to a year to go from deciding to revise the old grammar book to being able to oer you a restructured reworked and more than half rewri en book on the Japanese language but hopefully the wait was worth it. Ive spent as much time on it as I could in between my normal job and spending time on vacations in Canada to be with the person who has helped me tremendously in ge ing this book done and keeping me motivated to do so and I hope the result is something you feel was worth paying money for. Or if you didnt buy it but are reading this as a digital copy then I hope you might nd it good enough to want to have it si ing on your shelf as paper copy as well. This book was wri en in several phases using several programs. The rst full-content version was based on the original An Introduction to Japanese Syntax Grammar and Language wri en in 2005 which was wri en in plain text using Textpad after which it got turned into DocBook XML using XMLmind XML Editor. This was then converted to WordprocessingML using a custom script and nal styling was done in Microsoft Word before converting that to PDF form using xi

Adobes Acrobat PDF building tools. The new process is actually much more fun and allows me to automate the whole book-making process in the future when errata must be processed and new content is added. The data itself now lives on the internet and can be found on h p://grammar.nihongoresources.com as a dokuwiki documentation project. Because dokuwiki stores its data as plain text les I wrote a set of conversion scripts to turn the dokuwiki code into LaTeX code which then gets run through the XeLaTeX processing engine which results in a fully indexed cross-referenced ToC-ed and for all intents and purposes publication-ready PDF le. In the end I had fun rewriting the book and pu ing together the technologies to turn the book content into something you can actually read and I hope you will have fun reading this and nd it aids you in your studies of Japanese. Thank you for making writing this worth while and good luck! Mike Pomax Kamermans

xii

Chapter 1

The syntax
Syntax in the Japanese language comes in several parts. From the lowest to the highest we see the kana and kanji used to compose words which are used to compose sentences which in turn function as the building blocks of the spoken and wri en language. We will look at each of these blocks in order and look at how they all come together to form the Japanese language.

1.1 The kana 1.1.1 The basics

What the alphabet is to western languages the gojuuon is to Japanese. This Japanese syllabary is a collection of 46 syllables (roughly half of which have voiced counterparts) that act as phonetic building blocks in the Japanese language. Arranged in the traditional way and read top-down right-to-left these 46 syllables can be wri en in either of two scripts: hiragana and katakana:
() () () ()

The syntax 1.1 The kana

Transcribing these tables into western and more specically English sounds the table looks roughly as follows:
n wa (wi) (we) (w)o ra ri ru re ro ya yu yo ma mi mu me mo ha hi fu he ho na ni nu ne no ta chi tsu te to sa shi su se so ka ki ku ke ko a i u e o

These tables seem to contain 48 syllables instead of 46 but the two syllables wi and we (/ and /) have not been in use since the Japanese language was revised following shortly after the second world war. They have been included here only for completeness and in modern Japanese do not appear in the syllabaries table. The is still very much in use but only as a grammatical particle that is pronounced as and so the only accurate transcription is as o. However in names it may be pronounced as wo and so we nd the consonant in parentheses in the table of transcriptions. We can look at these tables in two ways. Firstly as arrangements in columns. When doing so the rst column (going right to left rather than left to right) is called the column the second column the column and so forth. We can also look at them as arrangements of rows in which case the rst row is called the row the second one the row followed by the and rows. Thus the katakana symbol for instance can be found on the row of the column. Some of these columns have voiced variants. Voicing is a linguistic term used to indicate consonants that are pronounced with air running past the vocal cords. In Japanese the - - - and columns (ka sa ta and ha) can be given a special diacritic mark called dakuten ( plain changing their pronunciation:
/ / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / /

) to indicate they are voiced rather than

Which is transcribed as:

ba bi bu be bo da dzi dzu de do za ji zu ze zo ga gi gu ge go

The syntax 1.1 The kana

A note about dzi and dzu: while these are technically the correct transcriptions for and these syllables have been rendered obsolete in current Japanese with words that used to use now using and words that use now using . This will be explained in a bit more detail in the section on pronunciation.

In addition to this regular voicing the column has a secondary voicing indicated with a small circle diacritic mark called handakuten ( rather than producing a b sound produces a p sound: ) which

/ / / / /

pa pi pu pe po

1.1.2 Writing the kana

Both hiragana and katakana may be relatively simple scripts compared to the complex Chinese characters also in use in Japanese but they both have specic ways of writing each syllable. The following tables show how to write both hiragana and katakana the proper way. Note that these wri en versions look dierent in places from print form.

The syntax 1.1 The kana

Stroke diagrams for hiragana

The syntax 1.1 The kana

Stroke diagrams for katakana

The syntax 1.1 The kana

1.1.3 Pronouncing Japanese

Pronunciation wise each of these syllables is equally long. This is traditionally explained by referring to the pronunciation of Japanese as mora a linguistic term meaning the time required to pronounce an ordinary or normal short sound or syllable. In Japan this concept of mora is usually explained with the easier concept of drum beats: each basic syllable is one beat long with certain combinations of kana lasting one and a half or two beats. The vowel sounds of Japanese and do not all have English equivalents; is actually identical to the initial vowel sound in I or eye that is the a sound without the nalising i sound. The is a li le easier sounding like the ee in creep. The is particularly annoying because there is no English equivalent. It is identical to the vowel sounds of properly Sco ish you or do or the Dutch open u such as in huren. is pronounced like in the English help and the nally is pronounced like the o in or. While for most kana the consonant sound is reasonably approximated by the transcribed consonant as listed in the earlier tables there are a few notable exceptions. For instance while romanised as hi / is usually pronounced with a consonant that doesnt sound like an h but more like the German or Sco ish ch as found in German words such as ich (meaning I) and Sco ish words such as loch (meaning lake). Also in the -colum the syllable / does not have an h as consonant sound or even the f consonant sound that it is typically transcribed with but rather uses only pure aspiration as initial sound. This is mostly unknown in western languages and will be the hardest to get right for people starting out with Japanese. Rather than being formed in the mouth the syllable starts being formed at the diaphragm while breathing out. Paired with the lips shaped as if casually blowing out a match or candle (rather than tightened for whistling) this rush of air is then given a vowel sound and the syllable is complete. In the column we also see an interesting pronunciation quirk: while and strictly speaking have voiced versions wri en and over the years the dierence in pronunciation between and and and has all but disappeared leading to an ocial move towards replacing these and with and entirely. However there are (quite a number of) exceptions to this move for replacement: if the two rst kana of a word are the same but the second one is voiced the same kana are used (for example and ). Also in compound words in which voicing occurs the original kana form is used (for instance +

and + ). This exception only applies when the compound word can be considered a combination of words. Both and derive their meaning from their constituent words but in a word like meaning lightning the rst kanji refers to rice plants and the second kanji refers to (someones) wife. In these words

The syntax 1.1 The kana

even if the axed compound would normally have a or the voicing is wri en as or in modern Japanese rather than or . That said voicing in compound nouns is a bit strange in that there are no rules to tell when something will or will not voice so the best strategy which applies to learning words in general anyway is to learn words as word rst then learn them as combinations rather than the other way around. Finally the column can be a problem because for most western listeners dierent people will seem to pronounce the initial consonant in this column dierently. While in many western languages the consonants d l and r are considered quite distinct in Japanese this distinction is far less; any syllable starting with a consonant ranging from a full edged l to a rolling Spanish r will be interpreted as a syllable from the column with the standard pronunciation being somewhere between a d and an r.

Not pronouncing Japanese

This sounds like an oddly named section but some bits in wri en Japanese are actually not really pronounced at all. In fact not infrequently you will hear Japanese that does not seem to reect the wri en form with the verb desu seemingly being pronounced des the adjective hayaku seemingly being pronounced hayak the command shiro seemingly being pronounced shro and many more of such vocal omissions. In fact many syllables with an or sound tend to have these vowel sounds left almost unpronounced. I say almost because the vowel sound is typically preserved by virtue of the consonants used. For instance the word transcribed as soshite is typically pronounced in such a way that it can be considered transcribable as soshte instead. However forming sh means also forming a pseudo-vowel sound. In fact even in this omi ed vowel there is room for variation so that a sh can sound like it was supposed to become shi or shu and it is this feature that is exploited quite heavily in Japanese. This leads to a small problem. Because it sounds like the vowel is entirely missing you might be tempted to mimic this sound but end up genuinely omi ing the vowel entirely because thats what your ears which are not yet accustomed to Japanese phonetics think is happening. However this also makes your Japanese highly unnatural because to a Japanese ear the vowel is only mostly omi ed not entirely. The problem then is one of hearing: when learning a new language it is important to unlearn how to hear language. Much like how we have learned to see the world in a way that its actually not (you will consider a brown table with a light shining on one end brown instead of brown on one end and a completely dierent colour where the light is hi ing it) as infants we learn to disregard any and all sounds that dont feature in the languages were raised with. As such remarkable as

The syntax 1.1 The kana

this may sound we unlearn how to hear things accurately and instead learn how to map what we hear to what we know the language is supposed to sound like. While highly eective when learning a language or a family of languages with similar pronunciations its disastrous when learning a language that has a dierent phonetic system. The best advice with regards to this is to simply listen to a lot of Japanese. It takes time and eort to unlearn the unconscious mapping your brain does for you. Youre going to get it wrong but as long as you know you are youll be on the right track.

1.1.4 Hiragana and katakana dierences

If hiragana and katakana sound exactly the same why then are there two dierent scripts? When the Japanese rst developed a wri en system it was based on the characters used in China for the Chinese language in which for the most part the meaning of the characters were subservient to what they sounded like: if a word had an a sound in it then any Chinese character that sounded like a could be used for it without any real regard for its meaning. This using certain characters for their sound only became more widespread as the number of characters per syllable dropped from quite many to only a handful and as writing became more widespread two syllabic scripts developed. One which simplied phonetic kanji by omi ing parts of them lead to what is today called katakana. Another which simplied phonetic kanji by further and further reducing the complexity of the cursive forms for these kanji has become what is known today as hiragana. We can see this illustrated in the next gure which shows the characters the hiragana came from and the highly stylistic cursive form characters had highlighting the degree of simplication that cursive writing brought with it.

The syntax 1.1 The kana

The hiragana derivations from cursive script

Katakana got a slightly dierent treatment in that these are actually fragments of characters rather than stylistic simplications. The second derivations gure illustrates this with a note that the fragments were lifted from handwri en characters so that the logic is mostly found in the cursive line of characters. These two scripts have diered in roles throughout history and in modern Japanese hiragana is used for anything Japanese that does not use (or need) kanji and katakana is used in the same way that we use italics in western language as well as for words that have been imported into Japanese from other languages over the course of history. The only genuine dierence between the two scripts is the way in which long vowel sounds are wri en as we shall see in the next section.

10

The syntax 1.2 Writing spoken japanese

The katakana derivations

1.2 Writing spoken japanese

Using the kana as basic building blocks Japanese pronunciation consists of a few more things beyond basic syllables: in addition to simple syllable sounds it contains long vowels glides and double consonants. Long vowels contrary to the name do not always mean the same vowel twice as long. Strictly speaking a long vowel in Japanese is a combination of two vowels pronounced over two drum beats. In katakana long vowels are really just that a vowel with a dash to indicate the sound has been doubled in length but in hiragana the doubling is dierent. Of the ve basic Japanese vowel sounds ( and ) the rst three have fairly simple long vowel counterparts in hiragana simply doubling in writing but the la er two are more complicated having two different wri en forms:

The syntax 1.2 Writing spoken japanese

hiragana katakana

11

While the pronunciation for and are intuitive (same sound twice as long) the pronunciations for and and more subtle. The rst may be pronounced as a same sound twice as long but may also be pronounced as which is similar to the -ay in the English hay. For the pronunciation is like oa in oak with often sounding the same but when pronounced slowly having a distinct hint of u at the end. This doubling is the same for syllables with consonant sounds so that for instance vowel doubling for the syllables from the column look as follows:
hiragana katakana

In addition to long vowels Japanese words may contain glides. Being considered contractions of row syllables with any one of the three syllables and glides are wri en as the row syllable normal sized and then the or syllable at either half height (for horizontally wri en Japanese) or half width (for vertically wri en Japanese). To illustrate:

kana + + + + + + +

pronunciation kiya shiyu chiyo miya hiyo niyu riyo

as glide

pronunciation kya shu cho mya hyo nyu ryo

While a wri en combination of two syllables the glide it represents is only a single drum beat long just as the regular syllables. Thus the word is three beats long: spelled out it will be pronounced and .

12

The syntax 1.2 Writing spoken japanese

Finally the last feature of spoken Japanese reected in writing is what is known as the double consonant: a reasonably recent change to the way Japanese is wri en (in the sense that this change occurred sometime during the medieval period when wri en Japanese had been around for a li le under a millennium) which indicates that a particular consonant has a short pause before it is actually pronounced. This consonant doubling is found in a number of western languages as well such as in Italian where words like tu i have a wri en double consonant while in terms of pronunciation there is simply a pause before the consonant. In Japanese because there are no actual loose consonants the doubling is represented by a special character: a (or ) wri en either half height (in horizontal writing) or half width (in vertical writing) to indicate the pause. To illustrate the dierence between this small / and the regular form a few example words:
small normal pronunciation hakka shikke makka pronunciation hatsuka shitsuke matsuka meaning ignition humidity intensely red meaning 20 days/20th day upbringing the Pine family of trees

This / as a pause is also applied when a glo al stop is needed in for instance an exclamation ! which is an exclamation with a cut o rather than long vowel sound.

1.2.1 Katakana specic

As katakana has been used to write out words imported from other languages into Japanese it has a few extra rules that do not apply to wri en hiragana including a number of ways to produce normally illegal syllables: syllables that do not t in the Japanese table of syllables but are found in foreign words nonetheless. Examples of these are for instance the initial syllable in the English word re or the swe in Sweden. The table of approximating writing is as follows observing English pronunciation rules (combinations with normal Japanese orthography are omi ed):

The syntax 1.2 Writing spoken japanese

a ch d f j q s sh sw t v (1) w x y z e i o u

13

Note that wo is not (as that is pronounced ) and that for the x series the leading is the consonant doubling symbol. In addition to these there are also a number of consonants which in terms of pronunciation already have Japanese counterparts:

consonant c pronounced as s c pronounced as k l v (2)

column uses the column uses the column uses the column uses the column. Preferred to v (1) in the above table.

Due to the fact that most loan words have come from some specic language many of which are not English Japanese loan words may have a dierent wri en form than expected. For instance Brussels is wri en as buryusseru rather than buraseruzu and English (the people) is wri en as igirisu rather than ingurisshu.

1.2.2 Punctuation and writing

Of course in addition to a le er script there is interpunction symbols that indicate pauses stops quotes and other such things. In Japanese the following punctuation symbols are common:

14
symbol

The syntax 1.2 Writing spoken japanese

full stop comma single quotes and double quotes and parentheses and kanji repeater separators and drawn sound ellipsis (usually wri en twice: )

Less used but always good to have seen are the following:
symbol idem dito hiragana repeaters katakana repeaters kanji sentence naliser

And then there are western punctuations which have Japanese counterparts but tend to be expressed dierently instead: The symbol ? is wri en the same way as in English but typically the particle is used instead. This particle serves both as question mark as well as a marker for parts of a sentences indicating they are questioning instead of stating. Similarly the symbol ! is wri en the same way as in English but typically exclamations are simply avoided. Instead emphasis particles such as or may be used for eect but these do not signify real exclamation. Finally not quite interpunction but important nonetheless are the two ways to emphasise parts of wri en language in the same way we use bold or underlining in western composition: do ing and lining. In horizontal writing words will have dots over each syllable or kanji or a line over the entire emphasised section. In vertical writing the dots and lining is placed on the right side of text. In addition to knowing the basics about which symbols can be used Japanese (as well as some other Asian languages such as Chinese) has the unique problem of deciding in which direction to write. For all its modernising some things such as writing remain unchanged. As such for the most part printed Japanese (as well as handwri en material) is wri en top down right to left. In contrast most Japanese material on the internet is typically wri en in a western fashion with the text running left to right top to bo om. To make ma ers more interesting in recent history Japanese could also be wri en horizontally right-to-left. This practice has pre y much disappeared except

The syntax 1.3 Kanji

15

in shipping (ship names may still be wri en in this way) and for older style shop signs. You will not encounter full texts wri en in this way in modern or even just post-Meiji older Japanese. There are a few dierences between horizontal and vertical writing most notably in terms of where to place half size characters and interpunction:

horizontal half size characters full stop comma opening quotes closing quotes parentheses do ing lining drawn sound hyphen ellipsis half-height lower left: [] [] corner in the upper left () corner in the lower right () left and right: i.e. ( and ) above characters above characters horizontal ( ) horizontal ()

vertical half-width right aligned upper-right: [] [] corner in the upper right () corner in the lower left () above and below: i.e. and to the right of characters to the right of characters vertical ( ) vertical ()

1.3 Kanji
One of wri en Japaneses most well-known features is that it comprises three writing systems: the two kana scripts and a third script called kanji translating as Chinese characters which are ideographs that over the course of history made their way from China to Japan. One of the biggest problems with kanji is that there arent just many but each one can have a multitude of pronunciations dependent on which words the kanji is being used for. To look at why this is a brief history of how modern Japanese got the kanji that are used today is in order. Early Japanese evolved as a purely spoken language. Without a wri en form indeed seemingly without having discovered writing at all the rst instances of writing in Japan were in fact not Japanese at all but Chinese: after having come into contact with the Chinese and their intricate writing system writing in early Japan (circa the late sixth century) was restricted to immigrant scribes who wrote ocial records in classical Chinese. While initially a rarity the Taika reform of the mid-seventh century changed all that. Reforming Japan to a more Chinese inspired state based on centralisation of government and Confucian philosophy the need for a state clergy transformed the largely illiterate Japanese society to one with literacy as an essential part of court and intellectual life. The prestigious rank of scribe became a hereditary rank and so as generations of scribes came and went the Chinese that was used slowly drifted away from proper Chinese and more towards a hybrid style of Chinese and the form of Japanese as it was used at the time. However the readings used for Chinese characters were more or less xed and the readings that survive from that period are

16

The syntax 1.3 Kanji

known today as goon readings. Then in the seventh and eighth century during the Chinese Tang dynasty there was another cultural exchange between Japan and China leading to a second inux of readings for Chinese characters. As China changed rulers so too did the dominant dialect for the Chinese language and the readings that were brought back to Japan from this second exchange were in some cases radically dierent from the initial readings the Japanese had become familiar with. Readings for kanji from this period are known as kanon readings. Finally in the fourteenth century during the most famous of Chinese dynasties the Ming Dynasty there was another inux of Chinese. This inux came from two fronts: rstly the merchants doing business with the Chinese brought back ton and secondly from Zen monks who home readings that are referred to as went to study Zen Buddhism in China and brought back readings that are referred to as son. Rather than a single exchange this was an ongoing eort and so readings tend to span from the late thirteenth century to well into the Edo period ( edojidai) also known as the Tokugawa period ( tokugawajidai)

) which lasted until the named after the rst Edo shogun Tokugawa Ieyasu ( late nineteenth century. The naming for these readings however can be slightly confusing. readings are known as wu readings. However this name does not refer to the Wu dynasty (which spans the rst two centuries a.d.) but simply to the region the readings are believed to have come from ( being the name of the Wu region in Jiangnan in modern China). The readings are called han readings but have es sentially nothing to do with the Han Dynasty which spanned the late third century BCE. The readings equally confusing are referred to as Tang readings even though this name would be more appropriate for the readings which actually derive from Tang Chinese. Rather derive their readings from Chinese as it was used during the Sung dynasty and onward. In addition to these changes to Chinese readings the wri en language itself slowly moved away from Chinese proper through a Chinese-Japanese hybrid wri en language to what is essentially the Japanese we know today: mixed Chinese characters with syllabic script (itself derived from Chinese characters being used phonetically) with dierent readings for Chinese characters typically indicating dierent interpretations of the characters used. While there had been no wri en language before the introduction of Chinese there had certainly been a language which survived throughout the ages by virtue of the commoners not needing to bother with writing and thus not incorporating Chinese into their language as much as royals and ocials would. This eventually led to native Japanese pronunciation being applied to wri en Chinese giving us two

The syntax 1.3 Kanji

17 onyomi which are the Chinese derived

dierent reading systems: the

readings and the kunyomi which are the native Japanese derived readings. A major problem with kanji is that without a knowledge of the kanji in ques tion it is not always clear when to use which reading. There are no rules that state that certain kanji are read in a particular way when used on their own or when part of a word and so the only real way to make sure you are using the right reading for a kanji is to look it up and then remember the reading for the context the kanji was used in. This usually leads to the question of why kanji are still being used when other languages only use phonetic scripts. The Japanese abstracted syllabic scripts from Chinese for phonetic writing so why the continued reliance on kanji? While it seems odd that Chinese characters are still being used in a language that also has a phonetic script the main reason it still uses Chinese characters is because of a key aspect of the Japanese language: it is homophonic. Words in the English language for instance are essentially distinct. While there are a number of words that sound the same but mean dierent things the vast majority of words in the English language only mean one thing. In Japanese we see quite the opposite: there are only 71 distinct single syllable sounds but there are close to 300 words which can be wri en using a single syllable. It is easy to see that this means that for any single syllable word you can think of there will be (on average) at least three other words that you can write in exactly the same way. How do you know which is meant if you dont use kanji or additional notes? For two syllable words we see the same thing; there are a bit over 2000 combinations possible when using two syllables (not all combinations of two syllables are actually used in Japanese) but there are over 4000 words with a two syllable pronunciation. That means that on average for every two syllables you write you can be referring to one of two words. Even with three and four syllables the problem persists with a greater number of words available than there are possible readings. Because of this Japanese is known as a homophonic language - a language in which a large number of distinct words will share the same pronunciation. For instance a word pronounced hare can refer either to fair weather or a boil/swelling. The word fumi can mean either a wri en le er or distaste. The word hai can mean either yes actor ash lung or disposition and that doesnt even cover all possible words that are pronounced similarly: without the use of kanji it would be incredibly hard to decipher wri en Japanese. Of course one can argue that spoken Japanese doesnt rely on kanji so it must be possible to do away with them in the wri en language too but this ignores the fact that just because a simplication can be made it might make things harder in other respects. For instance there are no capital le ers spaces full stops or all those other syntactic additions in spoken Western languages either and yet we still keep those in for ease of reading. Similarly the use of kanji has clear benets to Japanese as a wri en language: they act as word boundary indicators allow readers to get the gist

18

The syntax 1.3 Kanji

of a text by quickly glossing over them and solve the problem of needing to apply contextual disambiguation all the time like one has to in spoken Japanese. However just because they are useful there have been improvements in terms of their use in wri en Japanese. At the turn of the 20th century wri en Japanese was as complicated as wri en Chinese in terms of kanji use and even more complicated as a wri en language on its own because kana did not reect pronunciation. In this classical Japanese a word wri en as sau would be pronounced as a long so and something like kefu would instead be pronounced as a long kyo. When after the second world war the Japanese ministry of education reformed the wri en language they didnt just get rid of this discrepancy between wri en and spoken Japanese they also got rid of some 7000 kanji restricting the number of kanji to be used in daily life to around 3500 and designating a set of less than 2000 kanji as part of general education (initially known as the touyou kanji and after renement

to the set in 1981 became known as the jouyou kanji). This still sounds like a lot but given that the average English speaker knows around 12000 words with academics knowing on average anywhere up to 17000 words having to know 2000 kanji in order to understand the vast majority of your wri en language isnt actually that much.

1.3.1 Types of Kanji

One of the things that one notices after having looked at kanji for a while is that a great number of kanji use a great number of simpler kanji as their building blocks. Similar to how kana syllables can be combined to form words kanji have throughout history been combined to form more complex kanji and complicated kanji have been reduced to combinations of simple kanji for the sake of remembering them as well as organising them. Traditionally kanji are organised in four classes and two categories following the convention that was introduced in the very rst comprehensive Chinese character dictionary at the beginning of the Western calendars second century. The four classes relate to the way in which characters are composed: 1. Pictographs ( shoukeimoji) Hieroglyphic characters that look like what they mean (numbers or for mountain) 2. Ideographs ( emoji) Characters that represent things in some visual way divided into two subclasses: (a) Simple ideographs ( below respectively) and shijimoji) such as and (for above and

The syntax 1.3 Kanji

19

(b) Compound ideographs ( kaiimoji) such as rest consisting of the compounds person next to tree) 3. Form/Reading combinations ( keiseimoji) These characters combine two kanji into a single character with one of the two indicating a root meaning and the other indicating (at least one of) the reading(s) for the character.

The two categories are related to how characters are actually used: 1. Derivatives ( tenchuumoji) These are characters of which the meanings are derivations or extensions of the characters original meaning. 2. Phonetic loans ( kashamoji) These are characters which are used purely phonetically ignoring their original meaning or characters that are consistently used wrongly. This class includes those kanji that had to be made up on the spot in order to accommodate words and concepts imported into Japanese from foreign languages for which no pre-existing kanji form was available. To make ma ers even more interesting there are also characters which fall in either the third or fourth class but for which certain meanings have become tied to certain readings. An example of this is the character which can mean music when pronounced as gaku but mean comfort or enjoyment when pronounced as raku.

1.3.2 Writing Kanji

Writing kanji follows relatively strict rules. Because kanji are mostly composed of smaller kanji there is a uniform way of writing that allows people to remember kanji as combinations of simpler kanji rather than as combinations of strokes that only once nished form a kanji. There are a limited number of strokes that are used for drawing kanji.

straight strokes
stroke drawing order left to right starting at the lower left called a tick mark starting upper left examples

20
stroke drawing order

The syntax 1.3 Kanji

examples

starting at the top starting at the top starting at the top starting at the top with a serif to the left at the end starting upper left and then pulling back at the end starting at the top with an upward serif at the end

angled strokes
stroke drawing order top to bo om then left to right as one stroke left to right then top to bo om then left to right left to right then a hook curving down left left to right then top to bo om with a serif to the upper left left to right then top to bo om top to bo om then left to right with a serif upward at the end top left to right then down right with an upward serif at the end examples

multi-angled strokes
stroke drawing order top to bo om then the same as top left to right then the same as top left to right top to bo om then the same as a connected stroke consisting of and examples

Composition
Several compositional rules apply when a kanji consists of more than one stroke: 1. Strokes that do not intersect each other follow each other in a top to bo om left to right fashion. 2. Kanji used to form more complex kanji also follow this rule. For instance is wri en as rst which in turn is rst then and then is placed underneath. 3. When strokes intersect the following rules apply: (a) For a vertical/horizontal intersection where the vertical stroke does not protrude at the bo om such as in draw the top horizontal rst then the vertical (forming ) then the rest.

The syntax 1.3 Kanji

21

(b) For a vertical/horizontal intersection where the vertical stroke does protrude at the bo om such as in or draw all horizontals rst and nally the vertical. (c) For crossed strokes such as in or the stroke that runs upper-right to lower-left is drawn rst. (d) Strokes that intersect complete shapes such as the vertical in or the horizontal in are wri en last. 4. Box enclosures such as in are wri en leftrst then followed up with to form then have their content drawn and are then closed at the bo om with . 5. Semi enclosures such as around in or around in are wri en last after the semi-enclosed component. There are a few exceptions to these rules (of course) so when learning kanji one should always have some reference on how to draw kanji.

1.3.3 Reading kanji: furigana

One problem with kanji is that there is no built-in way to tell which pronunciation of a kanji is being used. For instance when a text has the word in it then its clear how to pronounce the hiragana part a but whether the kanji should be pronounced as i or as okona is not clear. The context will help but sometimes for verbs and often for nouns thats not enough to gure out how to pronounce a kanji. Because of this Japanese has a unique aspect to its wri en language: furigana. literally means sprinkled kana and refers to phonetic Furigana guide text wri en over or alongside kanji to indicate the specic reading a reader should use. You have seen several examples of furigana already in this book where whenever a Japanese term was used involving kanji its pronunciation was wri en above it in small le ering. This is not something particular to this book but a common occurence in Japanese wri en material used most often to help the reader disambiguate or pronounce hard words but also for stylistic or even comic eect. As an illustration of comic eect one might consider the case of long words that are used with some frequency in a text. These words might only be given two phonetic guide texts throughout the writing: a rst time with the proper pronunciation and a second time with the pronunciation are instead a pronoun with the contextual meaning whatever I wrote last time. While comic eect is perhaps an added bonus to using furigana it is certainly widely used for stylistic eect. For instance while the word does not exist in Japanese the kanji mean neck and sword respectively. A Fantasy novelist could use this made up word and add a phonetic text to note that it should be pronounced

22

The syntax 1.3 Kanji

as ekusakyuushion soodo a transliteration of the English words execution sword into Japanese. While this doesnt make a real word it does allow a writer to paint with words - using the kanji as pictures to instil a sense of meaning and adding an explicit pronunciation so that the sentence can be pronounced as well as wri en. Another even wider used application of furigana is the kind employed in sentences such as I dislike that person. In this sentence the kanji is used with the phonetic guide text hito meaning person. However this is not the real pronunciation of which is normally pronounced yatsu and doesnt just mean person but is a derogatory version of the word instead. In essence while the reading reects what the speaker is saying the kanji form of the word expresses what the speaker is actually thinking. This being able to express both what is being thought and what is being said at the same time is something that is impossible without this particular feature of wri en Japanese.

1.3.4 Reading quirks: compound words

As mentioned in the section on kana pronunciations theres an odd quirk involving the pronunciation of compounds words. This is best illustrated with an example. If we combine the noun ki meaning spirit or a ention with the verb tsuku to form the compound verb then its pronunciation is not kitsuku. In fact the second compound voices leading to the pronunciation being kidzuku (or according to modern spelling kizuku). Why this voicing occurs is sadly completely and entirely unknown. There are no rules that say when compound words are supposed to voice nor are there any rules we can abstract from all the words that do any rule that seems to explain half of all voicings that occur in Japanese seems not to apply to the other half. The best advice here is simply: learn compound words as complete words. Even though they can be analysed as compounds their meaning is typically dierent from what the compounds individually mean so learning them as combinations of loose smaller words makes very li le sense anyway.

1.3.5 Looking up kanji

If we wanted to look up kanji like and then one very obvious feature we see is that all three seem to share a similar structure: to the left and something else to the right. This is not a coincidence: most kanji can be described as some bit that is used by a number of other kanji plus a unique part that identies that particular kanji. The bit of kanji that is shared by several (or in some cases lots of) kanji is called a radical and can be used to look up a kanji if you have no idea what it means or even how to pronounce it.

The syntax 1.3 Kanji

23

The very rst Chinese character dictionary the Shuwn Jiz () published in the year 121 used 214 such characters as indexing shapes calling them bshu. (a name that the Japanese copied to the best of their ability calling them bushu ). While this scheme was thought up almost two millennia ago amazingly this method of organising kanji has not been fundamentally altered ever since: while wri en Chinese and later Japanese changed over the centuries the only thing that has really changed is the number of indexing radicals. Current indices list around 400 shapes as radicals compared to the original 214 mostly due to many shapes being considered variations of the classic radicals these days. For instance: while originally only was considered a radical (radical number 49 in fact) Chinese characters have changed over the course of centuries so that now the shapes and are also used and are considered variations of the original . Kanji that use any of these three shapes may thus be found grouped together. Some variations on the traditional radicals are simple such as changing ever so slightly to become the only real dierence being that the lower horizontal stroke is slanted a li le. However some variations are more drastic such as becoming ; the top stroke has disappeared. The most drastic changes we see however are those where a radical is no longer readily recognisable as stemming from a particular kanji. For instance if you didnt know anything about kanji you would be hard pressed to imagine that is actually considered the radical form of . Or that in kanji such as is actually the radical form of the kanji . Probably the most confusing of all radicals are the radical forms of the kanji pair and which both turn into but on dierent sides of kanji: is indexed by while is indexed by !

1.3.6 Styles
There are several writing styles for Japanese each associated with dierent uses. The most commonly used style by far is the kaisho style or print style. Textbooks novels newspapers webpages virtually all material intended for mass reading consumption uses this style. There are a few dierent variants of this form of which the Minchou and gothic variants are the most common. The Minchou variant is characterised by ne lines and serifs (the font that was used for the Japanese in this book is a Minchou variant of the kaisho style for instance) while the gothic variant is characterised by thick clear lining without any serifs. This variant is often used for signs and pamphlets as well as a visually oset style contrasted to Mincho (performing the same role italic scripts do for most Western languages). To show the dierence let us look at two images using minchou and gothic versions of the kaisho typeface. These examples use the poem as text which can be considered a Japanese equivalent of an alphabet song containing each basic syllable only once (although some are voiced). Observing the proper writing style

24

The syntax 1.3 Kanji

and reading top-down right to left this poem is wri en as follows:

There are many translations possible given the classical nature of the poem. However a translation oered by professor Ryuichi Abe in his 1999 work The Weaving of Mantra: Kkai and the Construction of Esoteric Buddhist Discourse published by Columbia University Press is as follows:

The poem in the variant of style

Although its scent still lingers on the form of a ower has sca ered away. For whom will the glory of this world remain unchanged? Arriving today at the yonder side of the deep mountains of evanescent existence we shall never allow ourselves to drift away intoxicated in the world of shallow dreams.

Wri en in Mincho and gothic styles this poem looks like:

The poem with classical kana transcription

The syntax 1.3 Kanji

25

The poem in the variant of style

In addition to the kaisho style there are the two cursive styles called gyousho and sousho which are simplied forms of wri en Japanese. The simplication here refers to the fact that these two styles connect many strokes into single strokes or in extreme cases even simplify entire kanji to single strokes. However this does not make them simpler to read - far from it the simplications can make it much harder to tell certain kanji apart or look up in a dictionary. Gyousho is usually associated with handwriting: while we can all write letters the way they come rolling out of a printer we have a special way of writing everything if we do it by hand and in Japanese this is expressed through a slightly more owing form of kanji and kana connecting strokes but quite often preserving most of the looks of a kanji. Sousho on the other hand is the highly stylised simplications associated with brush calligraphy shapes are simplied according to reasonably rigid rules but these simplications look drastically dierent from the original shape and certain shapes are simplied in such a way that it is nearly impossible to tell one from another without having received some form of education in reading and writing brush calligraphy. Illustrating this again using the poem:

The poem in style

26

The syntax 1.3 Kanji

The poem in style

Lastly there are two traditional styles that you only nd used in very specic applications: reisho square style or block style and tensho seal style. These two styles are not just traditional but ancient styles in that they are styles found used far back in Japanese history on ocial records and seals (respectively). Reisho is associated with the style of carved kanji on woodblocks (explaining its block style name) and is still in use today for things such as traditional signs. Tensho is also still used in modern Japan featuring most prominently in personal stamps in Japan you do not sign documents with a signature but you put your personal stamp on the document. Everyone who has ever signed something has one of these and youll probably know them from the distinctive red-ink kanji-in-a-circle or kanjiin-a-square signs on Chinese and Japanese paintings and brush works. Illustrating these two styles using the again:

The poem in style

The syntax 1.4 Words and word classes

27

The poem in style

Special dictionaries exist that list kanji in their dierent forms. These come in the form of santaijiten which list kaisho gyousho and sousho forms

(santai meaning three forms) and gotaijiten which list all ve forms for a kanji (gotai meaning ve forms). There are even reference works which dont so much list the forms in a neatly ordered fashion but show you dierent interpretation that artists have of the gyousho and sousho forms of kanji which makes them more artbook than reference book even when they are invaluable resources to students of Chinese and Japanese calligraphy.

1.4 Words and word classes

With all this talk about le ering one would almost forget that just le ers hardly get us anywhere if we dont know any words to write with them. However Japanese doesnt have quite the same words as most western languages have. You may have heard the terms noun and verb and you may even be familiar with terms like prepositions and adverb but there are quite a number of these word types and well look at all of these in terms of whether or not Japanese uses them and what they look like.

1.4.1 Articles
This is a group of words that you rarely think about as real words: in English the a and an are articles. They precede a word to tell you whether its an undetermined something (by using a or an) or a specic something (by using the). Japanese on the other hand doesnt have articles at all. Its not just that it uses a dierent way to indicate the dierence between for instance a car and the car: there are no simple words you can use to show this dierence. This might sound like a rather big tumbling block but there are many languages which do not have articles and the

28

The syntax 1.4 Words and word classes

people that use those languages can get the meaning across just ne without them as we will see when we talk about context later in this chapter.

1.4.2 Verbs
Verbs are words that represent an action either taking place or being performed and can be modied to show things like negatives or past tense. In English words like y and oat are verbs for actions that are being performed and we can make them negative or past tense: not y not oat ew and oated respectively. Similarly words like walk and eat are verbs for actions that can be performed and we can make them negative or past tense too: not walk not eat walked and ate respectively. Verbs also have a regularity: walk and oat are regular verbs in that they follow the same rules: past tense is + ed but y and eat are irregular: they do not become yed and eated but ew and ate. Finally verbs can be transitive or intransitive. The verb walk for instance is something that you just do. You walk. When you see this kind of construction in a sentence we say that the verb is used intransitively - in contrast eat is a verb you can either use intransitively (What are you doing? - Im eating) or transitively: I eat an apple. In this use youre applying the verbs action to something: I throw the ball I eat an apple I y a plane are all examples of this. However there is something funny about transitivity: some verbs like walk you can only use intransitively (we dont say that we walked the street for instance) but many verbs can be used either intransitively or transitively like eat. There are also a number of verbs that can only be used transitively but these are special verbs typically called auxiliary verbs. In English have and want are examples of these. Without an additional something these verbs do not have any meaning on their own: saying I have. or I want. is grammatically incorrect. At the very least youd need to say something like I have it. or I want that. for the verbs to be used correctly. Japanese verbs are characterised by a high degree of regularity as except for three verbs all verbs are regular. These regular verbs fall into two categories namely the ve grade verbs called godan and the single grade verbs called ichi-

dan . These two categories inect (take on dierent tense mood etc) in the same way on almost all possible inections but of course dier on some (otherwise there wouldnt be two categories but just one). With respect to transitivity Japanese verbs can be a li le problematic. Rather than being labelled intransitive or transitive Japanese verbs are labelled as being or literally verb that works on its own and verb that works paired with something. Quite often these two map to intransitive and transitive respectively but sometimes they dont. For instance traversal verbs (such as walk run y sail etc.) are intransitive in English but are in Japanese: they can be

The syntax 1.4 Words and word classes

29

used with an object to indicate what is being walked or run over what is being own through whats being sailed in etc. As such while in English one cannot walk the street in Japanese this is exactly what youre doing. on the other hand do not have a verb object; they operate on their own. For instance in English we can say I understand the text and if we look at the sentence from a grammatical point of view we can say that the text may be considered the verb object for the verb understand. However in Japan the verb for understanding is a verb and so even though youre used to thinking of understanding as a transitive verb action you suddenly have to get used to it being an intransitive verb action in Japanese. Particularly at rst this can be somewhat confusing but like all foreign languages exposure to frequently used verbs means youll quickly develop a sense of how to use them properly (even if you cant remember the terms intransitive transitive and !).

1.4.3 Nouns

Nouns are words that are used to name somethings although those somethings dont need to be things you can actually hold in your hand and look at: car New York magnication and ambiguity are all nouns but while you can touch a car or point at New York its impossible to point at something and go that is magnication or that is ambiguity. A good rule of thumb is if you can say its something else its a noun: This car is old. New York is hot. The magnication is high. This ambiguity is omnipresent. These are all examples where the noun is said to be something else (and that something else is known as an adjective). This even works with things that you might think are verbs but actually arent: walking for instance looks like its a verb because walk is a verb but there are instances when walking is most denitely a noun. Of the following two sentences the rst uses walking as a verb while the second uses walking as a noun: I went to work walking. I like walking. We can verify that in the rst sentence were using a verb and in the second a noun by replacing walking with a word which we know is a noun like cheese:

30 I went to work cheese. I like cheese.

The syntax 1.4 Words and word classes

The rst sentence suddenly makes no sense at all anymore while the second sentence is still perfectly ne. This words can belong to multiple classes and which it is depends on how its used in a sentence is something quite important to remember when dealing with Japanese as well as learning foreign languages in general. As a last bit of noun related information in Japanese (as in English in fact) nouns do not inect. They usually need verbs to indicate negative past tense and other such things: in English we can say This is not a book or This was a book but the negative and past tense comes from inections of the verb be not the noun itself.

1.4.4 Pronouns
There is a special class of words called pronouns in English which act as if theyre nouns but are used to replace nouns in sentences. The best known pronoun in the English language is the word it but words like this that as well as you or we are all examples of pronouns. Rather than constantly referring directly to what were talking about it is far more natural to use pronouns instead: I bought a really good book. I had already read it having borrowed it from the library last month but I saw it in the book store on discount so I decided to buy it. In this sentence the pronoun it is used quite a number of times replacing the book at every instance: I bought a really good book. I had already read the book having borrowed the book from the library last month but I saw the book in the book store on discount so I decided to buy the book. This sounds unnatural to English ears even though grammatically speaking there is nothing wrong. In Japanese pronouns are part of a class of words colloquially referred to as kosoado for the fact that they all start with either ko- so a- or do- depending on their level of proximity (for instance this vs. that) and whether they are stative or interrogative (that vs. what).

The syntax 1.4 Words and word classes

31

1.4.5 Nominalisers
Japanese has an extra class pertaining to nouns known as the nominalisers: words that when used with other words or phrases turn these words or phrases into something that can act as if the whole construction is a noun. In English an example of this is the collection of words the way in which: The way in which the government is handling the issue of criminal law is questionable. In this sentence the way in which is used to turn the government is handling the issue of criminal law into a single noun construction. As such we can replace the way in which the government is handling the issue of criminal law with a simple pronoun if we wish to talk about it in later sentences: The way in which the government is handling the issue of criminal law is questionable. It does not seem to be motivated by sound principles but by back-oce politics. Japanese has quite a number of these nominalisers each with its own meaning and nuance and we shall look at these nominalisers in the chapter on language pa erns too.

1.4.6 Adjectives
As we saw in the section on nouns any word that can be used to be more specic about a noun is called an adjective. Words like big cold square can all be used as adjectives to be much more specic about for instance the noun box: This is a box. This is a square box. This is a big square box. This is a big cold square box. In Japanese there are two types of adjectives namely verbal adjectives and nominal adjectives the dierence being that the rst type can unlike in English be inected without relying on a copula verb. In English we have to say The car was fast but in Japanese this was fast does not use a copula verb such as was but the adjective itself can convey this meaning. In essence in Japanese we get something akin to The car is fast-in-past-tense. The copula stays the way it is but the adjective itself changes something which trips up many beginning students of Japanese.

32

The syntax 1.4 Words and word classes

The noun adjectives behave in the same way English adjectives do needing a copula to change. It was a square box is the same in Japanese as it is in English with is becoming was and the adjective staying the way it is. While we can use adjectives to be more specic about a noun they cannot be used to be more specic about a verb. As an example in the next two sentences the word fast is used as an adjective in the rst but is used as a dierent kind of word in the second sentence: This is a fast car. I walked quite fast. In the rst sentence the word fast is used to be more specic about the noun car but in the second sentence the word fast is used to be more specic about the verb action walk. While they look like the same word their use falls in dierent word classes. When used to be specic about a noun a word is called an adjective. When used to be specic about a verb its called an adverb.

1.4.7 Adverbs
Using words to be specic about verbs and verb actions is called using them adverbially. In fact in that sentence the word adverbially is an adverb le ing us be specic about the way in which using is used. While in English it can sometimes be confusing as to whether a word is being used as an adjective or as an adverb in Japanese this overlap does not exist: both verbal and nominal adjectives are modied (in dierent ways) so that they can be used as adverbs instead. Because of this there is no way to mistake whether a word is used as adjective or adverb when you look at a sentence. In addition to adjectives-turned-adverb Japanese also has words that are only adverbs. The most important of these are the quantiers which include things like a lot not so much and often.

1.4.8 Particles
Japanese has an extra word class that isnt found in most western languages: the particle class. Words in this class full a wide variety of roles: denoting grammar explicitly adding emphasis disambiguating marking how parts of a sentence bear relation to each other supplying reason contradiction logical arguments you name it there is probably a particle that can be used for it. Most particles are suxes so that when you use a particle to indicate for instance a contrast between two things it gets added after the rst thing rather than adding it in front like in English.

The syntax 1.4 Words and word classes English: While (X is the case) (also Y). Japanese: (X is the case) while (also Y).

33

Within this word class there is an important subclass known as the counters. Like Chinese but very much unlike most western languages counting in Japanese requires not just a knowledge of numbers but also of which particle to use in order to describe the category of things you are counting. In the same way that you can ask for two mugs of beer or two glasses of beer in English you need to use the counter for mugs or glasses in Japanese. However while you can ask for two teas in an English establishment this kind of request is impossible in Japanese. You have to order two (units of) tea where the counter that you chose for your units makes the dierence between whether youre asking for two cups or tea two bags of tea or are accidentally asking for two sheets of tea.

1.4.9 Prexes
Some particles as well as some common concept markers are prexes rather than sufxes they are placed in front of words belonging to certain word classes. A handful of special prexes are used for things like marking words as honoric performing inherent negation (an English example of which is the house was windowless rather than the house had no windows) indicating repetitions (rereading a book) and acting as category marker for categories such as new big or most as well as some more exotic categories such as extents or limits. These will be discussed in detail in the chapter on particles in the section on prexes.

1.4.10 Onomatopoeia and mimesis

Two nal word classes which are important to know when dealing with Japanese are the onomatopoeia and the mimesis. Quite a mouthful onomatopoeia (from the Greek onomato- name and poi- to make) are words that are used to reect the sounds that things make. For instance The heavy rock splooshed into the lake is an example of an onomatopoeic verb. It doesnt tell us what the rock actually did namely fall into the water but implies it by virtue of the sound we know a rock falling in water makes: sploosh. In addition to such sound words there are also state words which do not indicate a particular sound but indicate a particular property. Rare in English an example of this would be the word gloopy when describing something. Calling something gloopy doesnt tell you something objective about it but you can surmise its probably of a viscous liquid gel-like consistency as well as unpleasant to the touch.

34

The syntax 1.4 Words and word classes

While in English (and in most other western languages) using these words is considered a sign of a poor grasp of the language (after all why use a word like gloopy when you can call something a liquid but viscous unpleasant gel) and mainly associated with childrens language in Japanese using onomatopoeia is essential to natural sounding language: with thousands of these words available to choose from each with its own connotations and implications picking the right onomatopoeia or mimesis at the right time is something that demonstrates a high level of competency in the language. Onomatopoeia called (giongo in which the gi part means to mimic

the on part means sound and the go part means word) and mimesis called (gitaigo in which tai means condition or state) are some of the hardest words to learn as they usually carry very specic nuances in meaning. For instance in relation to a leaking tap a Japanese person might say the water was dripping out picking one specic word from among a great number of possible onomatopoeia to indicate whether the dripping was intermi ent or continuous whether the drips were light or heavy whether their impact in the sink was almost silent or accompanied by backsplash noises each of these qualities being represented by a dierent onomatopoeic word. Because of this onomatopoeia and mimesis are an unocial yardstick when it comes to learning Japanese: if you can use the right onomatopoeic expression at the right time you have mastered a crucial element to speaking natural sounding Japanese.

1.4.11 Compound words

This is technically not a word class but a language feature: in some languages several words can be combined into single words with more meaning that just the individual parts. This practice called compounding is something that some languages have a knack for and some languages simply do not bother with. English for instance is a language in which compound words are rare although not unheard of. A common English compound word is the word teapot for instance. A combination of the nouns tea and pot this would have to be a pot for tea. However its not really a pot its more a decanter. Similarly the tea in question is never dry tea leaf even though thats also called tea in English; it has to be boiled water infused with tea leaf. So the single compound noun teapot has more meaning than if you looked at the meaning of just the two nouns it was built from. This joining up two (or more) words to form new single words is one of the major dividing lines we can use when trying to classify languages: English is a language sparse in compound words as are French Spanish and Italian but German Danish Dutch Finnish Polish Hungarian Arabian and also Japanese are languages in which compound words are frequently used.

The syntax 1.5 Sentence structure

35

In Japanese nouns are not the only compound words available compound adjectives as well as compound verbs are also quite common.

1.5 Sentence structure

In addition to knowing which word classes are used in a language we can also look at languages in terms of how sentences are structured. The most simplistic categorisation of languages in this respect is by looking at the Subject Object and Verb ordering. This categorisation looks at how languages order these three words classes leading to the conclusions that English for instance is an SVO language while Japanese is an SOV language: in English most sentences are of the form we do something where the subject (we) precedes the verb (do) which in turn precedes the object (something) for that verb. Japanese in contrast follows a dierent ordering: most sentences are of the form we something do (with the comma added purely for ease of reading) where the subject precedes the object for the verb after which the actual verb is used. There are also VSO languages such as formal Arabic or Welsh where the sentence structure is predominantly do we something and VOS languages such as Malagasi (used in Madagascar) and Fijian (used in Fiji) where the structure is predominantly do something we. However while this terminology allows us to broadly categorise languages based on what the typically used pa ern looks like it doesnt tell us anything about how correct or incorrect sentences are if they do not adhere to these S/V/O rules. For instance while we ate some cake is a normal English sentence a slightly less conventional but still grammatically perfectly valid English sentence could be cake; we ate some. This sentence does not fall in the SVO category that is associated with English but that doesnt mean its an incorrect sentence it just means the SVO label doesnt tell the whole story. This becomes particularly apparent when we look at what minimal sentences may look like in dierent languages. In English a minimal sentence (that is one that isnt considered an expression like hi! or hmm) consists of a subject and a verb: I ate or she runs are examples of minimal sentences. Trying to shorten a sentence further without making the sentence context sensitive yields broken English which is arguably simply not English. This notion of context is important: if we are asked How many cookies are left? and we answer with four then this four is technically a sentence comprised of a single word and sounds natural. However if we were to use the sentence four. on its own it is impossible to tell what we mean by it. This means that while English is an SVO language its really an SV(O) language: you need an S you need a V and if you use an O it comes last but youre not obliged to have one. When we look at Japanese we see the S/V/O category crumbling even further. Rather than just being an SOV language its actually an (S)(O)V language: You need a verb but you dont need a subject or object at all to form a correct minimal sentence in Japanese. While in English saying ate is considered not enough in-

36

The syntax 1.5 Sentence structure

formation to make sense of Japanese is a language in which competent listeners or readers ll in these blanks themselves choosing which subject and object make the most sense given what they know about the speaker. This is what makes Japanese hard: most of the time in every day Japanese subjects and objects will be omi ed left and right because as a competent listener you should know what they should have been Japanese relies heavily on peoples ability to guess what someone else is talking about something which can only come through regular exposure to and use of the language.

1.5.1 Word order

While its all well and good to know that minimal Japanese is an (S)(O)V language its also important to know that in Japanese grammar is put directly into the sentence through the use of particles. While in English grammar only becomes apparent through the positioning of words in Japanese words are tagged as it were with their grammatical role. To illustrate this an example sentence: kinou wa inu ga watashi no gohan o tabemashita. This sentence is composed of several blocks: kinou wa indicates the noun kinou (yesterday) as context. In inu ga the noun inu (dog) is marked as verb actor in watashi no the noun watashi (I/me) is made genitive (forming my) and linked to gohan o the noun gohan (dinner) marked as direct verb object with the nal word tabemashita being the past tense of the verb eat: Yesterday (a/my/our) dog ate my dinner. In English there is very li le position variation possible in this sentence: A dog ate my dinner yesterday is still okay but rearranging the sentence to read Yesterday my dinner ate a dog completely changes the meaning of the sentence from something unfortunate to something unse ling. In Japanese the explicit presence of grammar markers in a sentence means that rearranging the blocks doesnt change the meaning of the sentence at all:

kinou wa watashi no gohan o inu ga tabemashita. Yesterday: my dinner (a/my/our) dog ate.

The syntax 1.5 Sentence structure watashi no gohan o kinou wa inu ga tabemashita. My dinner yesterday (a/my/our) dog ate. kinou wa inu ga tabemashita watashi no gohan o. Yesterday (a/my/our) dog ate; my dinner. tabemashita inu ga watashi no gohan o kinou wa. Ate a dog (did) my dinner yesterday.

37

All of these are perfectly valid sentences in Japanese because all the words with meaning are explicitly tagged with the role they play in the sentence. While some of these sentences will sound more usual than others they all mean the same thing. However once we start moving the particles around pairing them with words from dierent blocks the same problem arises as we saw for English: ()() kinou wa inu ga watashi no gohan o tabemashita Yesterday (a/my/our) dog ate my dinner. ()() kinou wa gohan ga watashi no inu o tabemashita Yesterday (the) dinner ate my dog. In summary it is not so much word order that inherently gives meaning to a sentence in Japanese but the semantic blocks of words paired with specic particles. Their combination tells you what the block means and what role it plays in a sentence. As long as the pairings are preserved you can order these blocks in any way you like and maintain the same sentence meaning. Which blocks go where nally depends entirely on what you believe is the most important bit of the sentence as is highlighted in the next section.

1.5.2 Emphasis
Another feature of languages is where emphasis lies in a sentence. In English we tend to put the most pressing bit of information early in the sentence and then say whatever is further relevant to this information later in the sentence. The previous sentence is a good example of this: the main point is that important information

38

The syntax 1.5 Sentence structure

comes early which is found earlier in the sentence than the additional information. In Japanese things are the other way around: the more important the information is the later it will be placed in a sentence. A rather simple example is the following pair of sentences: I fell o my bike while riding home today. kyou wa jitensha de kaerichuu de korondeshimaimashita. While the English sentence is up front with the emphasis namely that we fell o our bike the Japanese sentence doesnt actually tell you what happened until the very last word korondeshimaimashita (I) (regre ably/unfortunately) fell down. Being unfamiliar with this dierence in emphasis (point then details in English vs. details then point in Japanese) can lead to confusion when dealing with words in which this ordering is important such as indicating simultaneous actions: in English while. If someone asks what are you doing? and we answer with eating some dinner while watching TV then the main activity is eating dinner. The watching TV is additional information but not strictly speaking required for the answer to be complete. In Japanese with the same core information and details used the placement is opposite: the Japanese answer terebi o minagara gohan o tabemasu lists watching TV rst (terebi o mi-) then adds the marker for simultaneous action (nagara) and then concludes with eating dinner (gohan o tabemasu). Both in English and Japanese the concise answer would simply have been eating dinner or gohan o tabemasu. Another more common example is the use of rather: I would rather have X than Y is a well known sentence pa ern in English listing the thing with most preference rst. This becomes even more obvious in the shortened pa ern I would rather have X. In Japanese the rather construction uses the particle yori and like before the order is quite opposite: Y yori X no hou ga ii to omoimasu Trying to project the way rather works in English onto what yori means can easily lead to confusion: the English word rather assumes that the most important bit is on the left so if we think yori does the same because we know it can be translated as rather we might mistakenly believe that this sentence says I would rather have Y than X instead of what it really means I would rather have X than Y. While potentially confusing at rst this reversal of placement for emphasis becomes more intuitive the more one practises Japanese. However having important information at the end of a sentence leads to a

The syntax 1.6 Pitch and accents

39

unique problem when interpreting or translating Japanese: how does one deal with trailing sentences? In English when the la er part of a sentence is left o the most important information has already been presented so when the sentence is cut o we might be missing the details but only the details. In Japanese and other languages where more important information comes later in the sentence leaving o the la er part of a sentence leaves a reader or listener with the details but no knowledge of what these details actually apply to! While of course this doesnt lead to problems for people who grew up using a language in which emphasis comes later in a sentence this feature can be a great pain for people who grew up with important bits rst. To them it feels very much like the language is based on the concept of lling in the blanks without any indication of what can be used to ll them in. Sadly this too can only be remedied through continued exposure to in this case Japanese so that one becomes intuitively familiar with which words might be implied if theyre left o.

1.6 Pitch and accents

Linguistically speaking Japanese - like various other Asian languages such as Thai or Chinese - uses syllable pitch to place accents in words. Quite often you will nd this explained as Japanese being a language with two pitch levels high and low which makes it relatively easy to learn compared to a more complicated language (in terms of pitch) such as Chinese which has four pitch levels for Mandarin and at least six for Cantonese. However this creates the false impression that there are only two tones at which you should pronounce Japanese which is simply not true. Instead accent through pitch in Japanese is best described in terms of tone dierence: 1. If a word has its accent on the rst syllable then the pitch of the word starts at a high tone and then drops in pitch at the second syllable. After this the pitch may remain either constant or (slowly) go down as the rest of the word is pronounced. Due to this relatively large dierence between the rst and second syllable the rst syllable is considered accented by the Japanese ear. 2. If a word has its accent on a syllable other than the rst or the last the pitch may remain constant or rise gradually until the syllable after the one that is accented where the pitch goes down suddenly to create the pitch dierence that is considered an accent in Japanese. 3. If a word has its accent on the last syllable the pitch may remain constant or rise gradually until the last syllable which is pronounced at a notably higher pitch marking it as accented to the Japanese ear. 4. If a word has no accent the pitch may remain constant or rise gradually. This covers the majority of Japanese words and while the pitch may change the lack

40

The syntax 1.7 Gender roles of sudden discontinuous change makes this sound unaccented to the Japanese ear.

The presence and order of pitch change can make the dierence between rain () and candy () both pronounced ame but with their accents on the rst and second syllable respectively or more drastically between an umbrella () and syphilis () both pronounced kasa but again with their accents on the rst and second syllable respectively. For sentences too pitch plays an important role. A sentence ending with a high and then a low syllable compared to the same sentence ending with the last two syllables in neutral pitch will be experienced as a question rather than as a statement for instance. Anger lecturing boredom and a wide variety of emotions can be told from the pitch pa ern of a sentence not unlike in most Western languages. However while in western languages pitch only adds emotion in Japanese a misplaced pitch may also change the meaning of the words being used.

1.7 Gender roles

Due to the dierent formality levels in Japanese a particular style of speech is often associated with a particular gender the more polite and reserved speech being associated with female speech and the more brash and forward plain speech being associated with male speech. While this is an understandable association the problem with associating speech pa erns with genders is that people often mistakenly apply backward logic: if the female speech pa ern is reserved then reserved speech is female speech. This isnt how it works though. Typically speech pa erns fall into categories such as polite reserved speech plain informal speech or honoric speech which are used by a particular gender more than the other by virtue of statistics. However this does not mean that what is considered female speech is never used by men or what is considered male speech isnt used by women as there is no such thing as exclusively male or female speech. A more accurate distinction is to consider speech pa erns as direct versus indirect or assertive versus reserved. Women tend to be more reserved and use less direct speech and men tend to be more assertive and use more direct speech. However when the situation warrants it there is nothing to prevent men from using reserved indirect speech or women from using assertive direct speech. Its all about what the social se ing warrants. This said there are a few words (not speech pa erns) that are genuinely eeminate or masculine such as the eeminate dubitative particle or the masculine personal pronoun . It is important to notice that the labels used here are eeminate and masculine and not female and male. Very eeminate men (such as transvestites or homosexuals) may very well use very eeminate words and hardcore business ball-busting career women may very well use very masculine words

The syntax 1.8 Context language to demonstrate their dominance. Again its all about the social se ing.

41

1.8 Context language

As mentioned in the section on sentence structure Japanese is a context sensitive language relying heavily on the reader or listener to be able to keep track of information during a conversation and omi ing any information once it has become contextual. Before we look at an example of this we will look at how a context diers from a subject as this can cause some confusion: in our day-to-day experience of language the words context and subject refer to the same thing. If a public speaker at some convention is talking about the physics of Star Trek then we can say that the subject of his talk is the physics of Star Trek or that his talk should be interpreted within the context of the physics of Star Trek making the two refer to essentially the same idea a topic. Grammatically the terms are much further apart. Rather than both subject and context being able to refer to some topic the two mean wildly dierent things. A context is the overall topic of some text or conversation; it doesnt necessarily have to be mentioned but it is clear what the text or conversation is all about. A subject on the other hand refers to specic words in individual sentences within a text or conversation. The best way to indicate the dierence when we use the words context and subject from a grammatical perspective is as follows: A sentence says something about a subject within a certain context. For instance given that this section talks about context the sentence It can be a problematic feature of Japanese for people who only know English is readily interpreted as meaning Context can be a problematic feature of Japanese for people who only know English. You know what it refers to because of the context youre reading it in. Had this sentence been in a section on the sparsity of language then you would have understood it to refer to the sparsity of Japanese. In Japanese this concept of sentences say things about subjects within a certain context is taken further than in English. The following conversation may illustrate this: A: B: A: B: A:

42 Transcribed this reads:

The syntax 1.8 Context language

A: atashi no koppu o mikakemasen deshita ka? B: aa mitemasen. A: okashii wa. tsui sakki made mo etandesukedo. B: ima no teeburu ni oitekiteshima a no dewanai deshou ka. A: a soukamoshiremasen ne.

This conversation can be translated to natural sounding English in the following manner: A: You havent seen my cup have you? B: No I havent seen it. A: Thats odd. I just had it a moment ago. B: Perhaps you left it on the table in the living room? A: Ah! That might be.

In this translation there are a number of contextual simplications: you has been used to refer to a specic person it has been used to contextually refer to the cup in question and that has been used by speaker A to refer to what speaker B said. In Japanese rather than using contextual words like this they are simply omi ed entirely. If we do a literal translation to English we see a rather dierent context-heavy kind of conversation: A: Havent seen my cup? B: Indeed havent seen. A: Odd had just a moment ago. B: Could be left on living room table? A: Ah! Might be so.

Its not just it which has been omi ed even personal pronouns are typically left out. This makes for a seemingly very sparse language which can be hard to interpret especially when one is just starting out with the language. For this reason some textbooks and courses will present Japanese sentences with all the contextual information in them while this does not violate Japanese grammar it does lead to highly articial sentences existing only in textbooks rather than reecting the language as it is actually used. Because of this all the examples in this book will try to use natural Japanese phrases with contextual words required for the sentence to make sense in translation added in parentheses. For instance:

The syntax 1.8 Context language A: okashii wa. tsui sakki made mo etandakedo. A: (Thats) odd. (I) just had (it) (a) moment ago.

43

And with that we are nally able to move on from introductory text to the language itself: lets sink our teeth in some grammar!

44

The syntax 1.8 Context language

Chapter 2

Verb grammar
As mentioned in the introductory chapter on syntax there are two classes of verbal words in Japanese: verbs and verbal adjectives. Both of these can be considered to ) which indicates what consist of two parts: a verbal stem called the gokan ( the core meaning of a verb or verbal adjective is and some additional hiragana called okurigana ( ) which is used to indicate inection. Unlike English where verb stems are already usable on their own the verb stem of walk is walk for instance verb stems in Japanese require an inection indicator in the form of okurigana so before we move on to the actual rules of grammar concerning Japanese verbs and verbal adjectives we must look at how verbs and verbal adjectives are composed in Japanese. We will rst be deconstructing the verbs after which well deconstruct the verbal adjectives. Note that in this chapter as well as all following chapters Japanese will no longer be romanised. So if you havent learned the hiragana script yet: now would be a good time to start!

2.1 Inecting
In English we are used to thinking of verb inections in terms of the verb plus some text that indicates the inection. We consider walked to consist of walk with -ed tacked on the end and passing as being pass with -ing added to it. However many verb forms in English actually use helper verbs so things like will help lets dance be able to dive are considered verb chains with the helper verb(s) indicating the tense mood and aspect. In Japanese all verb inections are in fact chains of helper verbs and verbal adjectives but rather than being a long list of separated verbs like in English they are added to the base verb one by one until all the tenses moods and aspects have been dealt with. For instance the verb construction 45 means (I)

46

Verb grammar 2.1 Inecting

had been made to wait. While hard to tell without spaces or a knowledge of verbal grammar at this point this is actually a series of six verbs chained together in a very specic way: First we see () the imperfect base form for wait. This base form is used when forming the negative passive causative or pseudo-future form of a verb. Then we see the continuative base for the helper verb for causatives . This base form is a general purpose intermediate form for a great number of inections. Then the continuative base for the helper verb for conjunction . Then the continuative base for the verb to be for animate objects. Combined with it forms the - form which marks a verb as present progressive. Then the continuative base for the helper verb for politeness . Then nally the terminal base for the helper verb for past tense . We can see two things in this decomposition. First the core verb is all the way at the beginning and the helper verbs follow each other in inection order: rst the causative of wait is formed then that is made a present progressive this is then made polite and then nally the whole construction is turned from present to past tense. Second all the verbs are in some base form; this is the crucial dierence between Japanese verbal grammar and most other languages. There are ve base forms which are used in combination with specic inections and knowing how to identify these base forms makes verbal grammar signicantly easier because it lets us view complex verb conjugations in terms of a series of simple base form + helper rules. For the past tense progressive causative for instance we see a huge inection thats really composed of four fairly simple rules applied one after another:

inection causative progressive polite past tense

rule imperfect base + continuative base + continuative form + continuative form +

example + + + +

All complex verb constructions can be described in this way being a series of xed-order simple rules being applied. Whats more because the two dierent verb classes in Japanese mostly dier in what their base forms look like inecting verbs in Japanese is mostly a ma er of picking the right base form and then applying the same rules for both verb classes making most inections the same for the two. Verbal adjectives also rely on this concept of base form + helper and as will become apparent when looking at the rules of grammar for verbal words some inections are formed by adding verbal adjectives to verbs while others are formed by adding verbs to verbal adjectives.

Verb grammar 2.1 Inecting

47

Without ge ing ahead of the material let us rst examine which base forms are used by verbs and verbal adjectives and what they look like for each of the verbal word classes.

2.1.1 Inection bases

Traditionally there are six base forms for Japanese verbal words of which ve are still used in modern Japanese. This traditional scheme is called literary style

and is associated with classical Japanese while the modern scheme is called colloquial style and is associated with normal modern Japanese. Because it is always a good idea to look at where a language has come from in order to understand why it does what it does in its current form the relation between classical and modern Japanese will be mentioned wherever possible. First lets look at which base forms are used in classical and modern Japanese:

Base for Imperfect constructions such as negative form and pseudo-future as well as passive potential honoric and causative forms. Continuative and conjunctive constructions covering the majority of constructions involving helper verbs as well as joining up sentences and forming nouns. Finalising form. In modern Japanese this role has been assumed by the instead. A ributive constructions (using verbs like adjectives) and in modern Japanese nalised form. ) Perfect constructions. In modern Japanese this form is only used for hypothetical constructions which is why its colloquially known as the assuming form. Imperative constructions such as commands and prohibitive commands.

no longer used

The way these bases are formed for the two classes of verbs and the verbal adjectives is the major dierence between these verbal classes. Verbs in Japanese are mostly regular (there are only a handful of verbs with irregularities) and fall into one of two classes: godan

or ve grade verbs and ichidan

or single

48

Verb grammar 2.1 Inecting

grade verbs. Both verb classes end in their dictionary form on one of the row syllables (although not and consequently and not or ) so that any verb you may encounter can be found in a dictionary to end on or (the dictionary form mentioned here is a common descriptor used in literature on Japanese and is synonymous with the form of verbs or verbal adjectives. The verbs (also referred to as class I type I or u verb in literature) can end on any of the aforementioned syllables but verbs (also referred to as class II type II or ru verbs in literature) only end on . Verbal adjectives the class of adjectives in Japanese that inect just like regular verbs do only come in one class and always end on the syllable which is why they are also referred to in literature as i-adjectives (a second class of adjectives the adjectival nouns are commonly referred to as na-adjectives). However while it is useful to know on which syllables verbs and verbal adjectives can end bear in mind that just because verbs end on row syllables and verbal adjectives end on not everything ending on an row syllable is a verb and not everything ending on is a verbal adjective all cats have four legs but not everything with four legs is a cat. Let us look at how the bases for both verbs and the verbal adjectives are formed. Looking at them as a combination of verbal stem and some nal syllable(s) the following table describes each of the bases for these word classes:

Base stem ( )

verbs remove row syllable stem + row syllable stem + row syllable stem + row syllable stem + row syllable stem + row syllable

verbs remove stem stem stem + stem + stem (+ / *)

verbal adjectives remove stem + stem + stem + stem + (stem + *)

In this table the for the verbs and verbal adjectives are starred to indicate theres something special about them. First the verb is a bit of a problem: the word can refer to either the grammatical base form or to the actual verb inection as it is used in sentences. In classical Japanese both interpretations of the were stem + ; the grammatical base form was the same as the nal inected form. However in modern Japanese the nal inected form is standard Japanese (the either stem + if youre in an area that adheres to kind spoken in Tokyo) or fairly uniformly stem + if youre not. This raises the problem that either the is listed as two separate forms something Im not too fond of or listing it as just the stem and then telling you the nal inected forms are either + or + depending on where you are. In this

Verb grammar 2.1 Inecting

49

book Ive taken the la er approach. In addition to this the verbal adjective is a point of contention. In classical Japanese verbal adjectives came in two types: adjectives and adjectives. Both of these had a regular form as well as a form involving a contraction with the verb meaning to be forming adjectives. Because of this the and versions were pure adjectives in that they had no imperfective or commanding form; for adjectives those would make no sense. However because of the variants did have these forms instead missing a nalising and perfect form. This gave rise to the following rather elaborative set of bases in :

Base

form stem + stem + stem + stem + -

form stem + stem + stem + stem +

form stem+ stem+ stem+ stem + -

form stem + stem + stem + stem +

This is a lot of inectional potential but as classical Japanese transitioned to modern Japanese all these forms have essentially become merged leading to a single inectional scheme that mixes forms from the pure versions of adjectives with the -contracted versions of those adjectives leading to the question of which forms are to be considered belonging to the adjective as it exists now and which belong to the the verb which happens to work together with verbal adjectives a lot. In this book well consider the nal inected for verbal adjectives to be a contraction of the verbal adjectives and the for the verb which is . This gives us verbal adjective stem + + verbal adjective stem + where contracts to giving us a nal rule stem + . So in this book verbal adjectives are considered not to have a genuine of their own instead relying on the helper verb for one. However other books list it as being simply stem + and so for completeness it has been included in the earlier table of bases. Having covered the what they look like lets look at what this means for a number of verbs from both classes and for verbal adjectives:

verbs

50
verbs

Verb grammar 2.1 Inecting

verbs

There are two things worth noting in these tables. Firstly the for is not a typographical error; it really is not . This is a left-over from classical Japanese: verbs ending on used to be verbs ending on and (being wu rather than u) which inected respectively as - - - - - and - - - - - ( and being the now obsolete Japanese syllables for wi and we which have not been in use since the wri en language was reformed in 1946 by cabinet order). However both were pronounced as - - - - and -. When these two verb classes were simplied to todays verbs ending on the modern the pronunciation was kept as well as its wri en form. The second thing worth noting in the table is the seemingly disproportionate number of examples for verbs ending on -. The reason for this is that for some verbs ending on just looking at the verbs dictionary form is not enough to determine whether its actually a or an verb so a few examples are needed to show how to tell the two apart. If a verb ends on and the syllable preceding it in the or row (such as is the case for and ) then this is always a verb. However if the syllable before the is in the or row then it might be an verb instead. The annoying thing is that without actually looking up the verb in a dictionary or seeing it used in some inected form that lets you spot the dierence between a base and an base being used there is no way to tell what kind of verb youre dealing with. Luckily telling the dierence when we do have an inected form is really easy as we can tell from the following inection examples (taking note that the as used in this book is just the stem):

Verb grammar 2.1 Inecting

(/) (/) (/)

51

Comparing this table with the previous one shows that for any inection involving the or which cover most verbal inections we can readily tell the dierence between a and verb. The only cases that can leave us uncertain are the and forms. In these cases well just have to resort to checking a dictionary to be sure of which verb class were dealing with. Lastly a list of examples for the verbal adjectives is quite uniform:
adjective () () () () ()

Of course the examples of verbal adjectives wouldnt be complete without one very curious verbal adjective:
adjective () ()

Normally verbal adjectives end on preceded by either an or row syllable. However is the only verbal adjective in Japanese that ends in an row syllable + . This is in fact so unusual that it is virtually never used and you will likely not nd this adjective in most dictionaries. So because theres only the one we can safely state that if you nd something that ends in but it has an row syllable preceding it it is virtually certain not to be a verbal adjective.

2.1.2 Basic inections

Throughout the course of this section we will look at basic inections for verbs and verbal adjectives as well as look at a small number of particles that are intricately interwoven with verbal grammar. We shall also look at the basic use and formation of nouns and adverbs so that this chapter in eect covers the minimal basics of basic Japanese. We will start by looking at which particles are essential in order to under

52

Verb grammar 2.1 Inecting

stand basic verb grammar and will move from there to simple verb forms: present and past tense as well as armative and negative forms. In order to get an overview of the basic concepts involved without oering too much information at once polite verbal grammar will not be introduced until the next chapter after basic grammar has been covered.

Particles
Verbs and verbal adjectives are used in combination with a number of particles to explicitly mark parts of a sentence as relating to them. For verbs these are the particles and and for verbal adjectives this is just the particle . First o (pronounced as ). This particle is used to mark a transitive verbs direct object. This particle is fairly straightforward and does what one expects from it given this explanation. In I eat an apple the noun apple is the direct object for the verb eat and in the corresponding Japanese sentence the word (apple) is the direct object to the verb (eat). However not everything that is considered a direct object in Japanese is considered a direct object when translated to English. For instance in Japanese an aeroplane can y the air whereas in English aeroplanes just y. Second is which broadly speaking marks verb details. Translating a sentence using to English yields the parts marked with as becoming indirect objects prepositional phrases or even adverbs. Anything that is not the verb actor or the direct object but adds more details to the verb action will be marked with . For instance the Japanese sentence translates to the English sentence I bought owers for Mary with mapping to the word for which in English indicates an indirect object. This is hardly its only meaning; the Japanese sentence translates to Ill be there at nine with mapping to the preposition at. Moreover in the Japanese translating to the English to divide cleanly the marks the noun clean/neat/tidy as being used adverbially neatly cleanly. Finally the particle is an interesting particle. When used with verbal adjectives it marks the thing the adjective applies to. For instance in the English sentence that car is fast the adjective fast pertains to that car. Similarly in the corresponding Japanese sentence the verbal adjective (fast) pertains to (that car). This concept is carried over to verbs too. Some verbs have what would in English be considered a direct object but in Japanese are not considered direct object because the verb does not impart its action on it. For instance in I throw the ball the throwing action is imparted on the ball. However in I know the textbooks material knowing is not an action imparted on the material in these cases rather than is used in Japanese so that for instance I understand Japanese is

Verb grammar 2.1 Inecting

53

not expressed as but as . This is particularly obvious when using verbs in passive mode changing for instance I eat the cake to the cake is being eaten by me. In the corresponding Japanese sentences the particle changes from to : becomes . In addition to this may mark a verbs actor so that it is possible to have two dierent uses of in the same sentence: translates to I ( actor) understand ( verb) this ( pertaining object). In addition to these three particles you will also often see the particle (pronounced as ) being used in example sentences. This particle acts as a disambiguator when a sentence would otherwise be confusing in terms of who or what it was about or what it was in relation to. For instance and translate to I do not walk and I wont be walking today by virtue of the second sentence disambiguating the context from as broad as possible (i.e. in general) to just today (). This can have some perhaps unexpected side eects too: when I do not swim the explicit presence of means that you saying apparently felt that you needed to disambiguate the statement which means any listener will suddenly wonder who then does swim as opposed to you. On the other hand merely means I do not swim using to mark yourself as verb actor for .

Verbal grammar - present tense

Before we look at how to form the present tense a note. There is no distinction between present tense such as I walk and indicative future tense such as I will walk. Both roles are performed by the same verb form in Japanese: the . Any verb or verbal adjective in is automatically in present/indicative future tense. Listing this form for example words from all three verbal classes we see the following:

meaning walk see high expensive

plain present armative : : :

verb verb verbal adjective

Some examples of the present tense used in simple sentences: Today (Ill) walk.

54 (I) watch TV. This is expensive.

Verb grammar 2.1 Inecting

Negative
Having covered the present armative tense the next important basic inection is the negative form. In Japanese negative verb and verbal adjective forms are created with the helper adjective of negation () or using the rather classical verb which will be discussed after polite forms have been introduced later in this chapter. is actually a verbal adjective and so inects like any other verbal adjective:
bases form

This helper is combined with both verbs and verbal adjectives by joining up with the or imperfect base:
verb verb verbal adjective meaning walk see high expensive plain present negative +: +: +:

Recycling our example sentences from the present tense section we get the following sentences: Today (I) dont/wont walk. (I) dont/wont watch TV.

Verb grammar 2.1 Inecting This isnt expensive.

55

However please note that this rule does not apply to the special verb which we shall treat in the next section. Rather than becoming it is simply replaced with . (On a nal note it is imperative this should never be confused with another adjective pronounced as that means deceased)

2.1.3 Basic inections for irregular verbs and verbal adjectives

There are three irregular verbs in Japanese that we need to look at before moving on to further inections being do/decide on inanimate things). come and exist (for

The irregular verb

Looking at do rst we see the following bases and inection table:
base form () () armative plain negative +:

We see that actually has three dierent forms as well as three dierent forms which of these gets used is fully determined by which inection youre going for making this verb a bit trickier than any of the other verbs in the language. Luckily its such a common verb that even though its highly irregular you will most likely become familiar with all its inections fairly quickly by virtue of them popping up almost as often as all other verbs put together. Technically is considered a verb or irregular verb operating on the column. For the most part it inects as an verb but there are rules for what pronunciation to use when using which base which makes it a truly irregular verb.

56

Verb grammar 2.1 Inecting

has two common variations: and . Both of these are typically found used as a verb in a noun/verb compound (meaning they are paired with a noun without using any particles) and only constitute a small number of all verbs in Japanese. However while only used in a small number of verbs some of those verbs are quite common and frequently used so knowing how to inect these two verbs is not unimportant.
base () () armative negative +: +: +: () () ( )

For the and are actually not used a lot in modern Japanese anymore. Instead you will nd used for virtually all constructions with and indicating respectively classical and non-classical older style Japanese instead.

The irregular verb

(come) on the other hand inects like any normal verb (except for a slightly dierent ) but shares s irregularity: the pronunciation for its stem changes for each base. However unlike for there is only one pronunciation for each base so inection doesnt involve picking the right pronunciation but merely remembering it:
base kanji form armative plain pronunciation negative +:

Verb grammar 2.1 Inecting

57

As is evident from the table of bases and the table of inections this verb is virtually indistinguishable from any other verb. However in spoken language its irregularity is plainly obvious.

The irregular verb

Finally the verb exist (for inanimate things) has seemingly normal bases but its inection is quite special:
base form

armative plain

negative

This verb is irregular in all its negative forms: rather than using the + rule just itself is used. Thus we see the following: There is a book. There is no book.

The irregular adjective

In addition to these verbs there is the irregular verbal adjective good which is actually the irregular verbal adjective :
base form

58
armative plain negative +:

Verb grammar 2.1 Inecting

The only irregularity for this verbal adjective is its which is technically but is almost always used as instead. Of the two is actually considered the plain pronunciation and a formal variant. Not knowing that these two are actually the same adjective can lead to confusion in more complex inections such as when the adjective turns into the past tense .

Past tense
The last basic inection we will look at on its own in this chapter is the past tense which relies on the classical helper verb for past tense . This helper verb has the following bases:
base form

This verb has no (it doesnt make sense to mark something as a past tense and then continue inecting it to something else) nor does it have a (because one cannot command someone to do something in the past). It is combined with verbal forms being wholly unremarkable for the verbs simply pairing up with the but being not quite so unremarkable for verbs. While in classical Japanese the same rule applies as for verbs in modern Japanese most past tenses for verbs have become contracted as we can see in the following table:
classical past tense +: +: +: +: +: +: +: +: modern past tense change rule verbs: no change verbs: verbs: verbs: verbs: verbs: verbs: verbs:

Verb grammar 2.1 Inecting

59
modern past tense change rule verbs: verbs:

classical past tense +: +:

These rules for contraction in verbs (luckily) do not just apply to the past tense but to several other inections (namely the continuative form which is tremendously important to know the representative form and the conditional form) so that this is not a set of rules you will need to remember for a single inection but applies to a number of often used inections making the exception itself somewhat regular. Of course there are a few exceptions to these rules. First up which follows the wrong rule:
verb classical past tense + modern past tense

The verb pronounced or (the rst being used in every day life the la er being used in poetry and song lyrics) does not follow the contraction rule for verbs ending on . There is no real reason for this other than thats just how people use it. In all other respects is just another verb. Luckily this is not some obscure verb you will run into only occasionally and will have forgo en this exception for: means go and is used so frequently you will not get a chance to forget it has an irregular past tense. Secondly there is a (very small) set of verbs that have a rather abnormal past tense based on adding to the instead of the . These verbs are mostly used in writing and in formal speech but since there are only two (with two kanji forms each) it cannot hurt to look at them:
verb meaning ask question accuse

past tense

ask

These verbs can technically also be inected like regular verbs but since they are mostly reserved for formal spoken and literary wri en Japanese if you encounter them you will most likely encounter them as + . For verbs things are a lot simpler and we see a regular table of inection:

60
past tense +: +: +:

Verb grammar 2.1 Inecting

And for the irregular verbs we see the same bearing in mind that the stems have a dierent pronunciation:

Irregular

past tense +: +:

To form the plain past negative rather than just the plain past we have to take the plain present negative based on and turn this into a past tense which means we need to look at how to form the past tense for verbal adjectives in general rst. For verbal adjectives rather than a plain inection the adjectives work together with the verb (to be for inanimate objects and concepts). However because is a verb it contracts: the classical past tense has become and it is this that the verbal adjective itself contracts with. Again for reasons mostly due to thats just what people ended up using the verbal adjective paired with [] has become contracted over the course of linguistic history to become [] in modern Japanese:

adjective

meaning high expensive fun enjoyable thin light big

+ past tense of + + + +

resulting past tense

irregular

meaning good meaning -

+ past tense of + + past tense of +

resulting past tense

negation

resulting past tense

Verb grammar 2.1 Inecting

61

Past negative
So now we can also form the plain past negative for verbs using + past tense of noting that for the verb things are (of course) dierent:

negative

past negative tense

negative

past negative tense

Irregular

past tense

past negative tense

Again of the irregular verbs is the most irregular its past negative form simply being the past form of rather than the typical inection . In several major dialects this isnt actually the case and for instance in the Kansaiben dialect (where the word is used instead of ) inects like any other verb with a negative form . Why standard Japanese has this dual nature for is mainly because of historic use (languages serve the people using them and if that use changes the language changes). However we can at least look at why this duality can even exist in the rst place: means to be for inanimate objects and concepts and is an adjective for non-existence which is in concept the complete opposite. So while they belong to dierent word classes and

62

Verb grammar 2.1 Inecting

can be considered two sides of the same coin. This is also the reason why only half counts as an irregular verb; all armative inections work in exactly the same way as normal verbs. It also counts as a half irregular verbal adjectives because all the negatives for are just armative inections of . Its li le things like this that make languages interesting.

2.1.4 In summary
In summary we can draw up tables for verbal inection plus the irregularities:

inecting verbs
armative present past + (c) negative + +

In this scheme (c) indicates that a contraction occurs with what the contraction looks like being dependent on which of the or verbs is being inected.

inecting
present past

armative negative + +

inecting
armative present past + (c) negative

inecting verbs including

armative present past + negative

+ +

Verb grammar 2.1 Inecting

63

Observing that the stem for changes: its is its is and its is .

inecting
armative present past + negative + +

inecting and
present past + + +

inecting verbal adjectives

armative present past + (c) negative + +

inecting ()
armative present past + (c) negative + +

Of the two possible is considered normal while is considered formal but for both the and are .

inecting ()
armative present past + (c) negative theoretically + theoretically +

Theoretically is used here because often it doesnt make a lot of sense to negate the adjective for negation itself. Wed end up with again.

64

Verb grammar 2.2 Adjectives

2.2 Adjectives
We need to spend some extra time looking at verbal adjectives and adjectives in general because they can do something verbs cannot do and thats to indicate properties. With that we get the added bonus that they let us compare properties allowing us to say something is red redder than something else or the reddest thing weve ever seen. While in English these are three distinct concepts Japanese shows itself to be a sparse language yet again using the parative forms: A: for both the a ributive as well as com-

B: A: Fish like salmon and tunas go en expensive recently. B: So buy a cheap(er) sh.

Even though means cheap when used as normal a ributive it can also mean cheaper when there is some context in which the property cheap contrasts to some other property expensive. This goes for all adjectives: there is no distinction between the a ributive (normal adjective) and comparative (the English -er form of adjectives) forms of verbal adjectives in Japanese similar to how there is no distinction between present and immediate future tense for verbs in Japanese. When we want to compare the same property however such as comparing a cheap sh to an even cheaper sh we can use to indicate explicit comparative: A: B: A: B: A: I am looking for a cheap umbrella. B: A cheap umbrella you said? What about this one? A: Ah thats a nice umbrella. But I was wondering whether you had an even cheaper one. B: Ah Im sorry but we do not have any umbrellas cheaper than this. In this conversation is used to ask for an even more cheap item but only after it has been established that the item in question is (already) cheap. An example of incorrect use of would be:

Verb grammar 2.3 Noun inection A:

65

If we were to translate this sentence it would say This umbrella is a bit expensive. Do you have an even cheaper one? This is clearly incorrect use of language as we can only ask for an even cheaper item if the present one is already cheap. The superlative in English the most version of an adjective is formed in Japanese by prexing the word the context of a ranking): to the adjective (which literally means rst in

The fastest car (here) is that Ferrari. Remember that this is an adjective construction and that requires an adjective to turn into a superlative. Many students new to the language will use without an adjective and end up saying things like or which would literally mean most teacher and most car. These sentences are not grammatical in either Japanese or English since they lack a modier to explain exactly what these nouns are the most of. Usually when this mistake is made all that is missing is the adjective meaning good:

creates the superlative best.

2.3 Noun inection

Nouns do not inect in Japanese. More interestingly they dont even decline like they do in English; turning book into books for instance or us into our are declensions that indicate something in addition to the root noun like plurality or possession. Instead everything is either done by marking nouns (or indeed entire noun phrases) with particles or by using copula verbs in Japanese.

2.3.1 Particles
There are three important particles that we can use when dealing with noun inection/declension being and . The particle is generally explained as being used to genitivally link nouns but that doesnt tell us what it really does. In Japanese genitive is expressed as either marking possession (origin or root concept) description or a contextualising construction. In English examples of these would be my car in this is my car love song in this is a love song and old story in thats just an old story but while in English these are seemingly dierent constructions in Japanese they all use :

66 This is my car.

Verb grammar 2.3 Noun inection

In this sentence which illustrates being used for possession the function is fairly obvious: [X][Y] means [X]s [Y] or [Y] of [X]. This is the simplest use of . However things get more complicated when we look at the other three functions. This is a love song. In this sentence the idea behind the pa ern is slightly more complicated because its related to a pa ern of thought that were generally not used to in English. In the sentence the song is considered a specic kind of song which we can explain by saying it genitivally stems from meaning that as a whole the word derives its core meaning from but its nuance from . This is a complicated way simple particle so it is usually easier to note to look at whats going on in a seemingly the specic interpretation instead: we can say that describes or that acts as context for and that this construction is closely related to the idea of a compound noun. In this interpretation [X][Y] typically translates to [X] [Y] in English becomes old story so that becomes love song and for instance (with being a noun meaning long ago and meaning story). If we use this in a slightly bigger more interesting sentence we see the following: (That)s just an old story. This sentence is particularly interesting because it uses twice. [X] means just X with meaning just or merely and [X] being any noun phrase in this case . This kind of chaining can be taken to extremes such as in the following example: My sisters friend Sasaki came over (today). Let us analyse what happens in this chain. It usually makes most sense to analyse long chains like these by looking at the [X][Y] pa erns in a last-to-rst order because (as always) the most important words come last:

Verb grammar 2.3 Noun inection

[X][Y] translation (my/your/his/her/our/their) friend Sasaki (my/your/his/her/our/their) sisters friend (my/our) sister

67

While this sounds like an articial example it is actually quite common to nd three or even four nouns linked through to create a single more and more specic noun phrase. The main issue with learning to use these pa erns and more importantly understanding them while listening to native speakers is that the most important information comes last so you have to keep track of all the context nouns before the nal operative noun gets used. The other two particles and are much simpler to understand than : links nouns to form an exhaustive list while forms a representative list. For instance if someone went to the supermarket and bought orange juice milk and tea and thats all they bought then we can list all these things with : (I) bought juice milk and tea. However if they instead bought a lot of refreshments (say they were planning a party) then the following sentence would be easier than listing every individual item on the shopping list:

(I) bought juice milk tea (and the like). Thats the only dierence between and (for the purpose of noun listing). Both form a list of items and by using you imply that what you describe is the whole list while if you use you imply that even though its a list its not the whole list just a representative snippet. Of course it (almost) goes without saying that you cannot mix and .

2.3.2 Inection
Actual inection of nouns relies on copula verbs as it does in English. While in English only the verb to be fulls the role of copula in Japanese there are a number of copulae to pick from. So for the moment we will look at the two most common copulae: the plain form and its polite counterpart . Technically these are both verbs although is somewhat more complex than . If we look at their verb bases we see the following:

68
() copula / /

Verb grammar 2.3 Noun inection

First there is no which kind of makes sense one cannot order something to all of a sudden have some property; chairs dont become red because you order them to people dont become angry just because you tell them to and it doesnt suddenly become night because you ordain it so. At least not without superpowers of some sort which are beyond the scope of this book. Secondly the copula column is a bit special: it tells you which form is typically used when a certain base form is relied on. When we need a copula we can use either or depending on whether we want plain form or polite form but when we need a continuative (which will be explained in the next chapter) modern Japanese uses . Third there is a entry which most modern verbs do not use. The reason it exists for (this) copula is that is relatively special: when used to end noun phrases its is used and so it uses the form . However when used a ributively (eectively turning nouns into adjectives) which uses the the classical is used and we end up with . Although the language reforms of the 20th century have for the most part merged the functions of and this particular instance of separate form has been preserved rather than go en rid of. Luckily you will rarely if ever need to recite the bases for or but is used a ributively so frequently that you should have li le problem remembering when to use and when to use .

Present tense
The present tense for and are just as simple as for any other verb: This is a book. There is no dierence in meaning between those two sentences the only difference is the perceived politeness with being neutral polite while is plain form.

Verb grammar 2.3 Noun inection

69

Past tense
The past tenses for both and are also reasonably straightforward although we do need to know a li le bit more about where came from. The common explanation for is that it came from the continuative of and the verb to form the copula . This copula is actually still used in modern Japanese in formal se ings. However the + in this has contracted over time to form which explains the for which is . It also explains its past tense: since is a normal verb and thus contracts in its past tense. For the story is a bit simpler: its is and so its past tense is . That was a book. That was a book. Again there is no dierence in meaning only in perceived politeness.

Negative
The negative forms for and are more interesting. For the plain negative is which is plus the adjective for negation that we already saw for verbs . Again we see evidence of the presence of . However what is this ? Interestingly is (and not just for this particular inection but in general) the particle which is the for and the disambiguating particle (pronounced ). This can either be used by itself (and frequently is) or its contraction can be used with the only dierence between the two being that is more formal than . To illustrate: This is a book. This is not a book. This is not a book.

70

Verb grammar 2.3 Noun inection

There is no dierence in meaning between the la er two sentences just in formality. For the story gets more complicated because instead of using the negative form of itself the polite form is used in polite form using the polite negative of instead of which means we need to introduce the classical helper verb of politeness: .
bases form () ()

This helper verb is used in combination with verbs in their so that the polite form of becomes + and the polite negative is formed by taking this and making negative using the super classical negative : +. While the explanation might be more complicated than you might have expected the nal result should sound familiar since the polite negation and the general statement are used constantly in modern Japanese. With this we can form the polite negative of the copulae: or more formally This is a book. This is not a book. This is not a book.

Past negative
For the present negative () is placed in past tense turning into : (). This was a book.

Verb grammar 2.3 Noun inection This was not a book. This was not a book.

71

For things get really weird: the polite negative in () is placed in past tense by adding the past tense for at the end: (). This was a book. This was not a book. This was not a book. While again this derivation is rather complicated the important bit is that you remember the copula inection table.

In summary
The best way to reiterate the dierent inections for the copulae is in the form of a table:
armative plain present polite present plain past polite past noun + noun + noun + noun + negative noun + (noun + ) noun + (noun + ) noun + (noun + ) noun + (noun + )

72

Verb grammar 2.4 Pronouns:

2.4 Pronouns:
In addition to regular nouns Japanese has a set of words which are often (but mistakenly) labelled pronouns. These are colloquially known as the and theyre called this because they come as series of four starting with - - - and - to refer to (conceptually or physically) close to the speaker close to the listener close to neither and as a question word. To properly understand this the concept of a personal zone is important: the Japanese do not separate locations in just here and there but in here there and a conceptual location akin to yonder. Words starting with refer to things in the speakers personal zone words starting with refer to things in the listeners personal zone and words starting with refer to things that are neither in the speakers nor the listeners personal zone. Finally words starting with are the question words for the series known as interrogatives. I mentioned that the are often mistakenly called pronouns because many series in the actually work together with nouns rather than replacing them as they would if they were genuine pronouns. The most frequently used series are the following:
[noun] [noun] [noun] [noun] meaning this [noun] that [noun] that [noun] over there which [noun]

with examples: This car is fast. That car is black. That car (over there) is broken. Which car do you like? It should be obvious that this series is not actually a pronoun series since it

Verb grammar 2.4 Pronouns:

73

doesnt replace the noun in question. However that said there are a few series that act as a genuine series of pronouns such as:
meaning this. that. that over there. which.

with examples: This is fast. Thats black. That (over there)s broken. Which do you like? Notice the periods after the English translations for the individual ; these have been added to make sure you understand that these words are done. They are replacement nouns and cannot be used in conjunction with a noun. The rest of the common series are:
[noun] [noun] [noun] [noun] meaning this kind of [noun] that kind of [noun] that kind of [noun] over there which kind of [noun]

Beginning students often confuse with the word which means what when thinking of dialogues such as: I bought a velour pillow - wow what does that feel like?. While the English dialogue uses the word what the Japanese question would actually be which/what kind of feeling does that have?

74

Verb grammar 2.4 Pronouns:

meaning this direction/this honourable person. that direction/that honourable person. that direction/that honourable person over there. which direction/which honourable person.

This series can mean two things depending on context. Since personal pronouns are avoided as much as possible in Japanese it is considered polite to refer to someone by referring to the direction in which they are located relative to the speaker similar to using the English indirect way of referring to someone: Over here we have Mr. Carver rather than just saying This is Mr. Carver.
meaning this direction/this person. that direction/that person. that direction over there/that person over there. which direction/which person.

Since this is a contracted version of the previous set it cannot be used to refer to people respectfully - you dont use colloquially contracted words when youre being respectful. You can technically use this word to refer to people but then only in a familiar conversation.
meaning here there over there where

The location like the /// series acts as a pronoun. There is an irregularity with the not near me not near you version which has two possible pronunciations neither of which use just an rather than a or ; instead they have an additional syllable being either or . Both these versions are accepted Japanese although is slightly more proper than .
meaning this way/this manner. that way/that manner. that way/manner (referring to something distal). how/in which way/in which manner.

Notice the seeming irregularity for here. I say seeming because this series is actually each of the four prexes with a long vowel sound for

Verb grammar 2.4 Pronouns:

75

and this is a for this is (clearly) not a at all but another . Finally there is also a somewhat more classical series of which the - variant should sound familiar:
meaning this person (I/me/you/him/he/her/she). that person (him/he her/she). that person over there (you). which person (who).

Since this set is a tad classical there are a few things to notice. First of all refers to a third person (he/she) while refers to second person (you). Also while somewhat classical this set is still used in formal se ings. However because it is used exclusively in formal se ings it is considered distal and very impersonal and should thus only be used in formal se ings where it would be improper to address someone the normal way. As an added bonus is also commonly understood to be two seemingly completely opposite things. On the one hand it is the deferred distal formal word for you and on the other hand it also means you in a highly intimate relationship akin to the English terms dear darling or honey being used by couples to call each other. Lastly while means who it is considered a distal and reserved interrogative. The plain version of who is the pronoun any series.
meaning this person (I/me/you/him/he/her/she). that person (him/he her/she). that person over there (you). which person (who).

which is not associated with

In addition to the (etc.) (etc.)and (etc.) series we also have this series available for referring to people. Where the former are all reasonably polite in some way this series actually borders on derogatory so you should probably try to avoid using it. However its also frequently used in the expression meaning each and every one in the sense of people: Oh for crying out loud. How can I be expected to do my job with everyone and their dog ge ing in the way?

76

Verb grammar 2.5 Special verbs

Technically this pa ern can be used for any series although the more polite or formal the series the less this pa ern can be applied. Finally some are used in more complicated pa erns such as the series + or the series + language pa erns. which we shall look at in the chapter on

2.5 Special verbs

There are a number of special verbs that deserve a bit of extra a ention as they are used so frequently in the language that it would be a miss to not highlight their roles.

2.5.1 Becoming:
Before you can say something is something else it rst has to become this something else. In Japanese the process of becoming is expressed with the verb which can be used to describe becoming a particular state (such as becoming cold) through the use of state nouns or adjective-derived adverbs as well as being usable to describe becoming a particular thing (such as becoming an adult) by using it with nouns. Finally it can of course also be used to describe the process of becoming itself (such as to quickly become []) by using proper adverbs. The verb is a verb without any irregularities meaning its bases are and . While typically used in combination with the verb particle it can also be used in combination with the particle (not in its role as noun lister) in which case its meaning changes from become to be (often interpreted as the immediate future will be). This can be illustrated with some / comparison sentences: (This) will become (our) strength. (This) will be (our) strength. The bands performance will be set to (literally: become) May the 24th . The bands performance will be on May the 24th .

Verb grammar 2.5 Special verbs

77

2.5.2 Being:
We already looked at and but we havent really looked at how they t together with other existential verbs and how each diers from the other. Where in English the verb to be is used as both a copula (the verb that sets up denitions such as A is B) and as a existential verb (the verb that indicates existence somewhere such as A is [here]) in Japanese these are two (or more accurately three) distinct roles. To indicate that A is B distinct copulae are used in Japanese. These include but also several less frequently used copulae such as and . The existential verb role on the other hand is actually performed by two distinct verbs in Japanese: one describing existence for animate objects (such as humans animals and things that can be considered animate like AIBO robot puppies and the like) and one describing existence for inanimate objects and abstract things. These are () and () respectively. To illustrate the dierence between animate and inanimate lets look at two sentences: (There) is a dog.

(There) is a book. In both sentences marks the preceding part as subject of the sentence. Both sentences translate to there is X but in the rst sentence X is a dog which is an animate object and because of this we need to use . In the second sentence X is a book which is rather inanimate and thus is used. Also in both sentences the word there is entirely implied. Because we are using verbs to mark existence and we are talking about actual instances of dogs and books saying they exist means we also say they exist at some location. If we only want to dene something i.e. say something is a thing such as it is a dog or it is a book we use a copula instead. For most people used to western language these verbs may at rst glance seem to do the same as what and do; after all the sentence it is a dog is essentially the same as the sentence there is a dog with the word there replaced with it. However there is a very important dierence: in there is a dog we are saying that a dog exists somewhere whereas in it is a dog we are dening some it to be of the category dog. Put concisely denitions in Japanese can only be done using copulae and marking existence can only be done using or :

78 It is a dog. It is a book. Books are rectangular. Dogs are animals.

Verb grammar 2.5 Special verbs

2.5.3 Doing:

Weve already seen as irregular verb and it has been used in enough example sentences to let it be no surprise that it means do. However this isnt the only meaning for this verb. When used in combination with a direct object as transitive verb does mean do but when used as intransitive verb its meaning should be considered to be decide on or choose. To show this dierence in meaning

between the transitive (strictly speaking ) versions of two short sentences: What are (you) doing? What will (you) pick?

) and intransitive (strictly speaking

In the rst sentence marks the preceding as direct object to the verb while in the second sentence marks the preceding part as indirect object to the verb. The dierence in meaning is striking. There is a third meaning to when paired with the particle which is to consider something : These are the things (that) I consider important.

Verb grammar 2.6 More Verb Grammar

79

2.5.4 Possessive:
Were not quite done treating ; while it means exist for inanimate things this meaning also leads it to be usable for what in English is represented by to have in sentences like I have a radio. In Japanese you dont say you have something but that something is with you. For instance if I want to say that aside from my portable radio I also have a radio at home instead of saying I have a radio at home too I would say there is a radio at my house too: (I) have a radio at home too. Because of this double role its quite an important verb.

2.5.5 Negative presence:

I know that is not a verb but the reason its in this list is because of which is very much a verb. Since means exist for inanimate things and since the adjective means not (exist) there are actually (almost) always two interpretations possible when is used in a sentence by virtue of having two possible interpretations: 1) (There) is no radio. 2) (I) do not have a radio. So for this reason it has been included in the list of important verbs; if we look at it as the negative form for which we should then its a verb form and a very important one at that.

2.6 More Verb Grammar

This covers the basics of verbal grammar. You should now be able to use most verbs in plain present armative and negative forms as well as past tense and hopefully be interested enough to move on to the next chapter which will briey recap the inections covered in this chapter before moving on to the (rather extensive!) list of verbal inections that are found in Japanese.

80

Verb grammar 2.6 More Verb Grammar

Chapter 3

More grammar
Having covered the basics in the previous chapter we will revisit and elaborate on certain inections and conjugations as well as list all of the other inections that are used in the Japanese language. This chapter treats the inections one by one starting with a recap of politeness and explaining how it applies to all verbs then treating all the basic but not yet covered inections followed by the more advanced inections that are used in Japanese. Note that as of this chapter all the verbs and adjectives that have been used in the previous chapter which we will continue to use in this one will not come with furigana. At this point you should know how they are read (and if you dont just ip back to the previous chapter for the readings).

3.1 Revisits and simple inections 3.1.1 Politeness

as it is called in Japanese revolves around using Politeness or the use of and . We saw these explained in the previous chapter but for completeness their bases will be listed again here:

() ()

()

copula / / /

81

82

More grammar 3.1 Revisits and simple inections

Of these the copulae are used in combination with nouns and verbal adjectives and is used in combination with verbs (in their form). For both verb classes the procedure is the same: the present polite is formed by adding to the whereas the past polite is formed by taking the present polite and turning into its past tense :

present polite + + + + + + + + +

past polite polite present + + + + + + + + +

present polite + + + + + +

past polite polite present + + + + + +

present polite + + + +

past polite polite present + + + +

The irregular verbs and are regular with respects to using although of course s becomes and s stem gets pronounced . For nouns we use which is inected to indicate tense:

More grammar 3.1 Revisits and simple inections

noun meaning polite present noun + friend house

83

polite past noun + + +

+ +

For verbal adjectives we also use but unlike nouns verbal adjectives inect to show tense rather than :

adjective

polite present + + + + +

polite past past tense + + + + +

A cautionary note: many beginning students of Japanese make the mistake of forge ing that verbal adjectives are verbal and are themselves inected rather than using for tense. One of the rst mistakes (and arguably one of the biggest) made by beginning students is saying something like: To mean it was fun. Try very hard not to make this mistake. Remember for verbal adjectives inect rst then add for politeness not add rst then inect.

3.1.2 A ributive
When something is a ributive it means that it is essentially doing what an adjective does: it a ributes some quality to a noun. Verbs verbal adjectives and nouns can all do this but they do so in dierent ways. For verbs and verbal adjectives the is a ributive by its very denition (it is the a ributive base). For verbal adjectives this seems fairly obvious but for verbs things are no dierent: (he/she/it) is (a/the) good person.

84

More grammar 3.1 Revisits and simple inections (he/she/it)s (a/the) coee drinking person.

For nouns things are a li le trickier. There are two classes of nouns namely the ones we already saw in the previous chapter linking up using and noun adjectives which are nouns denoting qualities or aspects and are used in combination with the for as a ributives: (this/it) is (a) clean/tidy room. (he/she/it) is (a/the) quiet person. The reason for this is that we want to use the qualities that these nouns express a ributively. On their own the qualities in these two sentences would be we wish to use these a ributively we must is clean and is quiet. When change from its or nalising form to which is the a ributive form. So: [noun] [noun] For these kind of nouns using as in [noun] or [noun] would be incorrect because is not used to a ribute qualities. Sadly without any prior knowledge it is essentially impossible to tell whether a noun will require or when it is being linked with other nouns. Sometimes you can guess based on the fact that the noun marks some quality or aspect but often you cannot.

3.1.3 Adverbial
In addition to the a ributive which a ributes qualities to nouns there are adverbs which a ribute qualities to verb actions. There are three word classes that can do this namely the verbal adjectives the noun adjectives (the ones that take ) and of course true adverbs. True adverbs are easy since they do exactly what youd expect: (I you he she we they) read(s) (a) book(s).

More grammar 3.1 Revisits and simple inections

85

(I you he she we they) sometimes read(s) (a) book(s).

Here the adverb sometimes also wri en (the symbol indicates kanji repetition) qualies the action of reading to apply only sometimes rather than in general. We can achieve the same eect of qualifying the verb action by using verbal adjectives in form: (I you he she we they) will x (it). (I you he she we they) will x (it) quickly. In this sentence the adjective fast (not to be confused with early) is turning into the adverb quickly by using its . With noun adjectives which do not inect but must be paired up with the right particle to show their use in a sentence we must use instead of to use them as adverbial words:

divide (up). divide cleanly/neatly You might recognise this from the section on verb particles from the previous chapter. When used with quality or aspect nouns (and noun adjectives in general) using leads to the noun being interpreted as a verb detail which we grammatically term as being used adverbially. However when the noun is a true noun does something very dierent. To illustrate this two sentences:

86

More grammar 3.1 Revisits and simple inections

The rst sentence has a noun that describes an aspect meaning complete. Thus because it is paired with this noun is being used as an adverb to lose. This sentence translates to Losing completely. On the other hand does not describe a quality or aspect it just means friend(s). As such when it is paired with it becomes a verb detail: (I you he she we they) lost to (my your his her our their) friend(s). So be careful. If the noun youre using is not a noun adjective you can quite easily say something completely dierent from what you intended to say.

3.1.4 Noun forms

Not just nouns can act as nouns: verbs and verbal adjectives too can be inected so that they act like nouns. In the same way that we can either walk through a neighbourhood or take a walk through a neighbourhood in English so too in Japanese can verbs be used as nouns provided we use their : (It)s my loss. Here the noun loss comes from the verb to lose. By using its it can be used as a noun in a sentence. Both and verbs follow this rule. For verbal adjectives things are a bit more complicated because using an adjective as a noun requires you to know what kind of noun you want to use. For instance in English we can turn the adjective deep into the noun depth. This noun is then ambiguous in meaning: do we mean a measurable depth like the depth of a crevasse or a lake or do we mean the immeasurable quality of depth of paintings or poetry for instance? In Japanese this ambiguity doesnt exist because the two dierent interpretations are expressed through dierent noun forms: turning a verbal adjective into a measurable (quantiable) noun requires adding to the stem whereas turning it into an immeasurable (qualifying) noun requires adding to the stem:
adjective meaning high

quantied noun

meaning height (e.g. of a mountain) depth (e.g. of a lake)

deep

More grammar 3.1 Revisits and simple inections

adjective meaning high deep qualied noun meaning height (e.g. of an achievement or position) depth (e.g. of a poem or painting)

87

In addition to these two theres also or (all pronunciations for ) which instead of creating a quantied noun or qualied noun creates a noun that stands for having the impression of. To use this in a sentence it is used as a noun adjective (as itself is a noun adjective):

adjective

meaning cold dangerous rm honest

impression noun

meaning the sense/feeling of being cold

the sense/feeling of danger instilling a sense/feeling of honesty

There are two notes to this scheme. The most important one is: this does not apply to all adjectives. That may sound odd but it comes down to the fact that while grammatically these rules are valid for all verbal adjectives Japanese has been in use for many centuries and verbal adjectives for which this kind of nominalising made sense have long since been accepted as words on their own while verbal adjectives for which this nominalising was simply not required simply arent accepted as natural speech when you use them. Secondly the two irregular verbal adjectives and have their own forms. The () form exists but does not and rather than some there is . For there is no except in the pa ern which will be treated in the section on impressions and likeness and there are no or variants either.

More noun forms: +

A more subtle noun form for verbs is the way of doing noun form. For instance the way one reads in English is a full noun phrase but in Japanese its a compound noun consisting of the verb read in paired with the noun (pronounced in this use) meaning way. Thus way of reading. meaning read becomes meaning

88

More grammar 3.1 Revisits and simple inections Its hard for people who arent used to the way of using chopsticks.

The verb to use is a transitive verb and since transitive verbs have their direct object marked with the subphrase to use chopsticks could be . However since both and are nouns we can also choose to use to link them together. The dierence is the following noting the placement of the brackets: () The way of using chopsticks () The way of using for chopsticks Both express the same idea but the emphasis in the rst sentence lies on the fact that its about using chopsticks while the emphasis in the second sentence simply lies with the way of using something which in this case happens to be chopsticks.

3.1.5 More negatives

The basic negative form was already discussed in the previous chapter but it only covered one of the two plain negative forms and didnt cover polite negative forms at all. Let us rst look at the second plain negative form rst. In addition to the helper adjective of negation there is a classical helper verb of negation which is used quite frequently in formal speech (in its form ) and even more often in daily speech as part of the polite negation in the form of at the end of .
bases form ()

Technically the for this classical helper verb can be placed at the end of any verbs to form a curt negative. While not in use in standard Japanese this use is still prevalent in several modern Japanese dialects such as Kansaiben. In addition to this it is used for the negative of the helper verb of politeness to form its (polite by very denition) negative form .

More grammar 3.1 Revisits and simple inections

89

The form is used frequently to form a rather special kind of word: the adverbial negative. Added to a verbs and paired with (as it acts as a noun adjective) it turns the verb action into a not-taken verb action instead. To illustrate this an example: I came (over) without eating (my) breakfast. In this sentence the phrase acts as adverb to so that we can say that is performed in an manner. In this has no aspect so it gets sentence itself temporal its tense from whatever follows. As such present or past tense comes from the nal verb: I came (over) without eating (my) breakfast. I will come (over) without eating (my) breakfast. This is considered an elegant form of negation and is in formal and semiformal se ings preferred to the negative continuative for which for our example sentence would be: I didnt eat (my) breakfast and came (over). We will look at continuative forms that use this in detail later in this chapter when looking at continuatives.

3.1.6 Basic inections summarised

With the knowledge of what does we can now (nally) look at the complete inection schemes in terms of plain and polite present and past and armative and negative forms. First o ; since is inherently polite it only has four forms we need to know:
armative present past + negative + + +

90

More grammar 3.1 Revisits and simple inections

Second . This too is inherently polite so again we see four forms two of which are contractions with a corresponding full form:
armative present past negative

Then . As this is the plain counterpart to it has no inherent politeness forms although two forms are contractions with a corresponding full form. However because the negative forms rely on and because is a verbal adjective this copula can also be made polite (at least for its negative forms) by adding . It will make the inection more polite than plain form but not as polite as the corresponding negative form for itself.
armative present past negative () () () ()

Next up are the verbal adjectives. Verbal adjectives have one polite armative form using and two polite negative forms because we can either use or the polite counterpart to : (the polite negative form of the verb ). This leads to the following inection table:

armative present plain polite polite (2) plain polite polite (2) + + (c) + (c) +

negative + + + + + + + + +

past

In this table (c) has been used to indicate that a contraction occurs. For completeness the two irregular verbal adjectives get their own tables. First (which is really ):

More grammar 3.1 Revisits and simple inections

armative present past plain polite plain polite negative

91

(of the two possible is considered normal while is considered formal) And then nally the helper adjective of negation ():
armative present past plain polite plain polite negative

Note that while technically has negative forms they need pre y specic context before they make any sense. Then the verbs: while the polite forms are the same for the two verb classes (as well as the irregular verbs) all verb classes will have all forms listed for completeness. First verbs except for :
armative present past plain polite plain polite + + (c) + negative + + + +

In this table (c) has been used to indicate that a contraction occurs depending on whether its a or verb. It should also be noted that the verb has an irregular past tense: instead of and that the rather rare verbs and get suxed to their not . For the scheme is subtly dierent:
armative present past plain polite plain polite + + (c) + negative + +

92 Then the verbs including

armative present past plain polite plain polite + + +

More grammar 3.2 Further inections

negative + + + +

(The stem for changes: its is its is and its is - however inection uses the same rules) And nally the irregular verb :
armative present past plain polite plain polite + + + negative - + + - + +

And so with these basic inection tables nally complete we can move on to genuinely new inections to examine the rest of what can be done with verbs and verbal adjectives in the Japanese language.

3.2 Further inections 3.2.1 Conjunctive

Conjunctives are words or constructions that join up two or more phrases. For instance in the English sentence The birds are singing the owers are blooming; spring had arrived properly the comma between the birds are singing and the owers are blooming acts as a conjunctive as does the semi-colon between the owers are blooming and spring had arrived. In Japanese this particular kind of conjunction can be done in a remarkably simple way: each sentence that is to be conjoined with the next has its nal verb put in and were done: (The) birds sing.

More grammar 3.2 Further inections (The) owers bloom. Spring is here.

93

If we change the nal verbs in the rst two sentence from to then we can join them up to form the translation for our original English sentence: (The) birds are singing (the) owers are blooming; spring is here. For added emphasis we can also place a Japanese comma after each of the conjoined sentences: While not required for the sentence to be grammatically correct the addition of a comma can make a sentence easier to read. When translating this kind of conjoined sentence one can usually either use a comma or the conjunctive and. However it should be noted that the real meaning is just a comma or a semi-colon: since this construction creates a sentence where the second part of the full sentence is merely a continuation of a story started in the rst part there is no real and to speak of. Typically in English the word and will look like it belongs there but you should remember that the Japanese sentence only faintly implies it. As such the following translations are all possible but not all of them sound like natural English. (The) birds are singing (the) owers are blooming; spring has arrived. (The) birds are singing and (the) owers are blooming; spring has arrived. (The) birds are singing (the) owers are blooming and spring has arrived. (The) birds are singing and (the) owers are blooming and spring has arrived.

94

More grammar 3.2 Further inections

A further note on translating and: even though a Japanese conjunction can be translated to and going the other way from English to Japanese typically means you cannot translate and with this construction. The reason for this is that conjunction is a very specic thing whereas the word and performs many roles in English:
I ate breakfast and went to school I bought juice and tomatos Its my car and dont you forget it serial action noun list emphatic

Typically when you encounter and in an English sentence the Japanese sentence (unless youre translating to formal Japanese) will not have it mapped to a construction. In addition to this conjoining of sentences the conjunctive also works for certain word combinations which we shall look at here.

Verb/verb conjunctions
The most common conjunction is the verb/verb conjunction. This takes two verbs and forms a compound verb with them by placing the rst verb in and combining it with the second verb in its normal form. There are plenty of examples to choose from for this type of conjunction:

rst verb y walk

second verb take out go round turn

compound verb come ying out walk around in circles

When verbs are conjoined this way it is quite common for the okurigana (the hiragana that indicates inection on verbs and verbal adjectives) of the rst verb to be omi ed: may be wri en as but is still pronounced and may be wri en as but is still pronounced . A lot of the time compound verbs created this way have a meaning which is readily guessable. However sometimes the compound verb is one thats been in use for ages and its meaning has changed over time. This is a good reminder that while the grammar explains forms it doesnt necessarily explain semantics (i.e. the actual intended meaning). Be careful when creating your own compound verbs - its not unlikely you will come up with a combination that already means something else in some subtle or even not so subtle way.

More grammar 3.2 Further inections

95

Common conjunctions
There are a few common verbs which when used in this fashion add a specic meaning to the compound. These are:

Fix correct repair

Used as second verb in a verb/verb compound this verb creates a to re-[] verb such as:
original verb

meaning write do

joined verb

meaning rewrite redo do over

Crowd ll up
This verb helps create compound verbs that calls forth a mental image of something going into something else such as something being lled up something entering something else or even something being invested in something else. Examples of this are:
original verb meaning enter roll wind joined verb meaning go into (someones) house/room become involved/entangled in

Cut
Used in compounds can mean anything from cu ing physically to cu ing conceptually such as cu ing o someones speech cu ing a meeting short or doing nothing but that one thing (which can be thought of as cu ing o any other action). A few examples are:
original verb meaning say understand joined verb meaning declare assert to fully understand

96

More grammar 3.2 Further inections

Come out
When used in compounds roughly speaking indicates the inverse of signifying something is going or coming out of something else. This can be objects from a container words from a mouth or even thoughts from a cloudy mind:

original verb

meaning think say

joined verb

meaning to suddenly remember to break the ice (i.e. to start talking)

Verb/adjective conjunctions
There are three adjectives that are commonly used in verb/adjective compounds being and used to mean easy to and hard to (twice). For instance if a book is easy to read then this can be said in Japanese by combining the verb for reading with the adjective easy to form meaning easy this is a noun phrase but in Japanese this is still an adjective and to read. In English can be used to describe objects such as for instance: An easy to read book. And of course the same goes for : Something that is hard to say. (literally: a hard-to-say thing) Unlike the verb/verb conjunctions this type of conjunction never drops the verbs okurigana. While both and signify hard to is a more modern reading; most things that are hard to in modern Japanese will use the reading. Examples of the reading are found in for instance which is commonly known as paired with the verb with which it becomes meaning thank you.

More grammar 3.2 Further inections

97

Verb/noun conjunctions
This conjunction is a very nice one because it shows an elementary simplicity in the creation of some of Japaneses nouns: compounding. By combining a verb in which we know can act as a noun on its own with another noun we can form a new compound noun. This particular conjunction can be seen in some words that one would not immediately think of as compound nouns:

verb

meaning wear (on the body) board get on

noun

meaning thing place

conjunction

meaning kimono

a stop (i.e. bus stop)

3.2.2 Continuative: form

The continuative in Japanese is also commonly referred to as the form because it relies on the of the classical helper verb for completion which is . This inection is used for at least three things in Japanese of which verb chaining is probably the most frequently used. Aside from this it is also used to issue (implied) imperatives and it can be used in combination with several special verbs to create special constructions.

bases

form (or )

For verbs the combination of with leads to contracted forms in modern Japanese with dierent contractions occurring for the dierent verbs just like for the plain past tense . The following table again lists which contractions occur and what the change rule is:

98
classical continuative +: +: +: +: +: +: +: +: +: +:

More grammar 3.2 Further inections

modern continuative change rule verbs: no change verbs: verbs: verbs: verbs: verbs: verbs: verbs: verbs: verbs:

And again is an exception:

Irregular classical continuative + modern continuative

For the verbs as well as verbal adjectives no contractions occur:

Irregular continuative +: +: +: continuative +: +:

And nally no contractions occur either for the small set of formal literary verbs that use their instead of their for this inection:
verb

meaning ask question accuse ask

continuative

As we saw earlier the conjoins sentences and so it should be relatively obvious that this construction conjoins sentences too but in a slightly dierent way

More grammar 3.2 Further inections

99

from the plain . Rather than simply joining sentences in such a way that theres no order in which verb actions take place the form explicitly preserves the order in which the actions occur. For instance the following two sentences say dierent things in terms of which actions follow which other actions: (I) had breakfast went o to school and went to class. (I) went o to school went to class and had breakfast.

These are two very dierent ways of spending ones morning. You may have noticed that in these two sentences only the last verb in the sentence has an inection indicating tense (present/past) and polarity (armative/ negative). This is a consequence of using : while itself is the classical helper verb for verb completion its means there is no indication in which way the action has been completed. To indicate the particular completion the last verb is placed in whichever form is required and this form then applies to all previous verbs in form. To illustrate: (I) read a book and listen to music. (I) read a book and listened to music. (read is past tense in this sentence)

Verbal adjective continuative

Verbal adjectives too can be chained in this way by using their + :

adjective ()

form + + + + + +

100

More grammar 3.2 Further inections This lets us write the previous book sentence in the following manner using

the adjectives

big

red and

heavy.:

This is a big red heavy book. Just like with verbs the actual inection of the adjectives in is determined by the nal adjective. To illustrate the following sentence is entirely in past tense armative: (It) was a big red heavy box. To make everything negative we take the plain negative form of adjectives ending on and simply use s form: (It)s a not big not red heavy book. Of course since theyre both just forms we can even mix the two:

(It) was a big not red heavy box. This placing in form to form the negative form for verbal adjectives also applies to verbs by rst forming their plain negative form + and then turning this negative into a form: (I) didnt eat and went home.

Noun continuative
For nouns which rely on copulae for inections we do not use the for but instead rely on the for which is :

More grammar 3.2 Further inections A tidy bright room.

101

As with the verbal form tense and polarity are expressed by the nal verbal (which can be either a verb verbal adjective or a copula) so that if we want to place the previous sentence in past tense we need only change the tense for (It) was a tidy bright room. The negative form for this continuative uses (or ) which due to it ending on uses the adjectival form. So far so good but this is where things get a li le complicated: because is a verbal adjective and verbal adjectives can be paired with we can actually choose between two forms. One is the regular form ; the other is + of giving us instead. Both are used but depending on the speakers intention one is usually preferred over the other. For regular chaining tends to be preferred; for a chaining with an implied contrast of sorts is typically preferred. To illustrate: (it) is a not (so) tidy (but) bright room. (no real contrast although in English the phrasing makes it sound like one) Rather than quiet it was a very lively atmosphere. (real contrast explicit rather than X Y instead connotation) Of course this continuative also works for verbal adjectives and verbs in plain negative form as these end on : (It) was a big not red heavy box. (I) didnt eat (then) went home. As mentioned in the section on negatives in this chapter the negative con:

102

More grammar 3.2 Further inections

tinuative / is actually similar in role to using a verbal + + meaning without but there is the subtle dierence: is a verb form while - is an adverbial form. Chaining many armative and negative verb actions using the negative form is possible while + doesnt allow you to chain: [I] didnt eat went to school didnt take the bus and arrived. We can interpret this sentence as the more natural sounding I went to school without eating and (then) arrived without taking the bus. but this misrepresents the actual Japanese which chains four verb phrases. For actual Japanese that reects this English sentence we must use the following: In the form sentence were chaining four dierent actions namely not eating going not boarding and arriving. However in this sentence using - we are listing just two actions and both of these are adverbially constrained: is going without eating and is arriving without having taken the bus.

3.2.3 Special form conjunctions

Were not quite done with the form yet because there are a number of special form combinations with verbs that should not be taken literally but should be considered idiomatic: they mean something dierent from what the used words would normally imply themselves. These combinations only work for verbs in form and do not apply to verbal adjectives in form or nouns followed by (or ).

Special conjunctions: /
Combining the form with and profoundly changes the verbs meaning in terms of its grammatical role. Using these two verbs as helper verbs lets us turn any verb into a resultant state a present progressive form or an habitual act depending on whether the verb is transitive or intransitive and whether we use or . The table of which combinations can imply which constructions is as follows:

More grammar 3.2 Further inections

+ transitive 1. Resultant state (implying something or someone caused the state) (impossible combination) + 1. Habitual 2. Progressive 1. Habitual 2. Progressive 3. Resultant state

103

intransitive

Looking at the table we see that the + form is used to indicate that something is in a particular state and that this state was caused by someone or something. Examples of this resultant state are for instance: The bu on is (in an) unfastened (state) (because someone unfastened it). The car is (in a) stopped (state) (because someone stopped it). This construction describes the state of something just like a normal intransitive verb would but also implies that someone is responsible for this state. The reason for this is the fact that a transitive verb is used as basis: a transitive verb describes an action being performed by something or someone. Thus even if the something or someone that performs the verb is left o the fact that a transitive verb was used is in itself enough to tell us that something or someone must have performed it. On the other hand the resultant state that is created using the + form does not imply this additional someone did it because it uses an intransitive verb instead which merely passively describes the current state of the world without any implications of how it might have come to be this way: The bu on is (in an) unfastened (state) The car is (in a) stopped (state). One principal dierence is that while + operates on transitive verbs for resultant state + operates on intransitive verbs. Another dierence is that while + can only be used to create a resultant state + can also be used to create the progressive verb form as well as to indicate a habitual action. Both these

104

More grammar 3.2 Further inections

forms can be made with either transitive or intransitive verbs: (I) am watching a lm right now. Form: transitive progressive (I) frequently read the newspaper. Form: transitive habitual act (The) window is opening. Form: intransitive progressive That door often creaks. Form: intransitive habitual To make sure theres no mistakes possible: +/ + can both do resultant state but they operate on transitive and intransitive verbs respectively: Aru TrAnsitive - Iru Intransitive. In addition to this + can also signify progressive state and habitual form of any verb. Colloquially the + form is often shortened by dropping the to create + instead. This means that the following two sentences are technically the same but the rst is formal and the second less formal: What are [you] doing?

Special conjunctions: /
Another important pair is the + /+ pair where is sometimes written or pronounced as instead (this is not wrong but simply an older alternate way to write and say used a lot in songs poetry and still commonly used in many dialects). These two constructions stand for a gradual process directed either towards the speaker in some way or heading away from the speaker in some way. This towards/away can be either a physical process or an abstract process such as it

More grammar 3.2 Further inections feels like her mind is slowly slipping away: Its (gradually) becoming night.

105

It has (gradually) become spring. Mt. Fuji is (gradually) coming into view.

When used in this way or are usually wri en and instead of using kanji. Note that these gradual process interpretations do not always apply. For instance []+ is also a common pa ern used in combination with activity verbs to indicate going (away) to do . and coming back once done such as meaning going to buy something (and then come back afterwards) or meaning going (somewhere) (and then coming back after whatever one had to do there is done). In addition to this idiomatic use can also be used to specify that one will perform an act that requires leaving and that after performing this act one will return again:

verb

meaning return (to some place) y ax pair with buy

verb

meaning to come back to come over by plane come along accompany go buy (and then come back)

Special conjunctions:
This construction signies a semi-formal request something which we will look at in more detail when treating verbs for giving and receiving in the chapter on language pa erns. For now it suces to say that using + turns a verb into a polite command or request:

106 Please open the window. Please eat (this).

More grammar 3.2 Further inections

Special conjunctions:

The construction + is a very interesting construction. It lacks an adequate corresponding construction in English but indicates that some action has been irrevocably performed. This can either be a good thing (we are done working on this project) a bad thing (I broke the radio) or something of which one might wish it wasnt irrevocable (I nished reading this series of books I wish there were more). Because of this translations for this construction are highly context sensitive: Oh (man) now (you)ve said it literally: Ah youve said it (even though it would have been be er if you hadnt but you cant take it back now) One can expect to hear something like this when someone says something that everyone knows but no one had dare say because of the repercussions such as telling the boss that everyone in his department is be er suited for his job than he is. (I) broke the radio (and thats something I wish I hadnt). In this line it should be obvious why the fact that break having been completed is a bad thing. Colloquially + can be contracted into or (with + contracting to or respectively) resulting for instance in: Ah! (I) forgot (my) textbook Again it is clear that forget is a bad or regre able thing when completed especially in relation to needing your textbook in class.

More grammar 3.2 Further inections

107

Special conjunctions:
Also important is the + construction. On its own the verb means to put [something] [somewhere] but when paired with a verb in form it creates a construction meaning to do something with the intention of leaving it that way [for whatever reason]. This may sound a bit cryptic so lets look at an example for clarication: Please turn on the lights. This sentence uses the form of for a polite command (using ) and asks for the lights to be turned on without there being a need for them to be on right now other than it saving having to turn them on later. Literally this sentence would read Please turn on the lights and leave them that way. Colloquially the combination of + is often changed to instead so the following two sentences are the same except that the rst is more formal and the second more colloquial: (I)ll open the windows (now rather than having to do it later when it becomes genuinely necessary).

Special conjunctions:
Another construction that changes the meaning of the suxed verb is the + form. () alone means to see but suxed to forms this construction means to do to see what its like or to do to see what happens: Wont (you) try eating (some) sushi? Here a negative question is asked as a more polite way of oering a suggestion and the part stands for trying to eat to see what happens. In this case the to see what happens is probably related to seeing if you like it.

(I) tried to ride a bicycle but failed horribly. literally: but (it/I) was no good at all.

108

More grammar 3.2 Further inections

Here the act of riding a bicycle was tried to see what would happen but we can conclude from the remainder of the sentence that riding a bike isnt for this particular speaker.

3.2.4 Representative listing:

If instead of chaining you want to only list representative actions for which order doesnt ma er such as Today I read my book played some video games and walked the dog in which you probably did all those things a few times in no real order then the form is of li le use. Instead the classical helper verb is the one you want to be working with. This verb has the following bases:
bases form

Just like the of is used and just like for and contractions occur when used with verbs (with having an irregular contraction and and inecting via their rather than ). However unlike the form which can pair up with any nal verb for its inection gets its inection specically from the verb meaning to do: Today (I) went to school went to class and ate. This sentence literally reads Today I did: going to school going to class eating without any distinction in which action occurred when in relation to other actions; were literally only summarising activities performed. Verbs in form can also be used on their own in a sentence in which case it translates to doing things such as and still get closed o by : Yesterday (I) did things like reading a book. The negative form is constructed by placing a verb in plain negative form rst ( + ) and then turning this verbal negative into a form by

More grammar 3.2 Further inections

109

the same formula: + (with a contraction just as for past tense) forming + .

3.2.5 Conditional:
In the same series of inections that contract with verbs ( and ) we nd which is the conditional form or for . It combines in the same way as and do being added to the and contracts with verbs as well as with verbal adjectives:

conditional

Noting the exception for the verb

Irregular conditional

No contractions occur for verbs:

conditional

And the irregular verbs get their own table:

110
Irregular conditional

More grammar 3.2 Further inections

For verbal adjectives we see contractions:

verbal adjectives conditional

And for nouns the copulae inect instead:

nouns noun + noun + past tense noun + noun +

So what does it do? In simple terms this construction sets up an if then condition: If (you) walk around town (you) will see many interesting sights.

This can also be used for actions that are constrained by some condition such as: Ill go study 2 hours from now

Here the act of studying is constrained by 2 hours of something else needing to pass rst. In less simple terms the construction is a hypothetical future past. That is it sets up a hypothetical future in which some action has already been taken about which comments are then made. Looking at the previous sentences using this explanation we get some rather conceptual translations:

More grammar 3.2 Further inections

111

In a future where you are walking around town you see lots of interesting things In a future in which I have spent 2 hours doing (something) I will (then) go study. This explanation doesnt quite work for noun conditionals which use . This is the for the copula rather than for the conditional form of the helper verb of past tense and rather than a hypothetical future past is essentially just a plain if[]then[] construction: Im sure the teacher will understand. literally: If the teacher (he/she) will understand. There are a few more conditionals in Japanese so (much like with and and the ) when translating from Japanese to English translating with if then is ne but translating an English sentence that has an if/then construction to Japanese requires guring out exactly which style of if/then is being used. For instance If you walk around town you will see many interesting sights is an example of a conditional pertaining to a current situation If you get red Ill quit too is a conditional pertaining to a hypothetical situation and If youre late for the exam you fail it. is actually not a conditional but a factual statement (if A then B as well). Of these the rst uses as conditional the second uses the hypothetical construction - (explained later in this chapter) and the third uses the simultaneous action marker (possibly the most abused particle by beginning students) which is explained in the chapter on particles.

3.2.6 Desire
First person desirative:
Unlike the previous constructions starting with the syllable this inection doesnt involve a classical helper verb but a helper adjective (which has a kanji form but this is not used in modern Japanese). This also means that unlike the previous - - - and constructions no contractions occur with verbs which makes forming the rst person desirative very easy. Since this is an adjective rather

112

More grammar 3.2 Further inections

than a verb it has a slightly dierent set of bases for further conjugation:
bases form

However as an inection the rst person desirative is about as simple as it gets pairing with :

verb

rst person desirative + + + + + + + + +

verb verb

rst person desirative + + + rst person desirative + +

You may have noticed that and are not listed here. The absence of is easy to explain because it is the copula and one cannot want something to have a particular property in Japanese using the copula (this uses the adjective instead explained later in this section on desiratives). The absence of a form for is more subtle: there is no form for because using to express ones desire is intrinsically selsh and thus mutually exclusive with polite phrasing. To make a statement that expresses desire that is less selsh the Japanese use a construction that expresses I think I want/would like to using the particle and the verb which makes the actual desire less strong because its only a

More grammar 3.2 Further inections thought rather than a genuine desire: I think I would like to buy a new car.

113

This is a very civil way of expressing ones own desire compared to the plain: I want to buy a new car. Because is an adjective it can also be followed by to make it more polite in which case the translation stays the same but the perceived strength of the desire is tuned down just a bit although not as much as when the desire is turned into a thought using ++: I want to buy a new car. To say one doesnt want something all we have to do is form the negative of which we know is : I dont want to do anything today.

Second and third person desirative:

Because of the way Japanese works and the way the world is interpreted and thought about in the Japanese mindset one never presumes to truly know whats going on in someone elses head. Because of this you cannot say that Bob wants an apple because even though he might give o all the signals that he does and even though he may have said so himself you might still be interpreting the signals wrong and he might have only said he wanted one instead of really wanting one. Because of this rather than using for second/third person desiratives the classical helper verb is used.
bases form / /

114

More grammar 3.2 Further inections

Like this form does not suer from contracted inections and is added directly to the :

verb

second/third person desirative + + + + + + + + +

verb

second/third person desirative + + + second/third person desirative + +

verb

Again and are missing. Not unlike can be considered somewhat rude as it presumes to know something about someone else. This construction can be made less rude by adding the noun adjective to the to emphasise that this is merely an impression: It seems Kimiko wants to leave. However note that the following is also possible using with the : It seems Kimiko wants to leave. When follows a it generally does not mean the same thing as when it follows a . Normally following a expresses a form of hearsay implying the informations been read somewhere or has been told to the

More grammar 3.2 Further inections

115

speaker by someone and following a expresses the concept of something being at the point of or seeming to be . While generally two dierent things both can be used due to the nature of but the dierent uses have dierence nuances: It seems Kimiko wants to leave (I know this because she for instance told us or someone else told me this was the case). It seems Kimiko wants to leave (this is my impression because shes giving o all the signs of someone who wants to leave). The negative form for is a normal verb negative being either or .

Desiring a particular state:

Unlike the previous two desirative forms there is also the desire for something to be in a particular state that was previously hinted at. For instance I want this door to be red cannot be expressed with the previous two forms because they cannot express this state but can only express verb actions or processes. To express a state desirative the verbal adjective form plus the adjective a verbal adjective for indicating that something is desirable is used: (I) want this door red. Note that because these are verbal adjectives we use the particle not . Even though desire is a verb in English it is an adjective in Japanese so rather than saying I want this door red the more literally translation would be this door is (more) desired (when) red. In terms of politeness is just as direct and selsh as and it can be softened by adding :

[I] want it made.

116

More grammar 3.2 Further inections (I) want it made (being said in a less direct manner than the above sentence)

Since is a normal verbal adjective we can inect it further like any other verbal adjective:
bases form

3.2.7 Pseudo-future: /
The pseudo-future is used for three things which are called the presumptive (its probably the case that) the dubitative (will/shall ?) and the cohortative (lets ).

Dubitative / cohortative
These forms as mentioned in the outline for Japanese turn the into something that ends on an sound through a contraction. Theres both a normal and a polite form of this construction with the polite form simply being the verb in polite form with turned into a pseudo-future. The way in which the direct pseudo-future is constructed diers for the two verb classes: verbs get added to the but the combination of the row syllable and the changes the pronunciation (as well as wri en form) to an row syllable instead so + becomes + becomes etc. To see why this happens we have to look back at classical Japanese where the combination of an row syllable and an always changed the pronunciation to that that of the corresponding row syllable; not just for constructions but for any wri en combination of the two. While the language reforms of the mid 20th century changed many of the rules for wri en language so that it would correspond to spoken language more constructions involving the have generally been left alone (another quirk can be found in verbs ending on which becomes rather than ).

More grammar 3.2 Further inections

verb pseudo-future [ ] + [ ] + [ ] + [ ] + [ ] + [ ] + [ ] + [ ] + [ ] + [ ] + = = = = = = = = = = polite pseudo-future + + + + + + + + + +

117

For verbs we simply add to the and for the irregular verbs and copulae we see special cases:
verb pseudo-future + + + polite pseudo-future + + +

irregular

pseudo-future + + + + +

polite pseudo-future + + already polite already polite

= = =

For verbal adjectives the plain pseudo-future is formed by (once again) combining the adjectives with this time in pseudo-future form. The polite version is simply the adjective followed by or in pseudo-future form:
adjective pseudo-future + + + + = = = = polite pseudo-future + / + / + / + /

For nouns there is li le choice: they are followed by or in pseudofuture form:

118
noun + noun + noun + noun +

More grammar 3.2 Further inections

Using the pseudo-future is fairly straight forward: Lets go to the beach. Shall [we] go to the beach?

? Where could it be?

(I) wonder if that book (over there) is interesting. Lets do so.

Presumptive
The presumptive form uses the pseudo-future of the copulae to turn verbs into presumed acts. While this form uses the of the copula verb the verb conjugation itself is actually technically a conjugation and therefore is explained in more detail in the section on . For now it suces to say that it lets us say things like This computer will probably still work or I am sure my coee isnt cold yet and similar presumptive statements in Japanese:

The coees probably cold by now.

(he/she)s probably a teacher.

More grammar 3.2 Further inections

119

The pseudo-future + + verbs

One of the special things about the pseudo-future is that when combined with several verbs the intuitive meaning isnt always preserved. We can distinguish at least two such cases: the pseudo-future + + and the pseudo-future + + . While []++ normally means to consider something [] the meaning changes to at the point of doing [] when combined with a pseudo-future: As (we) were about to eat the phone rang. Similarly on its own means to think but when used with the pseudofuture the combination becomes more nuanced expressing to think about [doing ]: (I)m thinking about writing a le er.

Negative pseudo-future
Since the pseudo-future doesnt quite end on a verb that can be placed in a creating the negative form cannot be done using or . Instead the negative pseudo-future uses the classical helper verb . To make ma ers slightly more confusing while verbs use their as base form verbs use their as base form for the negative pseudo-future.

verb

negative pseudo-future + + + + + + + + + +

polite negative pseudo-future + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

120
verb verb negative pseudo-future + + + negative pseudo-future + + +

More grammar 3.2 Further inections

polite negative pseudo-future + + + + + + polite negative pseudo-future + + + + already polite

And some example sentences: (I) do not expect (him) to understand such ma ers Should (I) go see that lm or not see that lm That shouldnt stretch regardless of what (you) do. For verbal adjectives the negative pseudo-future uses the verbal adjective in negative form with in pseudo-future form :

adjective

negative pseudo-future + + + +

polite negative pseudo-future + / + / + / + /

For nouns the idea is again to inect or appropriately:

negative pseudo-future noun + noun + noun + noun + noun + + noun + + noun + + noun + +

polite negative pseudo-future noun + + noun + + noun + + noun + +

More grammar 3.2 Further inections

121

However for the negative pseudo-future form for nouns the typically pa ern involves the copula instead and its (small) table is as follows:
negative pseudo-future noun + polite negative pseudo-future noun +

However the negative pseudo-future is a pa ern that you will likely not hear too often as there are other more frequently used constructions that express negative expectation.

3.2.8 Hypothetical:
The hypothetical construction hinted at earlier in the section on is created by adding the particle to the forming the known as the hypothetical form. The negative hypothetical is formed by adding to the of the plain negative form as the following tables show:

verb

hypothetical + + + + + + + + + +

negative hypothetical + + + + + + + + + +

verb

hypothetical + + + hypothetical + +

negative hypothetical + + + negative hypothetical + +

irregular

For the negative hypothetical is a bit dierent since its negative uses

122 the classical helper verb :

hypothetical +

More grammar 3.2 Further inections

negative hypothetical +

For verbal adjectives the same rules apply as for verbs:

adjective hypothetical + + + + negative hypothetical + + + +

For nouns the hypothetical construction has three possible armative versions two using the for which is either with or without and a third using a slightly dierent copula: of which the part is the familiar verb.

hypothetical noun + noun + noun + noun + + noun + +

negative hypothetical noun + + (noun + + + ) noun + () +

Note that the noun + + () forms are possible due to the fact that is a verbal adjective; while it may not be followed by it may be followed by . In this case we cannot substitute for as this is a normal verb form and can therefore never be (directly) followed by a present tense copula. Also while noun + + + is technically a valid negative hypothetical it isnt really used as the polite form + is considered not to mix with the plain form . So which is what? For the armative in increasing order of politeness: then and then . For the negative: then then and then nally the overly formal and . As a word of caution do not use these last two unless you know why you are using them. They will typically be considered clumsy speech. How do we interpret the hypothetical? The simplest explanation is that this creates an if/then construction with the note that the specic type of conditional created is one that is best thought of as meaning should [X] be the case then [Y]. The following two example sentences should illustrate this quite clearly:

More grammar 3.2 Further inections If (you) read Heidegger (you)ll understand. literally: Should (you) read Heidegger (you)ll understand. If (you) have money (you) can buy delicious food. literally: Should (you) have money (you) can buy delicious food.

123

It is important to note that while usually these sentences are translated with if or when (because they sound more natural than should) the real meaning of the is not really if or when but is really only a hypothetical conditional: supposing that or should . The danger in using the word if lies in the fact that it implies a more general kind of truth: compare If it rains we get wet to assuming that it rains well get wet. The rst states a truth under all circumstances the second gives a possible truth for only one instance. Similarly when carries the implication that something will denitely happen being only a ma er of time before it does. The implies neither of these things.

3.2.9 Commands
There are two kinds of commands namely imperative commands (things one should do) and prohibitive commands (things one should not do). There are a number of ways in which to issue imperative and prohibitive commands and well look at all of these.

Imperative commands
Imperative commands are quite easy to form in Japanese: for verbs simply take the and youre done:

verb

imperative form

124
verb imperative form

More grammar 3.2 Further inections

For verbs there is a bit of choice as one can either use the + or the + depending on how strong the imperative should be:
verb imperative form + + + alternative form + + +

What is the dierence between these two forms for verbs? In standard Japanese the - imperative is a true command. If someone says you look. The second is more of an instruction than a command. For instance if youre browsing though a dictionary and there a footnote telling you to see page 214 for further information this will typically use rather than . However this distinction only applies to standard Japanese or which is the dialect spoken in the region which is where Tokyo lies. North of this region the - form is typically used to issue imperatives whereas South of this region the - form tends to be used instead. Not unexpectedly the irregular verbs have their own :
verb imperative alternative

However there is also another verb with an irregular commanding form namely the verb (usually wri en in hiragana rather than using its kanji form). This verb is part of the set of verbs used in giving and receiving and is thus vitally important to know. It only has one imperative form:
verb imperative

To illustrate the use of the imperative command some example sentences: Everyone listen up!

More grammar 3.2 Further inections Hurry up! Oh come on wake up already!

125

There is a second way to issue imperative commands using the verb which is the (normally) honoric counterpart to the verb . This verb belongs to a set of verbs with a deviant and so to see how these dier lets briey look at the bases for all ve verbs in this set:

meaning do

issue

be come go

say

be

This set tells us several things: rst it tells us that in the special form - is the for . Second it explains why would become : its is simply . Third it tells us what we need to know to form a command using . If we add the for to a verbs we get a command that is less direct than a plain (and thus more formal/polite) but is still a command:

verb

imperative + + + + + + + + +

126
verb irregular imperative + + + imperative + +

More grammar 3.2 Further inections

And nally and the copulae do not have this imperative form. For verbal adjectives the idea of an imperative is a bit odd but that doesnt mean we cant form one. Relying on + for the inection again we can form the imperative command for verbal adjectives. We can either leave these as is or contract them. The dierence is subtle: the contracted form is considered an adjectival statement akin in use to for instance the English be faster! (in Japanese: ). Uncontracted this is an adverbial statement ( ) which has no English equivalent and is thus harder to explain; it is experienced as an adjectival statement in the same way that the past tense for verbal adjectives is still an adjectival statement.
adjective imperative form + + + + contracted

The same goes for the copula for which we must use (since neither nor have a commanding form of their own):
copula imperative form

Prohibitive commands
If you want to tell people to not do something then the form of the command is much simpler: simply add the particle to the of any verb:

verb

prohibitive form

More grammar 3.2 Further inections

verb prohibitive form

127

verb

prohibitive form

irregular

prohibitive form

And nally which has a negative imperative based on : . Even easier than the normal imperative command some example sentences are: Dont come (round here) a second time! What dont look (at me). ( is an emphatic particle added to the end of a sentence as an extra level of I am telling you . This particle will be treated in more detail in the chapter on particles.) In addition to this rather simple prohibitive we can also turn the + imperative into a prohibitive by using + + . However while grammatically sound practically speaking this form is very rarely used. This works for any verb except for which is technically the same verb as but at a dierent formality/politeness level. Rather than using + + just + is used.

128

More grammar 3.2 Further inections

3.2.10 Requesting:

Imperative request
We already saw that we can use the verb + to form a request Two coee please. But we can also use the plain form to form an informal request or plea: Wait (please) Buy this (for me)? Of course like all requests they can be made to sound demanding so intonation counts. If we say instead of cu ing out the stop in the middle to sound curt then rather than a request this may very well be experienced as a command instead. Similarly saying in a stern tone might be less commanding than but will still be experienced as a command more than as request. However using this plain form (rather than paired with ) can be experienced as curt or even impolite language depending on the se ing it is used in so be careful.

Prohibitive request
This kind of requesting can of course also be done in a prohibitive manner in which case we rely on the continuative form for using : (Please) dont go.

In this sentence the please is implied and depending on intonation and context this form may be experienced as anything between a mandate (such as a police ocer asking you not to come too close to a crime scene) or a plea for someone to not do something (such as a friend in need asking you not to leave quite yet). We can also use an explicit please in the form of :

More grammar 3.2 Further inections Please dont go.

129

Again depending on intonation and context this might be experienced as anything between a mandate and a plea.

3.2.11 Passive: /
Passive constructions are as their name implies constructions which describe actions in a passive voice. Unlike I eat dinner or The cat is playing with the squeaky toy which are in active voice they refer to phrases like Dinner was eaten by me or The squeaky toy was played with by the cat. In Japanese this passive voice called is achieved through the use of the two helper verbs (for verbs) and (for verbs) which are added to a verbs :

verb

passive + + + + + + + + +

verb

passive + + + passive + forming (most common) + forming +

irregular (1) (2)

The helper verbs involved are both verbs so they can themselves be conjugated further by using their appropriate base:

130
bases - - - - - - - - - -

More grammar 3.2 Further inections

Thus a simple phrase like meaning (I) eat can be made passive: (something) is being eaten (by someone). This change from active voice to passive voice comes with two complications in Japanese: rst what was rst the direct object has now become the verb subject instead. This is no dierent from English except because in Japanese the grammatical roles are explicitly wri en we must make sure we use the right particles: (I) eat dinner. Active verb uses in relation to . Dinner is being eaten (by me). Passive verb uses in relation to . Second what used to be the verb actor has become a verb detail instead. In English we see this expressed by the fact that the verb actor moves to being part of a preposition phrase (I becomes by me for instance) and from the section on verb particles in chapter 2 we know that these kind of phrases are marked with in Japanese:
I eat dinner. Active actor is marked with .

Dinner is being eaten by me. Passive actor is marked with . (A) dog barked (at me) (and that) was scary. Active actor is marked with .

More grammar 3.2 Further inections

131

(I) was barked at by (a) dog (and that) was scary. Passive actor is marked with . In addition to the regular passive construction these verbs are also used to form what is known as the or passive form of bother. A somewhat inelegant name this specic passive is used to indicate that some action (taken by someone) has inconvenienced you or someone else. Let us look at how this works: Someone stole my (younger) brothers bicycle. Active verb uses in relation to .

My brothers bike was stolen by someone. Passive verb uses in relation to . However this form of bother only applies to actions that were taken by someone which inconvenienced you (or someone else). In the following sentence for instance the verb form is merely passive rather than a passive form of bother:

(I) was rained on. While inconvenient this is not a because the rain isnt actively inconveniencing you it is simply something that happens. Remember that for a passive to also be a the act has to have been performed intentionally by someone. In addition to describing the passive and passive form of bother the helper verbs and are also used to form potential verb constructions as well as honoric verb forms and we shall look at these later on in this chapter.

3.2.12 Causative: /
Causative constructions are as their name implies constructions which indicate something was caused by someone. In English this comes down to statements such as I was made to do the dishes by my mom and in Japanese these constructions use the

132

More grammar 3.2 Further inections

verbs (for verbs) and (for verbs). These are paired like / with the . () follow the scheme:
bases - - - - - - - - - -

As mentioned the way these two helper verbs are added is identical to the way () are added:

verb

causative + + + + + + + + +

verb

causative + + +

irregular

causative + +

Again we should take note that we use the correct particles except in this case we cannot rely on a parallel with English: the person doing the causing is marked with because they are the verb actor the person(s) aected are marked with and the direct object is left as such (if there is one):

More grammar 3.2 Further inections The mother made (her) children eat breakfast. Some more examples: (I) made you wait (didnt I)? (I) had (my younger) sister wake me up.

133

In addition to being a causative this construction is also a permissive which just means that its a construction that indicates giving permission to let someone do something: (The) CEO let me take on (the) project.

This sentence could technically also mean The CEO caused me to take on the project or The CEO made me take on the project so context is all-important. However in most cases where it could either be a forced action or a permission its usually a permission.

3.2.13 Causative passive: /

The title sounds like a combination of the causative and the passive and thats essentially what it is. Its long and its use is not rare. In English this form reads have been made to do and is also quite long. So just like in most western language the more nuance you want to place in your verb conjugation the longer itll get. However because this is a passive we must make sure to use particles accordingly:

The children were made to eat breakfast by their mother. (I) was made to redo (my) homework by (the) teacher.

134

More grammar 3.2 Further inections

3.2.14 Potential
Long potential:
As mentioned in the section on the passive one of the other roles that / can play is that of the (long) potential. The potential form of a verb in English is typically constructed using the auxiliary verb can such as when turning I swim into I can swim but in Japanese this is a conjugation instead. The reason this form is called the long potential is that there exists a shorter potential form for the verbs which will be discussed after this section. Forming the long potential is no dierent from forming the passive except that it is generally not used for verbs: Formation of the long potential form is the same as for the passive form:
verb meaning see stretch eat come potential meaning be able to see be able to stretch be able to eat be able to come

There is one striking exception to this potential form and thats the irregular verb do. Rather than inecting this verb is simply replaced entirely with the verb which literally means be able to do. We need to be mindful of particles again: verbs in potential form are always intransitive and so any direct object it might take in normal use becomes a verb subject instead requiring the use of rather than . However quite often in colloquial Japanese the direct object particle will be heard used in combination with these verbs rather than the subject particle not because this is grammatically correct but because it feels right. If you are a beginning student of Japanese however it is recommended you stick with proper grammar until you have mastered it to a level that allows you to interact with native speakers so that you get a feel for what is right through exposure to the language as it is used by people. You may also hear people using rather than but at the moment this is discouraged language abuse: the idea behind it is that the short potential form for verbs always ends on row syllable + and so using for verbs does the same thing. However while they might sound the same is a classical helper verb whereas the row syllable + sound for verbs is actually a contraction from what used to be row syllable + so they have completely dierent background. So until the Japanese language authorities start accepting this highly colloquial short potential for verbs as right and proper youre best o avoiding it; at least outside of colloquial interaction with Japanese people who use it. Note that because this is a potential form has to be swapped for :

More grammar 3.2 Further inections

135

A:

B:

A: Please stop the car. B: (I am) sorry but (I) cannot stop the car right now. On a nal note this potential form is one of a temporary nature. For instance rather than meaning I can see in general (because you have eyes that work) means I can see (whatever I am supposed to see right now). Similarly means (I) can eat (this) rather than the more general (I) can eat. If we want to say that we have an inherent ability to do (or not do) something we have to use + which will be explained after we cover the short potential form.

Short potential: +

The short potential form is called short because it is simply a lot shorter than the full + version of the potential. However in modern Japanese this construction only exists for verbs. For verbs the only grammatically correct potential form is the potential form. To create the short potential form the is paired with the verb meaning to acquire to form an a ainable form of verbs. In this combination the nal row syllable of the for verbs has become contracted with the sound from over the course of history becoming an row syllable instead. To illustrate:

verb

meaning meet read understand

classical inection

contracted via

modern inection

While this construction in modern Japanese is a contraction there are a handful of verbs in which this contraction never occurred and as such are still in use today in the uncontracted form. Verbs such as (from ) or (from to occur) are examples of this. Interestingly this potential form can also be seen in certain modern verbs that have traditionally been paired with such

136

More grammar 3.2 Further inections

as to (be able to) see from the verb or (be able to) boil from the verb . Just like with the potential form verbs placed in this short potential form become intransitive which means that technically they can only be used in relation to subjects and no longer in relation to direct objects.

verb

short potential form

Some examples to show this potential form: Because of (my) illness I cant walk that well (at the moment). I wonder if this will do. The in this second sentence is actually a fairly important word to know. While strictly speaking the short potential form of its meaning of being able to go has become overloaded with the gurative meaning of something being able to go well. As such means being ne being good as well as noting that something will do or is acceptable. Note again that because this is a potential form has to be swapped for : A:

B:

More grammar 3.3 Formal speech pa erns

137

A: How much do you read? B: Good question. (I) have plenty of time so (I) can read a lot of books.

Nominalised potential
A third way to form the potential for any verb is by using the construction . literally means concept and we already saw that means + be able to do and this in combination with a verb in creates a generalised ability. For instance as mentioned earlier means being able to see (something) (at this moment). Similarly means being able to walk (at this moment). In contrast and mean being able to see or walk in general. Particularly with negatives this dierence is striking. For instance a person whose glasses are so dirty they cant really see any of the things we point out to them might say: I cant (really) see (it). This is hardly anything to worry about as the potential form used is one associated with temporary impairment. However if they had used:

We would have good reason to apologise for telling them to look at something; theyre blind.

3.3 Formal speech pa erns

In addition to being polite an important aspect of formal Japanese is to use the right mix of humble ( ) and honoric ( ) speech pa erns. In part this is expressed by picking the right words to use but in part it also depends on which verb inections you pick. One can argue whether this belongs in a reader that should serve as introduction to Japanese as its a rather advanced subject but I would argue that in terms of how verbs can generically be made humble or honoric the rules are relatively straight forward. What makes it an advanced topic is not how to do it but how to do it in such a way that a native speaker doesnt raise an eyebrow at it. And thats hard enough to make even Japanese people get it wrong once they need to start using it.

138

More grammar 3.3 Formal speech pa erns

Humble and honoric pa erns are signicantly dierent from politeness. This can be made fairly obvious by using an English example. Compare the following sentences: 1. I would like to humbly oer my apologies. 2. I do apologise. 3. Im sorry. Of these the rst sentence is humble polite English. The second sentence is merely polite and the third is essentially neutral. Its not really polite nor is it humble but then its not oensive either. Of course we can mix these pa erns to produce something that sounds odd to our ears: I humbly am sorry. This sentence mixes humble form with neutral terms. This sounds very odd to an English speaker and likewise mixing humble or honoric speech without using appropriate politeness will sound odd in Japanese but it can be done; just like in English.

3.3.1 Humble verb pa erns

When one addresses someone who stands much higher on the social ladder than oneself (in a particular se ing) it is customary to lower ones own status by using humble speech. Humble speech applies to everything that has to do with oneself; not just verb actions but also opinions and things requiring copula statements. The way to turn any old verb into a humble variant is relatively straight forward: the honoric particle (pronounced for most verbs and for noun+ verbs where the noun uses reading) is prexed to the verb in form and suxed either with or the explicitly humble counterpart to . When is used the honorary prex can sometimes be omi ed for a slightly less formal humble form but when is used it has to be present.

verb

+ + + + + + + + + + + +

+ + + + + + + + + + + +

More grammar 3.3 Formal speech pa erns

verb + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

139

verb

+ + + + + + + +

+ + + + + + + +

For the irregular verb the humble version is (necessarily) since this simply is the humble counterpart. However in addition to there are several other verbs for which an established humble counterpart exists typically being preferable to the + + / construction:

verb

meaning come go be/exist (for animate objects) say/be called do know see eat drink receive ask listen give meet show

humble counterpart

For verbs consisting of a noun + the noun gets prexed with the honoric

140

More grammar 3.3 Formal speech pa erns

pronounced and is either left as is or replaced with for a more humble pa ern:

verb

meaning pay a ention to guide (someone) contact (someone)

humble counterpart or or or

One confusing result of using these humble pa erns and humble counterparts is that humble speech still means exactly the same thing as the normal verb form. The following seven sentences illustrate this idea: they all mean exactly the same thing but express this meaning with an increasing degree of humility and politeness:

(I you he she we they) refuse(s). Form: plain.

(I you he she we they) refuse(s). Form: polite.

(I you he she we they) refuse(s). Form: polite but only marginally humble using noun form + .

I refuse. Form: humble but plain form. As this is humble form the only person this can apply to is rst person so I has become explicit.

I refuse. Form: humble polite.

More grammar 3.3 Formal speech pa erns

141

I refuse. Form: more humble but plain. This sounds a tad odd as using typically implies a need to be polite too. I refuse. Form: more humble polite. While the copulae have strictly speaking no humble counterpart there is a more polite copula that tends to be used in se ing where humility is required: used in the form . This copula does exactly the same thing as and except its high level of politeness makes it particularly suited for use in humble speech pa erns: Kimura second year student at the university of Tokyo. Careful observation reveals that this sentence is actually not humble merely very polite and as such it could have been spoken by the student in question or by someone doing a formal introduction to someone else whose social position requires a humble or at the very least properly polite form of speech.

3.3.2 Honoric verb pa erns

While speech pertaining to oneself is humbled things pertaining to the person of higher social status are elevated by using honoric pa erns. Similar to how verbs can be made humble by using the + + / pa ern nearly all verbs can be made honoric by using a similar pa ern involving either + or similar to the humble choice between and :

verb

+++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

++ + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

142
verb +++

More grammar 3.3 Formal speech pa erns

++ + + + +

+ + + + + +

verb

+++ + + + + + + + + +

++ + + + + + +

Again there are several verbs for which this pa ern is essentially inferior to using an appropriate honoric counterpart instead:

verb

meaning come

honoric counterpart

go

( means summon here)

be/exist (for animate objects)

say/be called do know

see

eat drink sleep

think wear (on the body)

(normal honoric pa ern also possible) means clothing here)

For compound verbs consisting of a noun paired with the noun gets

More grammar 3.3 Formal speech pa erns

143

prexed with the honoric pronounced and is either replaced by or :

verb meaning pay a ention to guide (someone) contact (someone) honoric counterpart or or or

When using a copula while being honoric rather than using the polite the properly honoric copula in the form is used instead:

How old is your child(/son/daughter)? In this sentence is an honoric for the noun child and acts as honoric form of . The word meaning how old in this sentence can only be used for children that are (or seem) younger than ten (the reason for this being that it is a question word used for counting statements using the counter which can only count up to and including nine. Anything higher ). Given uses the counter also wri en with corresponding question word this information we see that the sentence is actually identical (in meaning) to the following plain form sentence: How old is (your son/daughter) In the plain form sentence we can drop the fact that were asking this in relation to some child because the use of should be enough information for the listener to gure this out. Being much shorter than the honoric form we once more see a conrmation of the general rule for politeness when it comes to Japanese: the longer a statement is the more formal polite it will be. As with the humble pa ern there is no change in actual meaning when going from plain form to honoric other than ruling out single person as implied actor or subject (since one cannot honour oneself). (I you he she we they) refuse(s). Form: informal.

144

More grammar 3.4 Classical adjectives (I you he she we they) refuse(s). Form: formal polite. (I you he she we they) refuse(s). Form: more formal than formal polite using noun form + . (you he she they) refuse(s). Form: plain honoric. As this is honoric form this can no longer apply to rst person single or plural. (you he she they) refuse(s). Form: polite honoric. (you he she they) refuse(s). Form: plain but more honoric than when using +. (you he she they) refuse(s). Form: polite honoric. (you he she they) refuse(s). Form: (present progressive) polite honoric.

3.4 Classical adjectives

This nal section is not about how classical adjectives inect but is actually about what happens when we pair modern verbal adjectives with certain special verbs such as and . While these very rarely get used on their own there are certain set uses for them where they pair up with specic adverbs derived from verbal adjectives. In these cases the adverbial form of the verbal adjective actually undergoes a sound change the becoming a instead and leading to four possible classical pronunciation changes (meaning they will potentially change the

More grammar 3.4 Classical adjectives pronunciation of the adjective with blatant disregard of their kanji):

145

If the syllable preceding the is an row syllable the adverb gets an sound instead:

becomes [] which contracts to

. .

becomes [] which contracts to

If the syllable preceding the is an row syllable the adverb gets an -glide instead:

becomes [] which contracts to

becomes [] which contacts to

If the syllable preceding the is an row syllable the adverb gets a long :

becomes [] which does not contract and so stays

If the syllable preceding the is an row syllable the adverb gets a long by virtue of the row syllable + already being a long sound:

becomes [] which does not contract and so stays

And hopefully you noticed the rst two entries which are precisely the ones you may know from the phrases translating to good morning and translating to thank you very much.

146

More grammar 3.4 Classical adjectives

Chapter 4

Particles
Particles called or more aectionately referred to as (after the verb form and the three quintessential particles and ) are the fundamental glue that holds Japanese sentences together indicating how words (or blocks of words) relate to each other. There is no overstating how important particles are in using Japanese: without them there is no Japanese language. Most particles are suxes meaning that they follow whatever it is they are marking but there are a small number of prexes. In this chapter we will rst look at some common prexes then look at what is generally considered the bulk of Japanese particles followed by an entire chapter dedicated to a rather special set of particles: counters.

4.1 Prexes 4.1.1 The honoric prex

One of the most used prexes is probably pronounced either as or depending on what it is being used with and for: The reading is used to make words with a Japanese reading ( oric. The reading is used to make words with a Chinese reading ( oric. ) hon) hon-

The reading is used for imperial and Shinto terminology. In addition it can be used as a stylistic reading to make words sound more poetic. The reading is a rare reading used mainly as a classical honoric prex. It can be considered a very formal version of the reading. 147

148

Particles 4.1 Prexes The reading is also rarely used and is used exclusively for imperial terms.

This prex is essential in various honoric and humble constructions as we saw in the sections on humble and honoric verb constructions. It should be noted that some words when used in daily speech always get this prex. A by no means exhaustive list of such words includes:

(green) tea money warm/hot water (but not boiling water which is called cold water belly stomach chopsticks
feast (used in

said when one is done eating)

food dinner

4.1.2 Negating prexes

There are also various common prexes that negate void or otherwise create a counter concept word when used: and .

verbal imperfect base the . This prex indicates We know from the a not yet or has yet to be realised aspect which explains what its doing in a word like but there are many other words in which we nd this prex:

word

meaning future incomplete unmarried pending prior

composition

not yet arrived not yet nished not yet married not yet arranged not yet begun

When is used it expresses a noun negative similar to the English prexes un- im- a- or de-. Examples of this prex are:

Particles 4.1 Prexes

word meaning impossible

149
composition no possibility no business no obedience no knowledge

(economic) depression disobedience

ignorance

When is used it expresses a non-existential similar to non- not or the terms without or devoid of in English. Examples of this prex are:
word

meaning unsigned invalid atheism unauthorized

composition without signature without validity without deity without permission

Finally is used to indicate the equivalent of the English non-. Examples of this prex are:
word meaning non-prot

composition not commercial not realistic not usual not compatible

unrealistic emergency

incompatible

4.1.3 Assorted prexes

Aside from these four negating prexes there are also a few other common prexes that you will encounter frequently enough to deserve at least mention here even if we dont look at example words for each of them:

prex

meaning
all every

every new

150
prex

Particles 4.2 Particles

meaning big (two possible common pronunciations) small (two possible common pronunciations) re- most super- anti- counter- semi- demi- incomplete indicates a boundary or limit an intensifying prex

(Note that the consonant double in becomes an when this prex is paired with words starting with a column or column syllable such as ) There are more mainly due to the fact that many nouns in Japanese are com pound nouns. Thus any part of a compound noun that gets used by several words in roughly the same meaning can be considered a prex of sorts.

4.2 Particles
What most people consider proper particles actually cover a number of subcategories of particles. There are the grammatical particles which map to grammatical interpretations such as direct objects verb phrase subjects disambiguation etc. They lack any form of translation to languages that leave grammar implied and as such can be a bit tricky to learn initially as they require actively learning grammar in order to properly understand what they do (something which most people have not really been exposed to in their general education). Aside from these grammatical particles there is the set of particles which perform roles similar to what prepositions do in for instance English. However because of the way the Japanese language describes things happening or being in the world a single Japanese particle in this category might map to a number of prepositions when translated depending on the context in which it is used. Then there are the various particles for emphasis in all its forms so it should be clear that we have quite a bit of ground to cover. The list of particles covered in this chapter is not an exhaustive list of all particles used in the Japanese language but does represent the bulk of particles that you might encounter. They have been ordered in three sections the rst covering the absolutely essential particles the second and third covering less frequently used and even several rare particles and particle combinations.

Particles 4.2 Particles

151

4.2.1 Essential particles

The essential particles list consists of the particles and (as well as which is not essential but belongs in this list because of the way it contrasts with a particular use of ). Traditionally would be considered part of this list but we already extensively covered in the verb section on the form. The particles in this section are considered essential because they cover the absolute minimum of grammatical roles that you need to understand before you understand Japanese at a basic conversational level. While the list seems short a mere 10 particles most of these particles in terms of what you might be used to from English do many dierent things. While there is typically some unifying idea for that describes what the particle does in concept in practice this means having to remember several roles per particle and being able to identify which one is used when.

Questioning particle
This particle is sometimes called the Japanese equivalent of the question mark but this is not entirely true. While it acts as the question mark when used at the end of sentences it actually acts as a general questioning particle. It usually ends a sentence because most of the time the entire sentence is the question but you can nd it used inside sentences as well where it turns only part of the sentence into a questioning phrase. The question mark role is fairly easily demonstrated: (I you he she it we they)ll go. Will/shall (I you he she it we they) go? The more interesting functions of are found when it is used in subphrases instead such as in the following example: (I) thought (about) whether I should do (it). Lets take this sentence apart and look at why it means what the translation says it means. First this sentence consists of two parts: and [] . The rst is the dubitative form of with the questioning particle so that lets do becomes will/shall (I you he she it we they) do?. This is then combined

152

Particles 4.2 Particles

with the past tense for [] think [] or think about [] to form think about [will shall do?]. This isnt natural English so we need to rewrite it using appropriate words: a dubitative question in English uses the word whether so going from Japanese to literal English to natural English we arrive at think about whether (or not) to do (something). And since this is a past tense we arrive at the translation that was initially given. The more complete version of whether (to) [] is the pa ern whether or not (to) [] and Japanese has an equivalent to this: []: (I) have no idea whether hell come over or not. We can even form more elaborate yes-or-no be-or-not do-or-not etc. questions by using two separate questions. This might be a bit confusing at rst as in English we always put our choices in a single sentence but in Japanese a double question pa ern is in fact quite common: Will (you) have coee or tea?

While the English translation shows that this is just a normal or question the Japanese sentence joins up the otherwise separate questions will you have coee? and will you have tea? into a single choice question. Answers can range from (coee please) to (either is ne) to things like (no thats okay (I shall have nothing)). However can also be used as a direct translation for or but a very specic one: the logical connective or. There is a rather big dierence between the natural language or and the logical or in that the la er doesnt ask about which choice to go with but whether at least one of the choices listed is correct: A: Would you like coee or tea? B interpreting or naturally: Coee please. A: Would you like coee or tea? B interpreting or logically: Yes please.

What happened in this second conversation? Rather than interpreting or as the natural version B decided to interpret it as the logical connective meaning he answered the question would you like [coee or tea] the logical or doesnt give

Particles 4.2 Particles

153

you a choice it connects the choices into a single option which is picked if any one of the otherwise individual choices is picked or isnt picked if none of them work. In Japanese using to list choices in this way means oering people this kind of logical or choice: A: B: A: Will (you) have coee or tea? B: Coee please. A: B: A: Will (you) have coee or tea? B: No (I) think right now something cold (literally a cold drink) would be nicer. This can potentially lead to confusion or seemingly incomplete answers: A: B: A: Will you go by train or by bus? B: By train. A: B: A: Will you go by train or bus? B: Yes. The key here is that the answer is actually not incomplete given the question asked. An [X][Y] question is a yes or no question and so there is no obligation to give any more information than what is being asked for. Beginning students of Japanese often forget that using in this fashion only applies to the logical connective or and start mistakenly using it wherever in English the word or is used. It deserves extra warning: avoid using to mean or until youve developed a good grasp of the Japanese language.

154

Particles 4.2 Particles

In addition to all this can be used to indicate a kind of rhetorical question usually associated with mild scorn: How would (I) know?

This kind of expression is often derisive made even stronger by adding at the end: How the hell would you know [this]? This use of is actually one of the few times when it is possible to stick an exclamation mark in the translation as it is virtually always accompanied by a raised voice. However since invariably concerns a question and the combination of a question mark followed by an exclamation mark is considered bad form by most style guides special consideration should go into deciding on whether or not to add an exclamation mark in the translation.

Using with interrogatives

There is one more thing we need to look at when looking at and that concerns its combination with interrogatives. When paired with an interrogative (words such as how why when where etc.) the particle creates a vaguely specic answer to that interrogative. The easiest way to understand what that means is to just look at what happens:

interrogative

meaning what who where when why how

with

meaning something someone somewhere sometime eventually for some reason in some way or another

These words act as nouns and can be used like any other noun in sentences:

Particles 4.2 Particles (I)ll become good (at it) eventually.

155

Subject actor weak emphasis contrast

We already saw in chapter 2 in the section on verb particles where it was explained that it could mark verb actors and subjects. In addition to this can be used for weak emphasis usually translating to the English weakly emphatic but such as in the question Excuse me but do you know the time? where its role is mostly to ease in the main statement. Similarly eases in the main statement although rather than ge ing a comma in front of it like but does it gets a comma after: Excuse me (but) what time is it? Again like the English but can be used as a more proper contrastive: That is true but (the) problem consists of more than just that (issue). This sentence consists of the sections that is (also) true and the problem is not just that (issue) joined with for contrast. These sentences use the particles and since its hard to illustrate a proper contrastive without using a moderately complex sentence: marks similarity and (roughly) translates to just/only. We will look at in more detail later in this particle section and well examine in the next particle section. On a nal note in classical Japanese has the same role as does today. As such you may encounter set phrases that use in a genitive meaning.

Unier
This particle is a nicely complex one. The grand unifying role that it plays is actually unication but the way in which it does it is usually experienced as doing completely dierent things. We already saw being used to create an exhaustive noun list in chapter 2 in the section on noun particles but this role extends not just to things but to people as well. In the same way that [X][Y][Z] is an exhaustive noun list (i.e. the unity of all these things) if we use people instead of Xs and Ys we end up with a unied group:

156 Honda and Sakaki are going to go see a lm.

Particles 4.2 Particles

In this sentence the noun list exhaustively lists all the members of the group of people that will go see a lm. An interesting feature is that can unify a group of people or a group of things in general leaving the central contextually obvious noun implied. For instance examine the following sentence:

In this sentence means (I you he she it we they) went to Tokyo and looks like an incomplete noun list. However this is one of those aspects of Japanese where context is important: we can leave o a contextually obvious thing in a noun list and expect people who understand Japanese to ll this in themselves: in this case the most obvious interpretation is that I or we went to Tokyo with Kimura. However just because it is the most obvious that does not mean its the only interpretation possible. If say were discussing what a mutual friend of ours has been doing over the holiday without that friend present and one of us u ers the phrase then the contextually omi ed person would be our mutual friend rather than either of us. There are several ways to make the omi ed thing explicit. One of these is to use the disambiguation particle : Ishida (rather than someone else) went to Tokyo with Kimura. However this only makes sense if the sentence would otherwise be ambiguous. If instead we only want to reiterate the persons identity we would use : Ishida went to Tokyo with Kimura. In this sentence has been explicitly mentioned as primary verb actor and because hes already been mentioned can be left implied in the listing that follows. Finally we can do the most unnatural thing possible and form a proper exhaustive list without any implied nouns or people:

Particles 4.2 Particles Ishida and Kimura went to Tokyo.

157

I say unnatural because if someone has already been established as contextual subject or actor you either leave them implied or you mention them as actual subject or actor. If this was an opening sentence in a conversation however this sentence would be ne as no context will have been established yet. Being able to tell whether a noun listing has any implied items is rather simple: if it ends on instead of on a noun it has an implied item. It doesnt ma er how long the noun list is for this; if it ends on something has been left o: Ishida and Kimura went to Tokyo. Ishida Kimura and (I you he she it us they) went to Tokyo. Of course this explanation so far has focussed on people but the same goes for plain old object nouns: (I you he she it we they) bought (it) along with (the) oranges. So it doesnt really ma er what category the nouns are; as long as youre using for exhaustive listing a full list is always of the form: [X][Y]([Z][]) And a list with an implied item is always of the form: [X]([Y][]) With this list explicitly ending on . However there are more things that does and some of these involve a [noun] construction so try to remember that just because an exhaustive listing with an implied item has the form [X] not everything that ts the pa ern [X] has to be such an exhaustive listing with implied item. In fact looking at further roles of this becomes immediately obvious. In addition to noun listing can be used in combination with sound or state words properly called onomatopoeia and

mimeses respectively to

158

Particles 4.2 Particles

form adverbial constructions. For instance if it was a starlit night and we wanted to say that all the lights were causing the lake to sparkle we would say something like the following: The lake sparkled. In this sentence the word is a state description word (called mimesis in English) which paired with becomes an adverb to the verb . Literally then this construction would say that the lake is doing . Sound description words (called onomatopoeia in English) are treated in the same way: The rain came pouring down. Here the onomatopoeic word is not found in the translation because in English as in most Western languages we do not use such words to any serious degree. In Japanese however these words are an essential part of natural sounding language: the translation states that rain came pouring down because is the sound that rain pouring down makes. Before you now go thinking up all kinds of onomatopoeia yourself Japanese has been in use for centuries and virtually any onomatopoeia you might come up with already exists in a very specic form. There are in fact dictionaries which will list all of them by category and meaning (you may nd one online on www.nihongoresources.com for instance) so youre not free to come up with your own; there are several hundred well established onomatopoeia and mimeses each typically with at least a handful of interpretations depending on what they relate to leading to well over a thousand dierent uses. It is not surprise then that a mastery of onomatopoeia and mimeses is typically seen as having mastered conversational Japanese. In fact this adverbial marking of things using extends beyond just the and and through this extending becomes a bit more complex too: a popular way to explain this is to call the quoting particle and give an example such as the following to illustrate this: (I you he she it we they) said (I you he she it we they)ll be coming over right now. This clearly demonstrates a quote being recited but things are not quite that simple; will work with a much wider variety of things than just quotes as the

Particles 4.2 Particles following examples should illustrate: (I you he she it we they)re thinking about buying a car.

159

Lets think of (my your his her its our their) weakness(es) as (one of my your his her its our their) strength(s) (instead). (I you he she it we they) consider (my your his her its our their) hobby (my your his her its our their) work. What is actually doing is marking all these things the quote the volitional act the concept and the activity as somehow being adverbial to the verbs in question; and . The actual interpretation of what is doing depends entirely on the interpretation of whats being marked as adverbial and the interpretation of the verbs used. For instance means to say but it can also mean to call. As such we can actually translate our rst sentence in two radically dierent ways:

He said hed be right over. He was called Imaiku. The second translation sounds quite unlikely but if we replace with we get exactly the same possible translations: He said Tanimurasan. He was called Tanimura. Suddenly the rst translation sounds quite unlikely although nothing really changed. So how does dier from the direct object marker? Actually sometimes we can use either but for some verbs the meaning changes radically when we use as opposed to when we use . A good example of this is the verb which we looked at in chapter 2 in the section on important verbs. This verb changes its meaning from to become to to be when we use rather than so there is an

160

Particles 4.2 Particles

important choice to be made about which particle suits our need best. Another example is the verb which means to think when used with but to think about when used with . Hopefully you spo ed what happens here: rather than the verb and the direct object being distinct things using unies the verb and thing it works with into something that means something dierent from the sum of the parts. For instance you cannot split up to be [X] into to be and X without changing the meaning of the verb. The same goes for to think about [X] or to consider [X] something or to dream about [X]. While it is easier to explain as a series of separate things for all these dierent verbs its really doing the exact same thing for all of them even though there is no simple rule in Western grammar that we can map it to so that it makes sense given what we know from our own every day language use. To make ma ers even worse were not there yet. One more thing that does is act as a logical consequence. We already saw acting as logical or and is basically the logical and equivalent. If we want to express that two things are simultaneously the case we would use : With aeroplanes the idea is that if youre late you cant board. literally: for aeroplanes (rather than something else): if youre late you cant board. It is easy to mistake what happens in this sentence for just an if A then B so lets look at what this sentence is doing before illustrating this use of with a more drastic example. Aeroplanes with their strict schedules have a very simple rule being that if you are late for the ight then too bad for you. The plane doesnt wait for people. As such being late and not being allowed on the plane are simultaneously true. The moment you are late immediately and irrevocably you are also unable to board. We can make this more obvious with the promised more drastic example: If my friend gets red I quit. Here it is crucially important to notice the and realise that were talking about simultaneous actions. This sentence does not say if my friend gets red I shall put in my resignation it says that right there and then the moment he gets red youre qui ing. It also doesnt leave any ambiguity because youre asserting a fact. Since is acting as a logical and statements involving dont concern opinion hearsay or guesswork they state plain and simple true fact so the following is correct use of :

Particles 4.2 Particles

161

Its raining at the moment. If you go out now youll get wet without an umbrella. But this next sentence is simply wrong: If it rains well get wet. The reason this second sentence is wrong is because expresses a universally true fact. However if you have an umbrella or youre indoors or you might be in any one of a number of situations in which it is raining but you dont get wet this sentence is simply false and as such stating it as a universal fact is plain wrong. Usually students will mistakenly use in this way when what they really want to say is something pertaining to a particular specic situation. For instance if youre looking out the window and you know you have no umbrella with you you might want to say if it starts raining now Ill get wet with the implication that this will happen if you go outside not that youll magically get wet inside if it starts to rain outside. Instead of using these kind of musings require the use of or conditionals: : : I guess if it starts raining Ill get wet with the / endings signalling that youre saying something rhetorical but youd like whoever is listening to acknowledge you anyway. This factual consequence is also found in unnished sentences such as the following: literally: Not leaving now (means) meaning: (I you he she it we they) have to go. literally: Not doing so (means ) meaning: (I you he she it we they) have to do so. These sentences are unnished in the sense that they omit the contextually

162

Particles 4.2 Particles

obvious generally negative consequences of the not doing of something.

Instrumental event location

The role of is technically two-fold although some people consider the form of which is also wri en a particle in which case there would be three roles. The rst role is that of instrumentalis. In English this is things like by with or using in relation to some instrument in sentences like This was wri en with a red pen or We came to the U.S. by aeroplane. In Japanese the role these words play is performed by : (It)s wri en with a red pen. (We) came to America by aeroplane. A second important role that plays is that it signies the location of a verb action or event. For instance in English the sentences We played in the park and The knives are in the cupboard use the same preposition in. In Japanese these are two very dierent things: the rst sentence focuses on an event while the second focuses on a location. Consequentially the rst sentence requires while the second sentence uses another particle . (We) played in the park. This use of is quite nice when one says something that in English would be ambiguous such as We stayed at a hotel. In English it is not possible to tell whether this would be an answer to what did you do? or where did you stay? without more information available to us. In Japanese this distinction is immediately obvious: Decomposes as: At the hotel we did: staying. Decomposes as: we did: staying a a hotel.

Particles 4.2 Particles

163

As mentioned can also be said to have a third role namely as the continuative form of the copula which is although this is somewhat mixing dierent things because they sound the same. In the following example sentence for instance is not a particle but the continuative form of : Shes pre y and has good style too dont you agree? It should most denitely not be read as if was an instrumentalis whereby the sentence would read something akin to Shes got good style thanks to being pre y.

Point or interval in time or space destination purpose relation

This particle is a very versatile particle because of the way the Japanese interpret processes and states in and of the universe. The principal function of this particle is to describe points or frames in time space. This sounds complicated so running through examples for all the combinations might help clarify things: (I) will head out at 3. This example indicates a point in time namely the specic moment 3 o clock. In contrast to this a time frame rather than a point in time can also be indicated with : (I) exercise twice a week. Here instead of an exact moment a time frame is specied in which something happens. However is not restricted to just time: The cats napping on the couch. Here is used to indicate a point in space namely a spot on the couch (remember from the section on that if we wanted to focus on the act of napping itself would have had to be used instead). Just as for time can also indicate an inde terminate location:

164

Particles 4.2 Particles Theres a dierent world on the other side of the ocean.

The other side of the ocean isnt really one location its very much indeterminate. However it is a location and thats why we can use for it. A second role that plays is to indicate a purpose of some action. When used in this fashion it typically follows a verb in : (I)m going out to buy rice. Here the going is done for the purpose of buying. Wont (you) go watch a lm (with me)?
purpose of seeing. Here the going is done for the A more general pa ern for this doing something for a purpose is the pa ern

[]() + which explicitly states purpose through the noun and can be used with a wider variety of verbs and statements. This construction will be explained in the nominalisers section in the chapter on language pa erns. The last role that plays we have already seen extensively used in chapters 2 and 3 when dealing with verb details that translate to adverbial and prepositional phrases so we shall consider this aspect thoroughly explained by now.

Direction

Before we look at the role this particle plays it should be emphasised that the particle is always pronounced . Sometimes confusion arises about when to use and when to use when it comes to directions and destinations. The answer is surprisingly simple: when you want to indicate a direction use . When you want to indicate a destination use . The real problem isnt which to use but when it doesnt ma er which you use. For instance take the following two sentences: (I) will go to Tokyo.

Particles 4.2 Particles (I) will go to Tokyo.

165

While in English the sentence I will go to Tokyo can both mean that Tokyo is the destination or that Tokyo is just the most identiable point in indicating a direction of travel in Japanese there is a subtle dierence: (I) will go to Tokyo. This is my destination (for it is marked as a location). (I) will go in the direction of Tokyo (this is not necessarily my destination for it is not marked as a location). Sometimes it doesnt ma er in a conversation whether you say something is a destination or just a general direction of travel and even Japanese will use them interchangeably under those circumstances but there are also examples in which its impossible to use one instead of the other. For instance if you want to say where youve been during your vacation you can only use because youre talking about locations youve visited not directions you travelled in. Similarly when youre navigating your way through a forest and want to go west theres no specic or even general location you want to go to you only want to head in a particular direction so you can only use to describe this. In questions its typically customary to answer with the particle that was used in the question. Thus if someone asks you a question with you answer with and if you get a question with you answer with of course observing that youre using the right words to match the particle.

Genitive
We already covered in chapter 2 when we talked about noun particles but there is one more thing that it does that requires a bit more explanation and thats nominalisation. This is a very powerful feature because it lets us talk about phrases as if they were nouns. It lets us say things like I didnt like walking around town today where walking around town today is technically treated as a nominalised clause and thus acts as a noun. (I) didnt particularly enjoy todays walk about the city.

166

Particles 4.2 Particles

In this sentence the clause to walk the city has been turned into a gerund (a gerund is the noun form of a verb: to walk (the) walking) by : meaning the specic walking of the city that was done as a noun. With this noun form we can then make all sorts of comments in relation to it. However this nominalisation is restricted to events that are in-topic. If some activity or event is a context to a conversation then can be used to nominalise it but if we want to talk about events or activities in general we have to use . We can actually use either or without the to say two dierent things. Comparing all three with a series of examples we see the following: meaning: I forgot to post the le er. because: posting a le er as a specic activity was forgo en. meaning: I forgot that I had to post a le er. because: posting a le er as the idea of performing a specic activity was forgo en. meaning: I forgot how to post a le er. because: posting a le er as the concept in general was forgo en. As is evident from the example sentences using (as a back referral) lets us talk about a specic instance of an activity lets us talk about the same specic instance but as an abstract concept rather than the activity and just talks about the general activity rather than some specic instance. In addition to its roles as a noun lister and referral particle can be used as a question softener. Used on its own this is considered reserved speech bordering on eeminate and men tend to use instead. What happened? For answers to questions that ask for a reason to some situation softens this reason:

Particles 4.2 Particles A: B:

167

A: Why are (you) still at work? B: (it is because) (I)m not done with (my) work yet. Again this use is considered borderline eeminate so men tend to use this construction in conjunction with the plain copula with or without contracting the to an to form or . The polite version will be treated in the section on more particles later in this chapter.

Pairing with the copula

When pairing with phrases we are basically using those phrases a ributively to the noun that refers back to. While a simple description this has some repercussions when those phrases end on because of its base forms. As already highlighted in the section on a ributives in the previous chapter still has a form signifying a nalised sentence as well as a form signifying it is being used a ributively. So if we pair with a phrase ending on it must be changed from nalised form to a ributive form and so is used as instead. This is why when a plain copula statement is paired with as a back referral you will never hear followed by but always followed by .

Disambiguation
As already explained in chapter 2 in the verb particle section (pronounced ) is used to disambiguate statements. Lets look at what this means in terms of what does compared to or . Imagine that were having a conversation and were talking about watching lms in the cinema DVD rentals and TV shows and the following sentence is used: () Where for () we either nd or . While all three would translate to (I) watch TV a lot their connotations are very dierent. 1)

168

Particles 4.2 Particles

When we use the sentence is fairly plain information. Whoever of us says it wants to convey that they watch TV a lot and nothing more. 2) When we use the sentence is still plain information although using rather than emphasises that whoever is talking about TV is talking about TV. This using as an emphasis marker is a fairly common practice although you need to know why youre emphasising of course. 3) By using everything has changed. The speaker has indicated that the information in the sentence requires disambiguation in terms of what it applies to. In this case the watching a lot only applies to TV. While and told us only one thing namely the plain information that TV was being watched a lot tells us two things. First the basic information that someone watched TV a lot. However because the speaker felt they needed to make sure that we know it only applies to TV it also tells us that it explicitly does not apply to lms or DVD rentals. This makes very powerful and also makes it very easy to misuse: If you only want to state some information you should not be using . However if you want to make sure that the context for some information is unmistakable is exactly the particle you want to use. One very common use of this is in the form of social commentary by pairing it with verbal forms followed by something that represents a negative commentary such as the word indicating that something wont do or the word indicating something is bad: literally: (you) not coming over today will not do. (You) have to drop by today. literally: Eating it is no good. (You) may not eat this. In these sentences the negative repercussion is explicitly said to apply only in the situations marked by . Also because is used we know that they dont apply if whatever is suxed to doesnt apply. Of course sometimes it will feel like isnt doing this strict disambiguation

Particles 4.2 Particles such as in simple sentences like the following: Nice weather today isnt it?

169

Actually Im horrible at Japanese. In both sentences the looks perfectly innocent but its actually still doing the exact same thing. In the rst sentence the fact that has to be mentioned means that the situation of good weather is implicitly being contrasted to some pre vious poor weather. Similarly in the second sentence it seems like truthfully or actually is fairly innocent but the fact that it has been explicitly mentioned and marked with means that the information that follows only applies in the context of true information. Even when sounds like its just si ing in a sentence as a common courtesy it never loses its additional connotation. So in summary we can characterise as: [X][Y] in the context of [X] [Y] applies and outside the context of [X] [Y] does not apply. Put concisely not only tells us the applicable context but also the inapplicable context. Because of this you will typically nd referred to as the context particle (or topic particle) in literature but this is dangerous terminology as it makes it really easy to forget that in addition to indicate context/topic it also indicates the inverse at the same time. never just marks applicable context it always always also gives the inapplicable context simply by virtue of being used. If you dont want to also imply inapplicable context use or instead. (Almost) needless to say this also means you never use for things youre asking questions about. For instance in the following example sentences the rst sentence is ne and the second is very very wrong: Who came (over)? Who as opposed to someone else came (over)? This second sentence makes absolutely no sense and you should never ever mark subjects of questions with . Ever. That said you can use in a question to disambiguate just ne as long as it does not get used for the actual question subject:

170

Particles 4.2 Particles Whos recently been coming (over)? literally: Lately [rather than during some other time frame] who has come (over)?

Similarity
This particle plays two important roles in Japanese. The rst is that it acts as a similarity marker and in this use it replaces the subject or disambiguation marker : A: B: A: I like books. B: I also like books. Like or it can also be used to form lists: A: B: A: Do (you) like or do (you) like music? books B: (I) like both books and music. However marks a similarity to something previously mentioned so you cannot use the particle out of the blue. It requires a prompt either by someone else or by something you yourself just said. Interestingly this can even be something in the same sentence: Young and old welcome. Here the fact that is used twice (and it can be used more times) means that the similarity is between all the marked parts of phrase. Because normally is reserved for responding to some kind of prompt its usually a good idea to consider the Japanese counterpart to the English too in the sense of also without considering it a valid counterpart to the word also since

Particles 4.2 Particles

171

that can be used without any real prompting. A second use of is as an emphatic contrasting particle meaning something like the English even [if/by] . In this use it typically follows forms: Even (by) leaving now (you) probably wont make it. A special form + is the ++ () construction which asks and grants permission: Feel free to use (the) computer. Or as part of a (short) conversation: A: B: A: May I sit down? B: You may.

Using with the form also means we can use it with form for the copula which is forming : Even the teacher says so. In addition to these things can like be combined with interrogatives to form a specic kind of answer to these interrogatives. While creates a vaguely specic answer creates an all-encompassing answer:
interrogative meaning what who where when how with meaning anything anyone anywhere anytime in any possible way

Unlike for however when these interrogatives are followed by they can

172

Particles 4.2 Particles

lead to some confusion when translated: they may be translated dierently depending on whether they are followed up by an armative or negative verb form. In Japanese words like or dont carry any armative or negative aspect relying on the verb theyre being used with to impart this meaning instead. So while the same word is used in the following Japanese sentences the English translation uses two seemingly dierent words:

(I) will do anything.

literally (I) wont do anything (I) will do nothing.

Likewise: (It) exists anywhere.

literally (It) doesnt exist anywhere. (It) exists nowhere.

This is a good example of how translations may create wrong impressions: even though in English these words are answers to the interrogative coming in different versions while the verb stays the same form in Japanese it is the exact opposite with the answer words to the interrogative staying the same and the verb coming in dierent versions depending on which polarity (armative or negative) is needed. On an equally important note when used with interrogatives this way many additional particles come between the interrogative and :

interrogative

+ particle

combination

Particles 4.2 Particles

173

Direct verb object

The last particle in the list but also the simplest to explain. In modern Japanese this particle does nothing more than mark a direct verb object. Were already discussed this in chapter 2 in the section on verb particles its pronounced as and there is really nothing else to say about this particle.

4.2.2 Emphatic particles

There are a number of particles which should be known in order to be able to communicate more than rudimentary ideas in addition to the previous essential particles that is not to say we cannot create complex constructions with the previous 10 particles but to properly express ourselves we need a few more. The following list is divided into two sections; the rst focussing mostly on sentence ending emphatic particles and the second focussing on more general grammatical particles.

Informative emphatic
This particle is most often found at the end of statements where it marks information as being either new information or contrary to the listeners belief. While tempting this particle should not be translated with an exclamation mark as isnt actually an exclamation but only emphasises the new information/contrary information aspect. For instance: (It) was very fun. (It) was very fun (you didnt know or expect this so Im telling you it was). When is used to emphasise contrasting information the situation is usually some kind of misunderstanding: No (emphatic). The new ones (go) here the old ones (go) over there (emphatic). While it would be temping in this use to translate with an exclamation mark anyway care should be taken not to overdo things. A stern lecture from a

174

Particles 4.2 Particles

boss for instance might never involve any yelling or even exclamations but might be interspersed lavishly with .

Rhetoric
This particle is placed at the end of a sentence when the speaker wants to provoke the listener into agreeing with them. This is a rhetorical agreement though and using means you already expect the response to be something that sounds like an armative mu ering: Sakaki is really beautiful isnt she? The unlikely event of hearing no as a response to this type of rhetorical conrmation seeking is typically met with much surprise and disbelief sparking new depths of conversation since you responded dierently than what was expected of you. This particle can be drawn out to form (also found wri en or ) in which case it does the same thing but expecting less of a response: Holidays nice isnt it

A response to this is typically just something simple like (a colloquial yes) or (in meaning similar to indeed) without the response having been given much thought. A secondary use is mid-sentence to draw the a ention of the listener(s). This use is sadly completely and u erly untranslatable so the translation in the following sentence has mapped to a commentary instead: Sakaki (are you still listening to me?) is actually from Oosaka. This use can be overdone too similar to how the ungrammatical use of like is common in spoken English but sticking it in every other word makes you positively obnoxious:

Particles 4.2 Particles

175

So like then like once I got there like Matsuda had been like waiting for over half an hour apparently.

Strong rhetoric
Using instead of is a more assertive way to do the exact same thing somewhat rhetorically asking for conrmation. Because this is a more assertive particle it expects more of a response more than does. However this particle has a problem as sentence ender because (as was explained in chapter 3 in the section on imperatives) after a can also mean a prohibiting command such as in: Dont open (that). The way to tell whether is a prohibiting command or a conrmation-seeking particle is by intonation. If is accented its the conrmation seeking version. If its unaccented its a prohibiting command. We can also nd at the end of a sentence when its following a in which case it can be considered a short version of the + commanding form: Will you get up already? Luckily this type of command is typically issued in a very stern voice so its very hard to mistake it for the other two roles that the sentence ending can have. Like can have its vowel sound drawn out to form (also wri en or ) and just like it can be used mid-sentence as an a ention grabber.

Informative emphatic
As a sentence ender is a more emphatic version of purely being informative. Where is used either to present new information or contrary information is only used for new information: (He) didnt come to class today either. (Do you think) maybe (hes) sick?

176

Particles 4.2 Particles

Like and can be used mid-sentence as an a ention grabber. However it is considered a more explicit a ention grabber than or .

Emphatic
These particles are highly informal to the point of familiar versions of . You might use them around the house or with your good friends or when trying to sound cool when picking up girls when angry at someone for doing something completely stupid or in any other situation in which informal familiar speech is used. The dierence between the two is the perceived objectivity. comes o as more subjective than : Well thats a boring hobby. [In case you didnt know] its [just] a boring hobby.

Stative
This particle is used when listing one or more arguments that back up some (possibly merely implied) statement:
(Well) it wasnt fun. (I) told (you) (I) didnt want to go didnt (I)? It was cold (I) couldnt really hear it all that well

An example of where the conclusion is already implied requires more of a conversation:

A: B: A:

Particles 4.2 Particles

177

A: So (you) didnt buy it? (the speaker here is only guessing) B: Well it was expensive (and) not something that (I) particularly needed A: Ah(is that how things are) We see here that while left implied speaker B clearly did not buy whatever the conversation was about. While it will often suit the translation to combine multiple - reasons with and as this is the word used for compounding in English a be er translation would be not just but also or whats more . Be careful not to take this word more too literally as can occur without the actual statement such as in the previous example.

Reiterating
This particle is an excessively contracted form of the constructions () and () and it can be used in a fashion similar to the quoting particle : What did (you) say? Somewhat confusingly its sometimes also used as a replacement for in its quoting role: Even though (you) said (you) would come over why didnt (you)?

Dubitative
This is a particle that is used when asking oneself a question such as when trying to recall something as well as when asking someone to give an answer that you know they already have: Now what was the phone number again What was the phone number again?

178

Particles 4.2 Particles

Dubitative
This is a combination of the questioning particle and the strong conrmation seeking . Combined they mean something like I wonder/I guess: () (I) guess Uematsu wont be coming either huh? () (I) wonder if (I)m free Thursday

Dubitative
is the eeminate version of reserved for women (as well as eeminate homosexuals and transvestites in all fairness). While most particles can be used by either gender but may make someone sound eeminate using this particle as a man makes you sound gay. Quite literally in fact as it means you are le ing people know that you consider yourself eeminate and wish others to know this. Of course using this particle as a woman is perfectly ne.

Hopefulness
This combination of the particles and is used to indicate a hope or wishful thinking such as in for instance: () Itd be nice if today had good weather too. (She)ll call today (I) think (I hope)

Open noun list resignation

There are two roles that plays. The rst is as open or non-exhaustive noun lister used similarly to :

Particles 4.2 Particles As for drinks I got (us) (amongst other things) whiskey and rum.

179

Unlike which presents an inclusive list leaves this list open typically in a way that allows us to interpret it as meaning these things and other things like them. In addition to being the non-exhaustive noun lister we can also use as a sentence ending particle where it signies a resignation to ones fate in the face of hardship: (I) guess theres nothing (I) can do about it.. Finally at the end of a sentence is in many regions in Japan considered a copula replacing . In these regions you may also nd it inected as negative as . However in this use (both armative and negative inections) it is simply a copula not indicating resignation of any kind.

Informative
As sentence ender this particle leads two lives. In standard Japanese is used as an emphatic sentence ender similar to but is considered an eeminate particle and as such is used a lot by women but avoided by men. In the more rural parts of Japan and most readily recognisably in the Kansai area is also used as but is not considered eeminate in any way and is prolically used by everyone. In addition to acting as a sentence ending particle can also be used in a role similar to the noun particle in which case it is an emphatic open listing particle.

4.2.3 Further particles

Reasoning
A combination of the genitive (permissibly contracted to ) and the copula this particle or rather set of particles can be used as a way to give a reason for something without explicitly stating so. This means you present a normal statement and nish it with a form of turning it into something close to a factoid which can be interpreted by the listener(s) as a reason for a situation or an explanation of a prior statement. Thats perhaps a li le abstract so an example:

180

Particles 4.2 Particles

A:

B: A:

A: You look sleepy. B: Yeah (it is due to the fact that) I fell asleep on the train. A: Ah I see. The it is due to the fact that part in the translation for line B is the conceptual translation for and is usually best simply left out or if really needed translated with as (meaning something similar to because but subtly dierent by leaving out the explicit causal link described by because). While its tempting to translate or its other forms and as because this is not what it means. There is nothing in that actually translates to an explicit because so whenever possible do not use this word when translating. can also be used to ask for a reason paired with a question that would otherwise warrant a yes/no answer. First without : A: B: A: Is it okay this way? B: Yes. And then with : A: B:

A: Is it okay this way? B: (We)ll do the rest tomorrow so (yes) I think we can call it a day. We see here that a normal question is a simple is it? yes/no question but that using not only asks for a yes/no answer but also the motivation for the yes/no answer (the mixed politeness form between the two lines here may indicate a subordinate talking to their boss). Be careful not to start over-using ending up using it in situations in which it doesnt actually make any sense such as in the following example:

Particles 4.2 Particles A: B: A: What will you have? B: As I want ice cream.

181

In this case using is plain and simply wrong. Rather than stating that you want ice cream the addition of suddenly forces the listener to interpret this phrase as a reason for something leading to what is basically a nonsense phrase so be careful: only use or a variant when there is something to reason about or you need more information than a simple yes/no answer to a question.

Cause
This is essentially the continuative form for and means it is that in an unnished sentence which is in English typically translated as due to. There is an important distinction between due to and because that deserves some special a ention: due to typically cannot be used to indicate things such as explaining volitional action (I am doing this because) reasons for requests (I would like because) personal opinions (I think because) commands (do because) and invitations/suggestion (should because). The same holds for : it cannot be used for any of these. Youd almost forget there are other things beside these categories but the most fundamental one stating fact is still there and is exactly what this particle is used for: Due to it being a holiday today the shop is closed. Due to it being broken (you) will (have to) use another one. Because of the fact that this particle can only be used for factoids and cannot be used to express ones own opinion volition or suggestions it is considered more polite than the next particle which acts as a general because. is used frequently in ocial documents and formal se ings where stating something as something other than a factoid might lay responsibility for the statement with someone.

182

Particles 4.2 Particles

Temporal spacial or reasoning origin

The broadest denition that can be given for is that it signies the origin of anything be it space related (starting from some point) time (starting at some time) events (starting from the moment after you undertake a particular action) or even reasoning (making an argument that is grounded in a particular perspective). Because of this its a very versatile particle. To see this versatility lets look at several examples to illustrate the dierent uses of this particle in translation: (We)re heading from Kyoto in the direction of Nara.

(I) work starting at 6 o clock.

(I)ll be a university student as of next month.

After (I) have done the laundry (I)ll go throw out the garbage.

Because (I) was late (I) couldnt take the exam.

Because Mr. Kurogane is a teacher he can also explain (things) well. You may have noticed the dierence between the -form + in example sentence four and the past tense + in example sentence ve. The rst construction uses an open statement (an unnished event if we remember what stands for) that acts as point of origin for a new event while the second uses a closed statement as a point of origin for a reasoning. The easy way to remember this is that a form isnt a nished verb action so no conclusions can be drawn from it while a is for all intents and purposes done and can be used for drawing conclusions and commenting on.

Particles 4.2 Particles

183

Temporal spacial or reasoning extent (inclusive)

The counterpart to is the particle which signies the extent and thus end of something rather than the origin. To be more specic signies an up to and including extent: (We)re going up to Nara. (I) work till 6 o clock.

(I)ll be a university student until next month. (I)ll be throwing out garbage until (I) start doing the laundry.

(You)ve gone too far literally: (How can you) say (something) (to that extent)? This last sentence is incredibly sparse in terms of actual translation having much more implied translation than literal but illustrates the conceptual extent where you cannot physically measure saying something but can only conceptually say someone is saying something that is either insignicant or grave in consequence. Of course and can be used together in the typical from to pa ern: (We)re going from Kyoto up to Nara.

(I) will exercise from 6 to 7 o clock. 1999 2004 (I) was a student from 1999 to 2004.

184

Particles 4.2 Particles

But dont let the following sentence trip you up:

This sentence does not mean I will not do homework from the moment my friend arrives until he leaves but actually means:

Because my friend has dropped by I will not do homework until he leaves. This sentence is not a from up till sentence but a reason marked with where the conclusion happens to contain . Be careful and pay a ention to whether something is - or -!

Temporal spacial or reasoning extent (exclusive)

The combination of + is a subtle restriction of the normal particle : (We)ll assemble until 9 o clock. literally: (We)ll assemble up until 9 o clock. meaning: (We)ll assemble before 9 o clock. While indicates up to and including indicates only up to or up until. This dierence between including the last moment and excluding the last moment can be critical as for instance in the previous example phrases. If we imagine a situation where a group of people are assembling in order to set o on a journey by bus at 9 forge ing the innocent looking will make the dierence between people enjoying a nice holiday or standing stranded at the bus stop because they missed the deadline and the bus already left.

Comparative (classical origin)

Before explaining the modern use it might be useful to explain that used to play the role that plays today. In fact in legal documents is still used instead of . Now this may not have been a very lengthy explanation but it does make

Particles 4.2 Particles

185

understanding why does what it does in modern Japanese easier: in modern Japanese is used to label something as a reference point for a comparison:

Literally this line reads Anpan () with respect to dinner bread ( ) is sweeter (). which makes the somewhat abstract explanation earlier clearer. Typically gets translated with rather than but this can be confusing because usually does not link the two things being compared as in English but links the reference point and the quality. In the previous sentence for instance is the reference point and the quality is sweet. We could even leave the compared item out entirely relying on context to make it clear what it was supposed to be: (it) is sweeter than dinner bread. The reason we can do this is because qualities as you hopefully remember from the section on a ributive and comparative use of adjectives can be either attributive (a ributing their quality) or comparative (being used to indicate they apply more to one thing than another). As such doesnt just mean it is sweet but can mean it is sweeter just as easily. When paired with considering the adjective a comparative is the be er interpretation.

Performing two acts at the same time

This particle which follows a verbs in or verbal adjectives and nouns directly signies that two actions are taking place at the same time for the same duration of time. This particle is sometimes translated with while but this is typically more confusing than helpful because of the way Japanese clauses are ordered (the most important clause coming last): (I) ate dinner while watching the TV. The second part is the dominant action here which is why it comes last. In English however we tend to list the dominant action rst mentioning the other thing were doing almost as an afterthought. On a timing note implies that the two actions are roughly of equal

186

Particles 4.2 Particles

duration and we cannot use it for something like I did some shopping while visiting Tokyo today. Instead the particle is used for this kind of momentary simultaneous action if a particle is used at all. Rather usually a continuative is used instead such as: I went to Tokyo (and) did (some) shopping (while there). In addition to the obvious interpretation can also be used to mean but or even though especially when paired with the noun unfortunate:

Im sorry but ma ers are not that simple.

Performing one act during another

Like comes after verbs in or directly after verbal adjectives and nouns but unlike it does not claim two actions to be perfectly synchronous. Instead the verb in + indicates the longer verb action with the sentence nalising verb indicating the shorter one. This might seem odd since it might seem to contradict the practice of pu ing the most important part last but actually the short action is dominant: since the long verb action is going on anyway the shorter action represents more specic and thus more important information: While bringing (my) friend to the station (we also) did (some) shopping. can also be wri en explicitly using the particle to mark the act as a time frame in which the more specic act takes place. As mentioned in the section on often a continuative verb form is used rather than but this does come at a price: using the form means we also indicate a sequence of events so that we cannot rephrase the previous sentence as follows without changing its meaning: I escorted my friend to the station (and then) did (some) shopping.

Particles 4.2 Particles

187

Performing an act while some situation is the case

As the last particle for indicating doing something while something else is the case we nd the particle . This particle is more general than or in that there are no time constraints of any sort (this particle follows verbs in ): Do you intend to deny (it) while knowing full well it was (your) own fault? Note that because this particle has no time aspect to it we can also use it for things such as:

The shop is straight on with the station to your left.

Contrastive: however
While the English however comes at the start of a sentence and is followed by a comma the Japanese comes mid-sentence (and may also be followed by a comma). Strangely enough they both mean the same thing but the way they do it is just syntactically dierent. English: This is true. However there are more things at play. Japanese:

In this sentence the pause is after which is simply a contracted form of . In fact has four variants: and . In classical Japanese these all had subtly dierent meanings being a combination of the verb form (the for ) and the classical compound particle but in modern Japanese they can be used essentially interchangeably as long as the the longer the more polite rule is observed. That said both and contain the emphatic while and do not which makes and more contrastive than and . All of these however follow phrases.

188

Particles 4.2 Particles

Extent

This particle is not so hard to use but it has a particular pa ern of use that sometimes confuses people when they rst learn it. For this reason its probably easiest to say that stands for extent of actions consequences or even of properties. For instance would translate to the extent of doing. Similarly would be the extent of the height etc. This marking of extent is quite useful when comparing items: where the construction [X][Y] gives a similarity and the construction [X][Y] makes Y more something than [X] the construction [X][Y] marks the extent of Y the being same as for X. For instance: literally: To the extent that it is pricey it is tasty. meaning: As tasty as it is pricey. In eect this [X][Y] sets up a proportional relation between the concepts X and Y. Another example to illustrate this: literally: To the extent of doing it one gets be er (at it). meaning: Ge ing be er the more (you) do it. Hopefully this makes the following sentence understandable:

Before oering the translation Ill give you the translation for the individual words in the hope that what I end up oering is a translation that seems obvious: means art means to watch/to look at and means beautiful. Literally this sentence would come down to Art should one look at it to the extent of looking at it its beautiful. The trick is now of course to turn this literal translation into something that actually makes sense in English: As far as Art is concerned the more (often) (you) look at it the more beautiful it is. Hopefully at this point youll go yes thats obvious. If so then good. If not then thats in line with what many people experience when they rst come across

Particles 4.2 Particles

189

used in this particular sense. The pa ern used here is quite particular: with [X] a verb and [Y] some statement ([X] in +) [X] [Y] translates to The more one [X] the more [Y]. Another example using this pa ern is: The more (you) hear it the be er (you)ll understand it. The reason it means this is that the extents of the initial verb action and the conclusion are linked by .

Negative extent
Just as can be used for a the more [X] the more [Y] it can be used to construct a negative The more X the less Y sentence: The cheaper cars are the less (well) they run. One of the things that tends to trip up people a lot with is the fact that even though the Japanese pa ern has three verbs the English translation has only two. The thing to remember is that [ + + ] is a single semantic block meaning to the extend of doing X so the Japanese may have the verb twice but the translation only needs it once.

Save except
This particle is sometimes translated with only but when it is it typically needs a very strange and contrived explanation. Instead remember that does not mean only but means save or except as used in for instance I didnt do a dang thing today save/except eat: Today (I) did nothing except eat. Thats really all there is to it. The only additional rule is that follows verbs in or nouns directly:

190 (There) is no one but (the) teacher.

Particles 4.2 Particles

Only
Unlike does mean only and is typically followed by the instrumental particle to indicate something is done in some restricted way: (I) did it just by myself. The same idea can be expressed with but then the phrasing needs to be drastically altered: No one did it except for me.
Notice that these two phrases connote very dierent things even though they share the same basic idea. Both claim that one person performed a task but the sentence with sounds far more positive than the one with . The second sentence sounds almost accusative which is a direct consequence of the fact that means save and thus needs to be used with a negative verb as well as with an unnamed party in this case. can also be used with verbs in form:

(He) understood (it) with just one word. However while is used to indicate a particular instance for the habitual or repetitive version of just/only such as in for instance why do you always only eat caramel avoured ice cream? the particle (or its variants or ) is used.

Special use
The verb to be able to do in combination with creates a special word: . This word is special because its part of a pair that expresses almost the

Particles 4.2 Particles

191

same thing but not quite: and . Both express as as possible but theres a subtle dierence: Please come as quickly as possible. Please come as quickly as possible.

The dierence between the two is that expresses do whatever you can to whereas expresses at your earliest convenience or even just if possible. The rst essentially works as a command saying to drop everything and do whatever the sentence says to do provided this is at all possible (hence the ) while the second doesnt demand quite this much due to the words that its made up of: a combination of to become and the of the classical very odd verb (which dees modern word classes) used to indicate a social expectation.

Inverting using
The meaning for can also be inverted by adding the continuative of followed by the of to form a construction meaning not just or as well as: literally: Not just (at) driving but also at (the) mechanics hes a really competent driver. meaning: (He)s a driver whos not just good at the wheel but also knows his way around the mechanics of a car.

Just only
As mentioned in the explanation of is used for things that are repetitive or drown out everything else such as in the following sentence for instance: (I) hate people who only tell lies.

192

Particles 4.2 Particles

In this sentence has to be used if we want to indicate not just telling a lie once or twice but always telling lies i.e. only telling lies rather than truths. Another use is with verbs in plain past tense to indicate that the verb action has been completed only or just moments ago: cookies that have just been made can also be wri en in which case it carries just a bit more emphasis. It may also be used as or without any serious dierence other than that sounds a bit more eeminate than . Finally or can be further contracted to the highly informal not to be confused with the popular term used when someone messes something up. Like s meaning can be inverted by using .

Strong emphatic
This particle is actually a combination of the continuative form of the copula and as contrastive emphatic marker. Together they form a strong emphatic marker that can be translated with even regardless of or but even then: Even the teacher doesnt know. [I] bought a new one. But this one has a problem too. Like and this combination can be used in combination with interrogatives in which case it forms extremes:
interrogative meaning what who where when how with meaning anything at all anyone and everyone wherever whenever however (in whichever way)

It should be noted that while technically as with particles come between the question word and it is not uncommon to place them after the combination of interrogative + :

Particles 4.2 Particles + can become either or + can become either or + can become either or + can become either or

193

However for most of these combinations there tends to be a preference for one or the other so tends to be preferred over while tends to be preferred over .

Despite
This particle should not be confused with a loose combination of and such as in the following sentences: It seems like theres something wri en on Ishikawas (something). Lets have that tasty looking one. However as a xed combination particle the interpretation is rather dierent: Despite being only 10 years old (she)s incredibly procient at playing the piano. (note that in this sentence the preceding is the form of the copula ) What happens here is that sets up a fact about which a commentary is made with the fact marked as details to the commentary by using . In this use the commentary is always something constrasting or unexpected/unlikely.
Representative

This particle is used in the same way as or acting as a noun lister. When used it sets up a representative list and because its representative only it can be used for either a single term or for multiple terms:

194 (I) hate things like sashimi. (I) went to buy stu like food and drinks.

Particles 4.2 Particles

(Vaguely) representative
This is a rough listing particle similar to in use. This particle has come from through to the current . Like it can be used either for listing or for single representative statements. The colloquial version of this particle is somewhat surprisingly . This colloquial version is not used for the listing version of but only for its single use: (I) dont care for (things like) cheap stu.

Uncertainty

This particle indicates an element of uncertainty in the speaker such as for instance: It looks like (we) somehow made it in time doesnt it? It acts similar to used after interrogatives to create a vaguely specic answer to the interrogative: There seems to be something white oating (there).

This has the same meaning as but is considered more formal literary. Other than forming there are essentially no interrogatives that are used with in spoken Japanese.

Particles 4.2 Particles

195

Estimated extent
This particle is used to estimate an extent of quantity duration frequency or even reasoning: A: A: (I) need to read about 50 pages for now. B: B: Let (me) read for about 30 minutes.

C: C: (I) read about 3 hours a day. D: D: (I) understand that much (now explain the parts I dont understand yet). The dierence between the normal unvoiced version and the voiced version is that the second is a more colloquial relaxed version of the rst. This means that the context in which theyre used is subtly dierent. The best way to get a feel for which to use when is to hear them used often enough.

Loose time frame

While is used for estimation of extent is used for estimation of a moment in time. For instance I need to be at work around 9 would be an instance where rather than would be used since this does not concern some measurable extent but a clock time.

Mom said shed come to pick (us) up around 3. Similar to the use of vs. is mostly dictated by whether or not its okay to use a colloquially relaxed version. Again the best way to learn when this is is to hear it used often enough to get a feel for it.

196

Particles 4.2 Particles

Only merely
and its voiced and stopped versions and are used to single things out. Theyve come from to cut and this is an indication of how theyre used. Added to a clause it indicates that a this and only this clause is in eect. To make this a bit more clear a few examples:

(I) have been to Japan (only) once. Here the act of going to Japan has been performed once and is used to indicate that this once is understood as once and only once rather than the once as used in for instance Ive been there once when it was hot and which actually doesnt preclude having gone to a place multiple times.

(I) did that job all (alone) by (myself). Here is used to make it explicit that there was no one else to even do the job other than myself. If we compare this sentence to a similar sentence that uses instead we see: (I) did that job alone. We see that this sentence doesnt actually rule out the possibility that others may have been available to help out and that in this case we did it ourselves for whatever reason. In contrast the line with says that at the time of doing this job there was just me and no one else. (I)ve only met that person once (I) havent been with them since. Here is used to indicate that the event of meeting this person was a singular event. The dierence between using and is mainly a colloquial one related to what sounds good. In colloquially relaxed speech will work be er than and if one wants to put extra emphasis on the singling out works be er than . It is mostly a question of hearing it often enough to develop a feel for which is best in which se ing.

Particles 4.2 Particles

197

Equal distribution
This particle is used to indicate some equal distribution of something over something else. For instance These oranges are 80 yen a piece or Every pair will share 1 book. In the rst line theres an equal distribution of price over every orange: Oranges are 80 yen a piece. literally: Oranges are per one (being the same for each) 80 yen. In the second line there is an equal distribution of how many items are distributed over a certain number of people using :

Each pair will (have to) share one book. literally: As for the books to two people one book (to each group of two) will be shared

Emphatic appropriating
This particle can be considered similar in function to except instead of just likening two things to each other can also shift the properties of the original to the instance it is suxed to instead. This may sound a bit strange so an example will hopefully make it clearer: A: B:

A: Ah Im sorry Not looking at where I was going and just walking into you like that B: No no it should be me who should be apologising. If I had paid more a ention to what was going on Aside from an embarrassing moment speaker B uses with (which is used to refer to himself in this case) to make the act of apologising apply to him more than to speaker A thus shifting the need to apologise from A to B instead. can also be used on its own in which case it is perceived as contrasting the stated to everything else typically being translatable with exactly or precisely:

198 But thats precisely why (I) came over.

Particles 4.2 Particles

Experience social custom because

is used to conceptualise something as real be it tangible or intangible. Because of this it can full a few roles such as listing an experience: We were raised properly when we were children. Here indicates that is a real albeit intangible thing. Because it is past tense the only real thing it can be is the speakers own experience. When used with present tense the only way intangible things can be real is if they are somehow common place or social customs: literally: It is a thing to not be a bother to people. One should not cause problems for others.

Colloquially can be shortened to but this typically makes the speaker sound childish: A: B: A: Why the heck do you always eat anpan? B: Because I like it.

Possibility
The particle is actually the expression with the verb left o. This construction is used to indicate something might be the case and is used quite frequently in every day language:

Particles 4.2 Particles A: B:

199

A: Eh? Youre going to buy it? Dont you think its (a li le) expensive? B: Maybe But then again isnt it exactly (what we want)? There is no functional dierence between using and using although again the the longer it is the more formal polite your speech rule applies so is less formal than which is less formal than which in turn is less formal than . Typically youll either use or .

4.2.4 Enrichment
The following set of particles conists mostly of interesting particles and rare or literary particles that you may encounter every now and then. However they go well beyond basic Japanese and you can safely ignore them if you wish. They have been included mostly for completeness given that you will invariably run across them every now and then while reading Japanese books or manga or watching Japanese lms or TV.

Even merely
Typically used preceded by is yet another even being similar to or . However where means only in the just way means only in the at least/as long as only way: Even children know this. Even Confucius was not free of aws. As long as (you) (just) have money (you) can take it easy.

200

Particles 4.2 Particles

Not even
This particle is related to in a way similar to how and are related and is followed by a negative to express a not even construction: (I) cannot even write a le er to (my) satisfaction. This particle is considered rather literary.

Emphasis

This particle while a combination of + doesnt actually act as a similarity marker as you might expect but instead is actually used to stress the preceding noun or noun phrase in a sentence: Its (exactly) as you say. This particle comes after constructions.

Either/or as soon as
This particle can mean two things depending on whether its used on its own or as a two-item list: When (you)re troubled (you) should talk to either (your) mother or father. literally: When troubled the concept is to consult (your) father or mother. This list use is very dierent from the singular use:

Because (she) was tired (she) went to bed the moment (she) got home without having dinner. Here the literal translation would be Because (she) was tired the moment (she) got home (she) went to bed without eating dinner.

Particles 4.2 Particles

201

Even though
This combination particle is quite interesting; the combination of with is functionally equivalent to the particles ()() and : MacBook Even though (I) bought a MacBook (I) actually dont know how to use it at all. This sentence isnt signicantly dierent from the same sentence using or : MacBook Even though (I) bought a MacBook (I) actually dont know how to use it at all. MacBook (I) bought a MacBook. However (I) actually dont know how to use it at all. The similarity will typically be closer to ()() than to as the use of creates a factoid and the is used to relate the concluding remark to this factoid in a manner that could be described as genitive: (MacBook) () (I bought a MacBook)s (I do not know how to use it at all)

Emphatic negative
This is simply the sentence ending used to indicate a custom or social expectation of sorts followed by the question particle in its Like I meaning: Like (I) would (be expected to) know something like that! As mentioned in the explanation of this is one of the rare instances where you will nearly always be able to translate the construction with an exclamation mark due to the use of this particularly expressive . Notice that this sentence is almost the same as:

202 Like (I) would know something like that!

Particles 4.2 Particles

The only dierence is that the use of makes the statement question the expectation rather than the act: Like (I) know something like that! Like (I) (should) know something like that!

Reasoning
This is just the particle used to indicate a custom or social expectation paired with the continuative form of the copula to create an implicit reason: Because being guests means not causing (unnecessary) problems (for the host) (just) sit (here) quietly in a grown up way.

Nothing but
The particle is a literary particle comparable in meaning to or and is used in essentially the same way marking something as an only thing or only option: If (you)re only thinking about graduating dont forget that there are still exams to be taken. (And) now all we (can) do (is) wait.

Unlike or which are followed by the particle is followed by when the opposite of its meaning is required:

Particles 4.2 Particles

203

Please explain things in such a way that middle schoolers not just researchers can understand it. This particle is considered literary.

+ Negative Extent impossibility

This particle is typically used in the pa ern [] to indicate an impossibility: Being this busy its impossible (for me) to go on a trip. It can also be used in a way similar to to indicate an extent: No need to cause a fuss over this problem. This sentence is somewhat hard to properly translate due to and a more literal translation would be this isnt [something that should be] caused a fuss [over] to the extent that [you are] troubled. which will be treated in the section This is technically a voiced version of on nominalisers in the chapter on language pa erns.

Emphatic
This particle is somewhat akin to except it only applies to events or circumstances and is much stronger than . It creates a construction that can be translated with Instead of [something which implies the total opposite] by following the : Instead friends (I) spent the entire night working of going out with (my) on (my) homework.

204

Particles 4.2 Particles

Representative
This particle hangs somewhere between and when making a list. It creates a list of items but also implies that this list is representative of something. For instance: Dogs cats we keep all sorts of pets. While the list doesnt actually imply that there may be more than just dogs and cats unlike the list alone is already considered something representative of It could in this case all sorts of. And unlike this list doesnt have to be inclusive. be that whoever says this may also have birds and rabbits but then again they may just as well not.

Formal
This is the literary equivalent to the instrumental and location of an event marking particle (but not the for ).

Contrastive
This is a reasonably simple combination of the particle and the disambiguating particle but it deserves special mention because a lot of people new to Japanese abuse it a lot using instead of just . A good example of this would be for instance: There is a book on the table. There will be people who after a while start to ignore that this is a proper sentence and instead say things like: There is a book on the table (as opposed to the oor or the couch or the shelf or whatever context it might be contrasted to). It should always be remembered that disambiguates. It doesnt just specify a location or point/frame in time but also adds a contrast between this location or time and every other. This is a very important distinction that you should try not to

Particles 4.2 Particles

205

forget. If youre tempted to use rst ask yourself if you actually need to disambiguate anything. If not just use . Dont use the additional because you think it sounds good because it adds a lot of extra meaning that you probably dont intend to add. That said a proper use would for instance be: (We) dont have those kind of things here. In this sentence the makes sense because no doubt there will be other places where those kind of things can in fact be found. Just not here.

Simultaneous action
This particle is similar to in that it is used to talk about two actions taking place in succession. It can be translated as the minute [X] [Y] or no sooner than [X] [Y]. Its a relatively rare particle but then thats what enrichment is all about. It follows constructions: No sooner than they had graduated they got married. This is considered a fairly literary particle and is found more in writing than in speech.

Generalisation
While considered a colloquial emphatic version of this particle is actually a contraction of the copula and the classical particle which has functionally been replaced in modern Japanese by /. Even grandpa knows that. In this role its not really dierent from . can also be used in a listing fashion in which case it stands for a pa ern similar to whether or [or ] its all the same:

206 You me were all friends.

Particles 4.2 Particles

(the translation of is actually more nuanced than friend referring to being part of the in-group) As can be seen from this sentence the nal clause applies to all the items listed using in this fashion. A nal role played by is as sentence ending particle in which case it acts as a quotation that the speaker is surprised about: (She) said it was because (she) had a date with him on Saturday. Hadnt those two broken up? In this sentence the speaker expresses a surprise over hearing what is being quoted and explains this surprise with the following sentence. Notice that these are two separate sentences; the full stop is very much required after in this use.

Generalisation
Similar to how is considered a variant of is considered a variant of the verbal . Just like the form this particle contracts with verbs whose / forms have contractions so for instance play becomes .

Even if (you) say so now its too late (now). Also when wri en as this particle stands for the contraction of . Used in this way its meaning is similar to or : Its pointless to try to x it now.

Particles 4.2 Particles

207

Reasoning
A combination of + this compound particle expresses since because similar to . Because (I) I hadnt been expecting it (I) was most delighted. Literally this sentence uses the noun form for being delighted.

Calling a ention
This particle is a contraction of and like the next particle is used to catch someones a ention if youve been talking to them and theyre being unresponsive. This is a very informal way to grab someones a ention as well as to point out that they should listen to you: Hey. Hey! I said hey!

Calling a ention
This particle is a contraction of (when talking about ) and is often used to grab someones a ention similar to :

Hey are (you) listening or what? Helloooo? I said hello!?

Extreme emphatic
This particle is essentially the question word paired with the quoting particle to create an emphatic what such as in what a pre y bird or you did what??: What a pre y starry sky.

208

Particles 4.2 Particles

A special word involves this particle paired with - the for forming the word meaning for no reason: A: B: A: Why did (you) hit (him)? B: Eh (I) just felt like it. (This is a semantic translation literally B says For no (good) reason as an open sentence) The colloquial version can also be used to mean and is typically used in an exclamatory fashion: What (on earth) did (you) do?

Impossibility
This is just combined with the emphatic to create a construction signifying extreme extent similar to : literally: Up to the extent of (some specic thing) (you) would do so? meaning: (You) would go that far? can be used with the question words (when) and (where) to create the words meaning up to any moment in time (until when) and meaning up to any place (up till any place):

literally: Up to which moment in time do you intend to watch TV? meaning: Just how long do (you) plan on watching TV? Note that when is paired up with a verb in form is split up:

Particles 4.3 Translating prepositions

209

literally: Up till any point you can hypothetically look at its blue sky. meaning: No ma er where (you) look its blue skies.

+ Negative Only option

Similar to indicates only one course of action or only one option: literally: Having come this far there is nothing to be done other than continue. meaning: Having come this far we can only press on. For this role is often found in the pa ern meaning nothing other than used adjectivally (remember that the is a ributive as well as sentence ending in modern Japanese): This is something only he can do.

4.3 Translating prepositions

Japanese doesnt really have prepositions like a lot of western languages do. Youve already seen that quite a few particles full the role that prepositions play in other languages but this still leaves the question of how to say something in Japanese that in western languages uses prepositions that are not covered just by particles. For this reason this nal particles section will cover translating prepositions. There are two categories that preposition translations fall under. The rst is the list of prepositions that have particle or verb construction counterparts though since you have already encountered these in the previous sections these will not be treated in detail. The other category is those prepositions that have temporal or location nouns as their Japanese counterparts. I say conceptual because some concepts that are multiple words in western languages are the same conceptual temporal/location noun in Japanese. These nouns will be treated in more detail and will where needed be accompanied by examples.

210

Particles 4.3 Translating prepositions

4.3.1 Prepositions already covered

English preposition as at by despite during except/save for from of o since through to with without Translated into Japanese using in its role as indirect object or depending on whether it concerns a thing or an event. or depending on whether it concerns location or instrumentalis particles or for strict or loose simultaneous action for atemporal or verb continuative ( form) or Either the indirect object or the nominalising Either the indirect object or A resultant state form of verbs that denote to go o of as indirect object as destination or as direction This is done with either a verb in + or using () /

4.3.2 Prepositions translating to conceptual temporal or location nouns

The conceptual nouns used to stand for what in western languages is done using prepositions are all used in the following pa ern: [X]()[Y]/[Z] where [X] can be any noun or verb clause [Y] is a conceptual noun and [Z] a verb activity or a state. The in this pa ern is enclosed in parentheses because it can be omi ed in some cases but has to be used in others. Typically when [X] is a noun phrase is used and when it is a verb phrase is omi ed but there are exceptions to this; each conceptual noun entry in the list below will show the pa ern(s) it can be used in. To illustrate this pa ern before we move on to the list itself let us replace [X] with station [Y] with before and [Z] with so we get the following sentence: there is a store. Doing

Particles 4.3 Translating prepositions station [genitive] before [location] there is a store

211

The natural translation There is a store in front of the station follows readily from this pa ern. As a note the choice of whether to use or is dependent on whether a location or an event is focused on. In the previous example a location was focused on but if we were to use the same sentence with [Z] being replaced with (I) met (my) friend then we get a sentence that can focus on the event meeting and this focus can be made explicit by using instead of : (I) met (my) friend in front of the station.

4.3.3 The conceptual nouns list

Above up upon on
The kanji for this word already hints at the fact that this noun signies a conceptual location above something. It does not literally mean any of the words above on up over or the likes but simply implies them all given a specic context. For instance: There is a beautiful ower arrangement on the table. Since ower arrangements typically rest on a surface in this case means on. However if we look at the following sentence we see a dierent context and a dierent meaning: Theres a window above the table. Since windows dont typically rest on surfaces but are part of walls can only be interpreted as meaning above in this context.

212

Particles 4.3 Translating prepositions

Below beneath under underneath

In the same way that means the conceptual location above something means a conceptual location below something. Again context dictates what preposition is best used in the translation: Theres a cat underneath the table. There are drawers under the table. In the rst sentence refers to well under the table on the oor while in the second sentence means on the underside of the table itself.

Right
Having covered above and below the two orientation directions left and right. First up right: The post oce is to the right of the station.

Left
And then of course left: The post oce is to the left of the station.

Before in front of prior

When referring to something before or preceding something else the conceptual noun is used. This can be used for both time and space:

Particles 4.3 Translating prepositions (I) waited in front of the station.

213

This example similar to the one given in this sections pa ern explanation states something being in front of some location. If instead we want to indicate something as happening or being the case before some verb activity then follows the : (I) cleaned up before going out (on errands). In this sentence the event going out [on errands] indicates a particular time even if its not sharply dened like clock times.

Front facing
Theres one more front that has a special word for it in Japanese: the facing side of something. For instance the title side of a books cover is the the store front side of a store is the and the front side of a T-shirt is the .

During
The conceptual noun means several dierent things depending on its use and has dierent pronunciations for each dierent use. When used directly after nouns that denote some activity it is pronounced and is used to indicate that the verb action or verb state that follows it applies during the period that the activity noun describes. This may sound a bit abstract so an example: (I) am in the middle of a delivery.

Clearly a delivery takes time to perform and the indicates that something is the case or takes place during this time.

Cross- throughout
When used with location nouns the meaning for changes to cross- such as cross-country or nation-wide and the reading changes to such as in for

214 instance:

Particles 4.3 Translating prepositions

The world over people are born and people die.

Amid among amongst in inside within

And nally when used in the pa ern that does not have omi ed is pronounced and can mean a wide variety of things that are associated with being located inside something. When focusing on locations is used as the follow up particle but when refers to abstract concepts such as amidst [a collection] or among [things] it is followed by instead such as in for instance:

From (amongst) food (I) like Japanese food best. Here refers to something being located inside a category. Since this is an abstract location the particle is used. However when there is no abstract location but a real location like the hollow of a tree or the inside of a box is used: literally: There was a watch in the box meaning: The box contained a watch. The pa ern [X][Y] will be explained further in the constructions section when dealing with open choices - something that quite obviously requires being able to indicate something as existing within a greater (abstract) collection.

Behind
The noun is used to indicate that something is located behind something else. Be careful though: unlike which corresponded to before both in the location and time sense only means behind and stands for a location; it cannot be used to mean after in the context of time. To indicate the concept of after a dierent noun () is used which can be pronounced in three dierent ways meaning three slightly dierent things. An example of the use of would be:

Particles 4.3 Translating prepositions The mice hid behind the refrigerator.

215

Back opposite side

Much like how is a special kind of is a special kind of meaning the non-facing side of something. For instance the side of a books cover that doesnt carry the title is the the back of a store is the and the back side of a T-shirt is the .

After

When indicating something happens after a certain time or event is used. However depending on whether this after refers to occurring at some time after or occurring from then on a dierent pronunciation is used; when one only wishes to indicate something will happen after some specic time or event the reading for this noun is : (I)ll do (my) homework afterwards. In this sentence the act of doing homework will be done at some point after some contextually implied event typically whatever the speaker is doing at the moment of saying a sentence like this. On the other hand when indicating that something will stay in eect after some specic time or event the reading for this kanji is : 8 (My) job ends at 8 after that (I)ll be available. literally: after that is leisure. Because the reading for the noun is in this sentence it clearly states that this person wont be free for just a while after 8 o clock but will be free from 8 o clock onwards until some indeterminate time (being probably when they go to bed). There is a third reading for being but this is a literary reading used as a replacement for with as extra feature that it can be used to stand for the afterlife; the ultimate concept of afterwards. However this reading is also used in the common formal time indicator () meaning later at some later time afterwards or even eventually .

216

Particles 4.3 Translating prepositions

Out outside

The opposite of stands for the broad and undened location that is the world outside: Our cats playing outside. literally: outside the house.

Between

Literally this noun stands for the concept of in an interval where this interval can be either temporal or spatial: There are public phones located between the bank and the post oce. literally: in the interval (bank - post oce). As can be seen from the example the list of locations between which some verb action occurs or some verb state is the case is created using the standard inclusive noun listing particle . For time on the other hand the [X][X] pa ern is used because this lets us specify an interval with an explicit beginning and end: The culprit (managed to) escape between the hours of 2 and 3.

Near

This is actually the noun form of the verbal adjective near and is used for locations only. This noun is (fairly intuitively) used to indicate something is close to some location or object: Its close to the cinema.

Particles 4.3 Translating prepositions

217

Facing across opposite beyond

In Japanese the idea of across opposite from and beyond are all variations on the same theme of something facing something else: something opposite to us clearly faces us something that is for instance across the street faces us from across the street and something that lies beyond the darkest night is something that faces us from this theoretical location: literally: I expect my friends to be waiting (My) friends should be waiting for [me] across the street. (I) heard that across the ocean lies a dierent world.

Nearby around
The noun literally means vicinity and when used as a conceptual location noun means near close to and the like: (I) lost (my) wallet somewhere near the sh shop.

and

Besides next to

While in most western languages when two objects are placed side by side they are said to be beside or next to each other Japanese requires you to pick the right word for this spatial relation depending on whether or not these two objects are of a similar category. For instance placing two apples or two bikes next to each other means you can use the noun

to indicate that one is next to the other:

I left my bike standing next to my (younger) brothers.

This is perfectly valid use of (not to mention valid use of for back referral immediately followed by [location noun]) as the two objects in question are clearly of the same category.

218

Particles 4.3 Translating prepositions instead of :

However for the following example we need to use

Everyone was playing games and stu next to the pond. (note that using stresses the location rather than the act in this sentence) Here since are of a category people and is of category pond there is no way can be used since these two things arent even remotely alike. In eect can be thought of as not just meaning next to but having the added meaning next to the other [object category] while only means beside or next to.

Compass directions
In addition to the obvious locations there are four more that are usually overlooked: the compass directions.
direction East South West North noun

And of course their permutations:

NE NW SE SW

side

This is not so much a conceptual noun as a sux for several of the nouns listed so far. Suxed to various of these words signies side so that means above but means the top side (although it is then pronounced ); means

Particles 4.4 In Summary

219

right but means the right (hand) side. The list of nouns modied in this way is:
noun side meaning the top the underside the front the facing side the reverse the other side
the interior

the exterior

the left side the right side

the other side the opposing side the northern side

the southern side

the eastern side

the western side

4.4 In Summary

And so weve reached the end of the particles chapter. This chapter covered quite a number of particles some of which are essential some of which good to know and some of which are downright rare as well as showing you which constructions to use when particles arent used. What does this leave? While weve certainly covered enough particles to last you quite a while in your study of Japanese theres one particular kind of particle that wasnt covered in this chapter the counter particle. This isnt really just one particle but a category of particles with a basic set that is large enough to warrant an entire chapter being dedicated to them. In order to do any kind of counting in Japanese a knowledge not just of numbers but also of counter particles is essential and we shall be looking at this in the next chapter.

220

Particles 4.4 In Summary

Chapter 5

Counters and counting

Counting in Japanese is everything but apparent or easy if youre used to western counting. To count in Japanese two things are required: a number and a categorical marker that indicates what is actually being counted. This makes counting in Japanese not just a ma er of knowing which words stand for which numbers but also which counters stand for which countable categories. The categorical marker for items is usually not the item noun itself but a dierent word acting as categorical counter particle instead. For instance bo les pencils and legs are all counted using the categorical counter for long round object and birds are counted using the categorical counter for things with wings. However clock hours are counted using the specic counter for hours and the number of times something happens is counted using the specic counter for occurrences. The challenge is then to learn three things in order to successfully count in Japanese: 1. which numbers exist and how to construct numbers yourself 2. which specic and categorical counters exist and 3. which to use when you dont actually know which you should use. Just like for regular particles there exist dictionaries that contain lists and lists of which word can be used as a counter for which category of items and if you wish to become a counting machine it is recommended that you buy one and go over the lists in it as you will not nd a truly exhaustive list here. Instead the following list will only contain those counters that are considered reasonably essential to know in order to do basic counting (and thats already quite a few).

5.1 Counting
Before we look at the counter particles lets briey look at counting itself. In the outline on Japanese I mentioned three dierent ways to count from one to ten and this 221

222

Counters and counting 5.1 Counting

comes from the fact that Japan while it borrowed the Chinese kanji and readings also had its own language prior to knowing anything about China. Not surprisingly then counting was done with completely dierent words in pre-China Japan. However unlike this pre-China native Japanese counting system the Chinese derived series for one through ten is reasonably simple:

number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

wri en and pronounced in formal writing. in formal writing. in formal writing. More commonly pronounced a native Japanese reading.

More commonly pronounced also a native Japanese reading.

in formal writing.

The reason why 1 2 3 and 10 have special formal kanji stems from the use in legal documents where changing an into a or into was rather easy while turning an into a or a into a was a lot harder. There are similar counterparts for 4 through 9 but these are rarely used: and respectively. Larger numbers in the Chinese system are wri en either using Arabic numerals (like 1890298345) or when theyre decently clean or small enough to write out in full wri en in kanji. Using kanji forms to create large numbers relies on a fairly simple rule of composition as you should be able to tell from the following examples: 20 = 2 10 = 90 = 9 10 =

formally wri en as 100 = 120 = 100 + 2 10 = 780 = 7 100 + 8 10 =

Counters and counting 5.1 Counting 1000 = formally wri en as 1300 = 1000 + 3 100 = 4826 = 4 1000 + 8 100 + 2 10 + 6 = 10000 = formally wri en as .

223

The rules for composition are actually reasonably close to the western system of writing large numbers except that instead of replacing the order (the 1 in 1 10 100 1000 etc.) with the factor (2 in 20 8 in 800 etc.) the factor is simply added in front of the order eectively indicating a multiplier. However one signicant dierence is found in orders of magnitude: in western systems we raise by a power of 1000 for large numbers (i.e. a million is 1000 1000 a billion is 1000 1000 1000 etc.) but in the Chinese counting system large numbers are powers of 10000: 9999 is 10000 is . The biggest number that still uses as highest order is 99999999: . The number that follows this is a number equal to called value of 100000000. The next order number is which is next order number is which is . with a . The

There are in fact quite a few of these higher order counters although of course the higher you go the less likely people are to know the counter used and the less meaningful the number becomes (because we cannot visualise such large numbers). Aside from the numbers one through ten there is also the number zero which is typically wri en in katakana as when used on its own or using the noun when meaning nought or null. An example of using is in things such as 0.0001 which can also be wri en as with meaning dot. The native Japanese way of counting is a bit more complex:

number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

pronunciation ()

224
number 8 9 10 pronunciation

Counters and counting 5.1 Counting

While this doesnt look very complex this series is also one you will likely never use as they arent used for actual counting. It may be used when someones trying to enumerate something from memory using their ngers mu ering while touching ngers in succession but thats about it. Instead slightly different pronunciations are used when paired with counters for actual counting statements. The native Japanese readings are used with only a handful of counters but these are quite important counters: those used for general counting of items and for counting days.

number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

counting things:

counting days: (pronounced ) special readings: and

If we ignore the reading for (for which means the rst day of the month and means one day (in duration/length)) we see that these two series dont use the same readings for the numbers and that neither are quite the same as the previous table for native readings. The readings that you see for the counter can be considered the dominant readings used with a few other native

Japanese ( ) counters with the readings for being fairly unique and not used by other counters. Before we move on to the counters list we need to nish looking at what numbers do when paired with counters and this involves looking at how their read

Counters and counting 5.1 Counting

225

ings may change when they are paired with certain counters: they may contract and the counter may become voiced. There are a few general rules that apply although of course as always there are a few exceptions to these general rules (when a counter has such an exception this will be highlighted in its section).

5.1.1 Rules for

When followed by a counter starting with a syllable from the or column becomes : + becomes + becomes + becomes

When followed by a counter starting with a column syllable becomes and the counter voices to a p sound: + becomes

5.1.2 Rules for

When followed by a counter starting with a column syllable that syllable voices to a b sound: + becomes

5.1.3 Rules for

When followed by a counter starting with a column syllable becomes : + becomes When followed by a counter starting with a column syllable becomes and the counter voices to a p sound: + becomes

226

Counters and counting 5.1 Counting

5.1.4 Rules for

When followed by a counter starting with a or column syllable becomes : + becomes + becomes + becomes When followed by a counter starting with a column syllable becomes and the counter voices to a p sound: + becomes

5.1.5 Rules for

When followed by a counter starting with a or column syllable may become or : + can become either or + can become either or + can become either or When followed by a counter starting with a column syllable can become either or and the counter voices to a p sound: + can become either or The choice between which of the two possible pronunciations to use is mostly one of style. The proper pronunciation is [] but is also becoming more and more dated Japanese with many people using the pronunciation these days. Depending on whose company you are in youll have to pick the pronunciation that will raise fewest eyebrows.

5.1.6 How many?

In addition to counting statements such as three oranges or seven samurai it also helps if we know how to ask how many oranges? or how many samurai?. This is done using two question words: pronounced and pronounced

Counters and counting 5.1 Counting

227

. These are used in the same way that numerals are used being paired with a counter to turn it into a questioning statement. Dierent counters use dierent question words with the rule generally being that if native Japanese readings are used with the counter the question word will be whereas if Chinese readings are used with the counter the question word will be . Thus we can ask for how many oranges? by using : How many oranges are (there)? And we can ask how many samurai there are by using: How many samurai are (there)? (note the dierence in verb; for oranges for samurai)

Rules for
When followed by a counter starting with a column syllable the counter voices to a b sound: + becomes

5.1.7 The rules in summary

In summary there are four dierent numeral readings:

numeral

General reading or or

native reading ()

with

with

228

Counters and counting 5.2 Ranges and estimations And the table of pronunciation changes when numerals are paired with coun-

ters:
numeral reading + + + +

5.2 Ranges and estimations

Number ranges are really easy in Japanese involving nothing more than using between two numbers so that indicates the range 1 through 7. Typically ranges like these will use actual numbers rather than kanji forms purely for aesthetics. While ranges in English have their own pronunciation (X through Y or X to Y) in Japanese there is no special word between the start and the end of a range: Please read chapters 11 through 20 for next class. The construction is simply pronounced and when the resulting wri en form is unambiguous the symbol may even be left o in this case forming (of course still pronounced ). The start and end of ranges can if needed be explicitly marked as such by using and but doing so carries the same dierence in nuance as explicitly marking a start and end in English carries: Please read from chapter 11 up to chapter 20.

Counters and counting 5.3 Counters

229

Rough ranges or estimations are even easier. These simply consist of all the numbers in the estimation in succession (similar to rough ranges in English): I walked 1 (or) 2 minutes.
This can be a bit confusing when someone says something like which could either mean I walked 11 (or) 2 minutes or I walked 11 (or) 12 minutes. Disambiguation is typically left to context so that in this case it would be odd that someone walked either 11 or 2 minutes when the alternative is 11 or 12. Hoever there may be instances where more than one interpretation seems reasonable and youll have to apply some analytical thinking to determine which is the correct interpretation.

5.3 Counters
When actually counting or just enumerating things we need to combine numbers with counters. This can be done in two dierent ways depending on whether the focus is on the thing thats being counted or on the count itself: Focus on item: [X] [Y] / + verb Focus on count: [Y] / [X] + verb For instance in the statement translating to please give me two oranges the focus is on oranges (because it comes later in the sentence). If we rearrange this to form the sentence the focus is on the count: oranges give me two please. As mentioned counters can be split into specic and general counter categories. Specic counters cover things like units of time or distance and general counters cover categories like bound objects or pieces of [something]. Rather than just using these two categories a list of common numerical orders which act as counters too is presented rst. This list is followed by the other counters split up into four categories: general article counters counters for living things counters for occurrences and time related unit counters. In addition to counters a list of adverbs used for quantication is included in this chapter. While strictly speaking these are not counters they are used when you need to quantify actions without being able to rely on a counter such as when you read books often.

230

Counters and counting 5.3 Counters

5.3.1 Numerical counters

100 (A hundred)

As mentioned in the section on counting the numerical orders in Japanese are technically counters too with their own set of pronunciations:
() ()

Note that isnt used unless it needs to be stressed that its one hundred rather than some other factor of a hundred. Also note that quite obviously ten hundred doesnt exist. Instead this is 1000.

1000 (A thousand)
The counter for a thousand has an irregular pronunciation for 3 and the question counter:
() ()

Again unless the factor 1 needs to be stressed rather than is used. And again there is no ten thousand there is the counter instead.

10000 (Ten thousand)

The highest low order order counter stands for ten thousand. Because it is the highest low order order counter it is used in combination with 10 100 and 1000 to indicate a hundred thousand a million and ten million respectively. 100 million is a new counter

.
() ()

Counters and counting 5.3 Counters

231

100000000 (A hundred million)

The biggest useful number is still a realistically large number in for instance prices for houses luxury yachts or fancy sports cars. The pronunciation is wholly unremarkable:
() ()

Other order counters

While slightly ridiculous there are counters for 10 to the power minus 21 which is the truly insignicant number 0.0000000000000000000001 up to the incredibly huge number 10 to the power 68 or 100000000000000000000000000000000000000000 000000000000000000000000000. Now while for normal purposes these are of course ridiculous numbers theyre quite useful for science. The list of all available counters plus their western abbreviated counterparts is as follows:

counter

value 10 to the power -21 10 to the power -20 10 to the power -19 10 to the power -18 10 to the power -17 10 to the power -16 10 to the power -15 10 to the power -14 10 to the power -13 10 to the power -12

equivalent term zepto z

ato a

femto f

pico p

232
counter value 10 to the power -11

Counters and counting 5.3 Counters

equivalent term

10 to the power -10 10 to the power -9 nano n 1/1000000000

10 to the power -8 10 to the power -7

10 to the power -6 10 to the power -5

micro 1/1000000

10 to the power -4 10 to the power -3 milli m 1/1000 0.001 centi c 1/100 0.01 deci d 1/10 0.1

10 to the power -2 10 to the power -1

counter value 10 to the power 1

equivalent term deca da 10 hecto h 100 kilo k 1000

10 to the power 2 10 to the power 3

10 to the power 4 10 to the power 8

10 to the power 12 10 to the power 16

tera T

10 to the power 20 10 to the power 24 10 to the power 28 10 to the power 32 10 to the power 36 10 to the power 40 10 to the power 44 10 to the power 48 yo a Y

Counters and counting 5.3 Counters

233

The measures for mega (M) giga (G) peta (P) and exa (E) are missing from this set because these correspond to 10 to the powers 6 9 15 and 18 respectively none of which are divisible by 4. For orders higher than 48 there is a curious problem where in the rigid counting system the order keeps going up by 4 so that the ve terms refer to 10 to the power 52 56 60 64 and 68 respectively but can also stand for older Japanese numbers in which case they refer to 10 to the power 56 64 72 80 and 88 respectively. While it is unlikely you will ever hear about these numbers ever again these numbers have a very high trivia factor:
counter value 10 to the power 52 as well as 56 10 to the power 56 as well as 64 10 to the power 60 as well as 72 10 to the power 64 as well as 80 10 to the power 68 as well as 88

5.3.2 General counters for articles

Ordinal prex

The rst counter in this list isnt actually a counter but an ordinal prex. Its quite frequently used so its important youve learned it and its relatively easy to wrap your head around: if some counter statement says somethings then prexing to it will create the statement the th something or something (number) :

This book has 17 chapters.

Chapters 1 through 10 are easy chapters 11 through 17 are hard.

Long cylindrical items

When you want to count cylindrical objects like pencils bo les or arms is used. As a noun this word means book or origin but as a counter it obviously means something completely dierent. The pronunciations for this counter are:

234

Counters and counting 5.3 Counters

An example of its use is counting bo les of cola on the table: How many bo les are there? There are 3 bo les of cola on the table. Interestingly phone calls can also be counted using this counter the logic behind this being that telephone horns used to also be cylindrical (think of the classical phone with a rotary number dial).

Bound volumes
This counter is used for counting bound objects like books magazines notebooks and the like. The pronunciations are:

And an example of use would be: There are 5 books on the bookshelf. (In this sentence is used as a normal noun not a counter.)

Counters and counting 5.3 Counters

235

Volumes

This counter is used to count volumes in a series of bound volumes. For instance a twenty volume encyclopedia comprises worth of books. The dierence between and is that only means bound volume. A stack of reading material consisting of a magazine a newspaper a novel and a text book on Japanese consists of but since these are each completely dierent works the stack does not consist of .

Sections
This counter is used to count sections in a (text) book or lessons in a lesson programme. On its own technically means division but is understood within the context of something educational so mostly translates to chapter lesson section or even (educational) department.

Sheets

This counter is used to count sheet-like things such as sheets of paper plates planks or even things like folded up T-shirts. The pronunciations are:
()

And an example of use would be: How many pages (literally: sheets) is this big book?

Cups

This counter is used to count cups of drink such as glasses of wine cups of tea glasses of beer and the like. The pronunciations are:

236

Counters and counting 5.3 Counters

()

An example of use would be: 2 glasses of red wine and 1 glass of beer please. Note that can mean two things: as a counter statement it means one cup [of something]. However it can also be used as a quantier in which case it means plenty or full depending on the context. When used to mean one cup the pronunciation drops in pitch on whereas when it is used to mean full the pronunciation has a rising pitch on .

Machinery
This counter is used to count mechanical or electrical machinery of all sizes. This would include things like cars televisions pianos cameras sewing machines and the like.

()

An example of use would be: (My) friend Hiroshi said he had three computers.

Counters and counting 5.3 Counters

237

Floors in a building

This counter is used to count oors or levels of a building and has a special pronunciation for 3:

An example of use would be: The bedrooms are on the second oor. For oors underground the prex added to this counter:

(literally meaning underground) is

In addition there are also two useful words to know when it comes to oors being meaning top oor and tween rst and second oor). meaning mezzanine (a oor be-

Instances number of

This is a general purpose counter used to count numbers of [something] such as the number of eggs needed for a specic recipe or the number of bricks in a wall. The pronunciations are:

238 And example of use would be:

Counters and counting 5.3 Counters

How many eggs should (I) add? This counter is a typical fall-back counter when you do not know the proper counter for something although with the note that it only makes sense for things that can be measured in units or instances. So eggs and bricks are ne people or thoughts are not.

Items
This is a special general counter for counting items. Because this counter creates statements such as I will have four [items] its typically omi ed in translation because it doesnt indicate what kind of items are counted at all merely that they are being counted. The pronunciations for this counter as mentioned in the counting section are what make this particle special since it uses the native Japanese pronunciations for 1-9 and has a special question word:

() ()

Important to note is that doesnt actually have as counter at all. Also the question word for this counter can be used not just to ask how many items but also how many years [of age] someone is although this only applies to the age of young children as the counter only really goes up to 10. For children that are older as well as adolescents and adults the regular question word ( / ) which is the question word for the counter for years of age is used instead. An example of use would be: There were 2 oranges left.

Counters and counting 5.3 Counters

239

The Japanese currency

This counter is used for the Japanese currency. This counter has special pronunciations for 4 and 9 and also has a special question word:

()

()

An example sentence would be: This pen was 50 yen. Note the dierent readings instead of and instead of . Also note that the question word for how many yen is actually the question word meaning how much and is remarkably similar to in that it can be used to refer to either quantity duration or frequency. Thus the question how much do you read? can mean three dierent things reected in the possible answers to it: (I) read 1 book every 2 weeks. (I) read 2 hours a day. Oh (I) dont really read that much. Of course in the context of currency is always understood as meaning how much (money). Other major currency counters are the (US) dollar the euro () and the (British) pound.

240

Counters and counting 5.3 Counters

Floor surface

Traditional Japanese houses or traditional rooms in apartment buildings or ats in Japan (called literally Japanese style room) are never counted in terms of

square feet or meters but in terms of how many tatami mats it will t. This unit of measure is one of the common knowledge units of surface measure so its generally a good idea to know it. The size of tatami mats depends on the region ranging from 0.955 meter by 1.91 meter in the Kyoto area to only 0.88 meter by 1.76 meter in the Tokyo area. Thus a room may be bigger or smaller depending on where in Japan you nd it. The counting table is fairly simple with a dierent reading for 9:
() ()

Typically however there are only three counts for namely the common room dimensions for Japanese style rooms: (four and a half) and . When indicating actual counts of individual tatami mats such as when purchasing replacement mats or for out ing several rooms the counter is used instead. The reason for this is that rather than indicating surface measure you are now counting at sheet-like objects which must of course be counted using the counter for at sheet-like objects.

5.3.3 Counters for living things

Small animals and sh
This counter is used to count small animals. Small should not be taken too literally as this counter applies to cats squirrels mice or sh just as it does to great Danes (a particularly huge kind of dog) or even moderately sized alligators. The pronunciations are:

Counters and counting 5.3 Counters

()

241

An example sentence would be: Not even a single mouse should be able to get in (here).

Birds and rabbits

This kanji means wings when pronounced and as a counter is used to count birds. As a peculiarity this counter can also be used to count rabbits (although is more common these days) because of an interesting bit of Japanese history: from the 6th century until the mid-19th century Japanese people were by decree forbidden to eat several kinds of meat between April and October. However birds and adult sh could still be eaten so in order to be able to eat meat anyway people started calling certain animals by dierent names referring to them as birds of sh. Boars for instance became land whales (whales still being considered sh at the time rather than the mammals we now know them to be) and rabbits became birds on account of their oppy ears so these animals were counted using the counters that applied to these animals instead. This practice lasted until 1872 when the Meiji restoration embraced a number of Western views and customs and eating meat was allowed all year round again after a more than 1300 year period of decreed abstinence. That said rabbits can of course also be counted using . The pronunciations for this counter are wholly unremarkable:
()

A fun example sentence for this counter is a classic: There are 2 chickens in the garden. The pronunciation for this sentence is

242

Counters and counting 5.3 Counters

which is always a good reason to use this sentence whenever appropriately possible.

Large animals
This kanji on its own means head and for reasons about as inexplicable as why is used for cylindrical objects is used to count large animals such as sheep cows horses elephants giraes salt water crocodiles (which are astoundingly huge) etc. The pronunciations are:

An example sentence would be: (I) can see 1 horse.

People
It should be noted that there are special pronunciations for 1 person and 2 people using the reading but that 3 and up are all counted using the pronunciation :

An example sentence would be:

Counters and counting 5.3 Counters Are those two (people) over there a (married) couple?

243

The polite counter for people as used by for instance waiters or receptionists is which has a very polite counterpart: . However dont use these counters unless you nd yourself serving patrons in a restaurant or something similar. For normal counting of people stick with .

5.3.4 Occurrences and ranking

Number of times degrees

As a counter for occurrences this counter is principally used only for counting once twice and thrice. For something that occurs more than three times is used instead. Aside from being used for occurrence is also used to count degrees Celsius and geometric degrees (such as a 90 degree angle or GPS degrees). The pronunciations are:

Example sentences would be: Could you please say that one more time? Its hot today dont you think? I wonder what temperature (literally: how many degrees) it is. This particle is also a noun on itself pronounced which is used as a nominaliser for turning clauses into occurrences which will be explained in the next chapter in the nominalisers section. While strictly speaking not genuinely related to counters a special note for this counter involving the indicator meaning now and read as should be

244

Counters and counting 5.3 Counters

added:

can either mean now or next time:

Oh now what?

(See you) next time!

Number of times
Where is used for once twice and thrice can be used for any number of occurrences. The pronunciations are:
()

An example sentence would be: (I) already tried (and failed) three times The same oddity for exists when pairing with Oh now what? Lets do (that) next time. :

Rank
This counter is used to indicate a number in a ranking. This counter has a dierent pronunciation for 9 so the pronunciations are:

Counters and counting 5.3 Counters

245

An example sentence would be: Im (up) third. The rst count in this series is the same that is used in the adjectival superlative in Japanese since it literally means rst and thus also means most.

Issue number

This counter is used to count issues such as magazine or newspaper issues or number in a series such as room numbers on a oor or the number of a limited series prototype car. Like it has a dierent pronunciation for 9 so the pronunciations are:

An example sentence would be: My parents live at number seventeen.

The combination of and is used to indicate a ranked number such as a phone number registration number or product serial number where the number doesnt particularly indicate a rank on its own but does sit at a particular position in the greater list of all numbers of its category. It can also be used to change the number from an absolute value such as 17 Thornhill Street to a position in an ordered list such as the 17th house after you turn left:

246

Counters and counting 5.3 Counters My parents live at number seventeen. My parents are the seventeenth door.

In the second sentence seventeenth is understood to be from some kind of (contextually obvious) reference point like the start of the block or from the oors staircase.

Ordinality

This is technically not a counter but can be added to rank counters to indicate ordinality that is it indicates an items position in some ordered set. Being very specic: adding to a counter changes the count from a cardinal number to ordinal number. For instance it can be used in combination with to create the counter changing the meaning from days or day of the month to the th day (relative to some arbitrary time): We stayed at the hotel for three days. We stayed at a hotel on the third day. Its also frequently combined with to create the counter which changes the meaning from a number in a ranking to number of appearance. For instance a runner with the back number 214 could be the rst person to start in a relay in which case the runner himself would be indicated using 214 (or 214 ) but would also be the because hes the rst runner. Another example of this dierence can be shown in the context of waiting for a bus: Please take the no. 5 bus at this bus stop. Please take the fth bus at this bus stop.

Counters and counting 5.3 Counters

247

5.3.5 Counting time related units

Seconds
Counting seconds in Japanese uses for which the pronunciations are:

()

An example sentence would be: How long will it take? 20 seconds half a minute?

- Minutes
Moving from seconds to minutes the counter for minutes has dierent pronunciations for 3 4 and the question word:

An example sentence would be: Its now 5 minutes to 3. Also the measure half minute (as used in the example sentence for seconds) is

using the same pronunciation as for and .

248

Counters and counting 5.3 Counters

Clock hours

Dont confuse clock hours with durational hours. Clock hours are things like three o clock and seven in the evening. Durational hours are it took 3 hours or I went home after waiting an hour. This counter is for the rst category and indicates the hours of the day:

Note the pronunciations for 4 and 9 both being the short pronunciations. An example sentence would be: What time is it? and in Japanese indicating The indicators for a.m. and p.m. are whether a time is before or after the hour of the horse which corresponds to the period from 11 a.m. to 1 p.m. according to the classical Chinese system. These are prexed to the time: It is 3 p.m. Let us convene at 9 a.m. To make the useful words list complete midday is . and midnight is

Durational hours
By adding the durational particle literally interval to the counter we get the durational counter for hours. The dierence between clock time and duration is striking:

Counters and counting 5.3 Counters What time is it? How long is it?

249

This dierence is also very important for actual counting statements. Quite often people starting with Japanese will mix up and creating sentences such as the following: Its three hours long. When they really mean to say its 3 o clock. Similarly they might say: (I) studied at 2 o clock. while meaning to say I studied for two hours.

Days

Moving up from hours to days we reach a rather interesting counter. As explained before this counter is special in several ways. Firstly counting 1 to 10 days uses the counter in its pronunciation paired with native Japanese readings for the numbers. 14 and 24 too use pronounced as but use a mixed Chinese/Japanese reading for the number and 20 days has its own special word. The rest of the days are counted using in its pronunciation with Chinese read numbers:

250

Counters and counting 5.3 Counters

The reading for diers depending on what its used to mean: refers to the rst day of the month but the reading is also possible in which case it refers to a single day in duration (including my day in for instance my day consists of doing ). Also for every other number under 32 refers to both day of the month and length of duration in days. Any number above 31 automatically only means days of duration since months only go up to the 31st at best. Because of this 34 44 etc. have the pronunciation () instead of . An example sentence would be: (We) stayed 2 days and one night. In this sentence a counter that wont be treated separately is used which means nights of stay. There are two question words regarding dates; we can be either use . We can also ask which means when or we can use the counter question word about the length of duration in days for which we can use two question words too: for approximate duration and for exact duration. Aside from being able to count days its also good to be able to name the immediate past and future days:

three days ago (2 days before yesterday)

day before yesterday

yesterday today tomorrow day after tomorrow in three days (2 days after tomorrow)

You may sometimes head the word

being used to mean today (or less

Counters and counting 5.3 Counters

251

frequently yesterday or tomorrow). However this word is only used when there is some contextual day that is tied to a specic date. The word literally means the day in question and can be taken to mean today (or yesterday or tomorrow) only when the events day in question coincides with today (or yesterday or tomorrow).

Weeks
Increasing the scale further we reach weeks indicated with . Like on its own just refers to the yearly week with referring to length of duration as measured in weeks. The pronunciations are:

An example sentence would be: This years festival is in week 18. The words for the immediate past and future weeks are:
the week before last last week this week next week the week after next

Weeks of duration
Like has to be followed by to turn it into a durational counter:

252

Counters and counting 5.3 Counters The exams are in about two weeks.

() Calendar months
Like and alone refers to month of the year. While western languages typically have named months the Japanese not too long ago in fact gave up on named months in favour of the Chinese system of numbered months resulting in:

January

February

March

April

May

June

July

August

September

October

November

December

The names of the months have been added here to stress that these are not so much numbered months but calendar months. Remember them as such! Also note that there are specic readings for April July and September. You cant use another reading for the number for these words these counts are very much xed in the Japanese language as nouns. The question word for month of the year is The words for the immediate past and future months are:
the month before last last month this month next month the month after next

And nally in the interest of satisfying human curiosity the old names for the months are:

Counters and counting 5.3 Counters

253

Months of duration
When read as and paired with the native Japanese readings for numbers this counter expresses duration in terms of lunar months and is typically only used for indicating 1 to 3 months of duration. This is a slightly poetic counter but is also used in formal writing to indicate the 1-3 month durational range:

Months of duration
While like and on its own means month of the year the sux cannot be used to turn into a durational counter. Instead the prex is used but be careful: this is not the katakana but actually a simplied kanji form of . You can tell this dierence by looking at the size of the kanji: () vs. the katakana is much bigger than the simplied version of . Why exactly this kanji got simplied to this deceptive form is not entirely clear but it has which means youll need to be able to recognise it as a counter. The standard contractions occur in the pronunciations:

An example sentence would be: I will be abroad for three months.

254

Counters and counting 5.3 Counters

Years

Once more there is the distinction between years in an era and years of duration . The pronunciations for are:

An example sentence would be: This book is from 1877. (The era ran from 1868 to 1912 so with 1868 being the rst year the 10th year of the Meiji era is 1877 more on this later in the section on time and dates) The words for the immediate past and future years are:

three years ago (2 years before last) the year before last last year
this year

next year the year after next

Scholar year
Listed as a separate counter only because this counter will be relevant to you as a student of Japanese indicates year of study so that an is a rst year student and a is a fourth year student:

Counters and counting 5.3 Counters (I) am Himura 2nd year student at Tokyo University. Undergraduate students are referred to as .

255

and graduate students as

Years of duration

Once more adding turns the counter into a durational counter: (He) kept with his title (literally: seat) as champion for three years.

Years of age

The one thing cannot be used for is to indicate years of age. For this two special counters are used: and its simpler counterpart . While simpler its generally not a good idea to use it in every instance where writing age is required; because it is simpler using it is a sign that youre not quite good enough at kanji yet to write the real kanji form. The pronunciations are the same as for any other -counter:

The reading for while technically possible should be avoided since it sounds identical to meaning smelly/stinky. Also note that there is a special word for twenty years of age just like there is a special word for twenty days . An example sentence would be: My father will turn 61 tomorrow.

256

Counters and counting 5.3 Counters

There is a special counter that is used for the ages 20 through 90 being

and us-

ing native Japanese numbers (with pronounced ) although typically only 30 through 60 are actively used:

age 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90

count

reading

In addition to these counts there are numerous terms and titles associated with virtually each age but listing all of these goes well beyond the scope of this book.

5.3.6 Additional words for quantication

There are also several adverbs that are used to quantify without relying on numbers. Some of these quantiers can only be used with verbs or verbal adjectives in positive or negative form and whenever this is the case this will be explicitly mentioned.

Always/never
As mentioned in the particle section on this word doesnt mean two dierent things in Japanese but merely gets translated with two dierent words depending on whether its followed by a positive or negative verb. literally: (You)re always saying only those kind of things. meaning: (You)re always saying the same thing. Why is it (you) know (how to do it) when (you) never do it (in the rst place)?

Counters and counting 5.3 Counters

257

Usually mostly

When indicating something happens most of the time or usually is used. Theres not much else to say about it other than that its usually used in combination with a positive verb form: (I) usually get up at 7.

Often
Weve already covered this adverb by virtue of it being the adverbial form of . In a quantifying role it signies a frequent occurrence of whatever verb its being used with: (I) often swim.

Not often / not much

This adverb actually comes from the the verb meaning to be left over and is the counterpart to . It is typically only be used when followed by a negative verb or verbal adjective: (I) dont like (red) tea very much. There is no real dierence between and but the la er sounds slightly more emphatic.

Very
This quantier only works when followed by a positive verbal adjective: This is very cheap isnt it?

258

Counters and counting 5.3 Counters This quantier can be emphatically intensied by sticking a in to form

: That was really really fun.

Sometimes
The kanji form should already give it away but when activities are performed from time to time is used: We all go to the cinema together from time to time. The construction may frequently be found wri en as instead. The choice on whether to use a kanji or kana form depends mostly on intended style. In literary material the kanji form is preferred while in informal writing the kana form is used more.

Not at all
Like this quantier is usually followed by a negative verb or verbal adjective: (I) dont mind at all.

However it derives its negative meaning only from these verbals there is no rule that says this word cannot be used with armative verbals instead in which case it translates to completely. Like the +() words the meaning of itself is merely this complete-ness connoting not at all only because it is paired with a verbal negative.

Considerably rather
Like this quantier only works when followed by positive verbals:

Counters and counting 5.3 Counters This is rather expensive isnt it?

259

Not at all
Like and this quantier is typically followed by a negative verb: (I) dont understand this at all. However on its own just means clean or neatly again highlighting the fact that most quantiers associated with a negative quantity only do so thanks to the negative verb form.

A li le bit

Literally this quantier means in small part and is usually followed by a positive verb: literally: Waiting for a li le while is okay isnt it? meaning: Could (we) wait for just a bit? I understand Japanese a li le (bit).

A li le
This quantier can be followed by either a positive verb or verbal adjective in normal statements or by negative verbs and verbal adjectives when used in the form of a question. When used in a negative question the full sentence actually connotes a positive as can be seen in the following examples: Isnt it a li le cold?

260 Shall (we) take a li le walk?

Counters and counting 5.3 Counters

Used with a positive there is nothing remarkable to note: This is a bit expensive dont you agree?

A lot to the brim

Mentioned in the counter section for this quantier can only be used with positive verbs: (I)m sorry but today is fully booked. Remember that this is only a quantier if pronounced with the part in raised pitch. If pronounced with the part in a lower pitch it means one cup (of something).

Even more
Used as the comparative for adjectives as well as comparative for verb actions this quantier can only be used with positive verbs and verbal adjectives: It looks like its still not enough. (Please) add in (even) more (of the) ingredients.

Very much
This quantier is only used with positive verbal adjectives: Shes much pre ier than any model.

Counters and counting 5.4 Using numbers

261

This word actually translates to a wide spectrum of words because of what its composed of: the mimesis paired with . This mimesis represents a straight through and through somethingness so that it can be translated as very much completely and even forever depending on the context.

All wholly
This quantier means all or wholly by virtue of its literal meaning all parts: (I)ve spent almost all my money.

Beginning students will often mistakenly use this quantier when meaning which means every(thing) rather than all or vice versa so make sure you picked the right one.

Every everything
This quantier is usually paired with positive verbs (and should not be confused with ): (I)ve (sadly) read every book on (my) shelves.

5.4 Using numbers

In addition to knowing what to call numbers and which particles to use for counting statements there are two important number subjects that deserve special mention: telling time and arithmetic. In this section we shall look at these two subjects in depth.

5.4.1 Telling time and date

Times and dates are closely related subjects so well treat them in one go. Weve already looked at time for a bit in the counter section where we discovered that time counters and duration counters are two dierent things leading us to guess at how to properly tell time but lets review these particles in a more specic se ing of

262

Counters and counting 5.4 Using numbers

actually telling time. The Japanese time format can be represented either in a before noon/after noon system or using the 24 hour clock (but unlike the regular concept of 24 hours the Japanese clock can go beyond the number 24. For instance a TV show thats on at 1:20 in the early morning may air at 25:20 in Japan). The Japanese way of forma ing times is similar to the western system namely: rst the hour then minutes then seconds. As an example:

5:2050 As mentioned in the counters section the a.m. and p.m. indications in Japanese are and which precede the actual time:

() (I) will come at 2:30 p.m.

There are two things to note here. One is that is optional. It can be left out in which case the statement is slightly less formal. In fact the whole / indication is optional since typically it will be obvious whether you mean in the morning or in the afternoon. The other thing to note is the use of the sux which indicates half. In Japanese adding this indicates an additional half hour (unlike in some western languages where the indicator half means removing half an hour from the time):

7:30

This is of course the same as saying but using is shorter. Unlike some western languages Japanese doesnt have indicators for the quarters before and past the hour. Instead it has a before and after marker if the time is anywhere from 10-ish minutes before the hour to 10-ish minutes past the hour and respectively. Literally means before or in front of and is the noun derived from the verb to be past (some conceptual point). Two examples of their use are: Its already 10 past 4 are we still going to wait?

Counters and counting 5.4 Using numbers That programme will start 5 (minutes) to 1.

263

But telling time alone isnt everything. If you dont want to use or you can also say whether you mean in the morning afternoon evening or night by using the nouns and respectively:

(I) leave the house every morning at 7. The prex as you may remember from the outline is a prex used to indi cate every [] and is used here to indicate frequent behaviour rather than just a single event. When you want to specically refer to this morning afternoon evening [nothing] and respectively. or night instead the words to use are Theres no real reason why there is no word for this afternoon but there just isnt

any. Instead meaning today is typically used. Also notice the readings for this morning and this night which might be dierent from what you would expect. If we want to be more specic we might add a date to the time were stating. The Japanese format for this is biggest counter rst so the format is: era year month day (day by name) hour minutes seconds The era bit is important here as the Japanese calendar doesnt actually correspond to the western calendar. While the Japanese will use the Gregorian calendar when necessary the proper Japanese way to count years is to name the era to which you are referring and then count the number of years since its epoch. Since these are reasonably important to know the list of most recent eras ordered most recent to oldest is as follows: The era is the current era which started in 1989 and will last as long as emperor Akihito remains emperor. The era was the era before the current era running from 1926 till 1989.

The era is the last most recent era still covering the 1900s running from 1912 till 1926. The era is the rst of the recent eras starting at the Meiji restoration in 1868 running till 1912.

264

Counters and counting 5.4 Using numbers

The numbering for eras is reasonably intuitive: the rst year of an era is the year the era started. Thus 1 corresponds to 1912 and 30 corresponds to 1955. If we write out the full date for when this section was rst wri en we get: () Heisei 17 (= 2005) May 24th (Tuesday) 2:1955 While using kanji for the numerals is a perfectly valid way to write full dates its easier to read if numerals are used instead: 17524()21955 It might also be a good idea to list the days while were at it. The Japanese week is as follows:

sun day of the week moon day of the week re day of the week water day of the week wood day of the week metal day of the week earth day of the week

Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday

While many of the western days of the week derive their name from Norse mythology (more specically the names of the Norse gods) the Japanese as well as several other Asian countries use the elements for their day naming with the sun and the moon to complete the set of seven. These two come rst so the Japanese week conceptually starts on a Sunday even if the rst day of the work week is Monday. When indicating day-series such as mon-wed-fri in English the Japanese use two syllable pronunciations for the days in question. However days with only a single syllable before the

part will have their vowel doubled:

mon-wed-fri
tue-thu-sat

Counters and counting 5.4 Using numbers

265

Note that contractions occur when pairing with because of the in the pronunciation for .

5.4.2 Basic arithmetic

One of the most useful things you can do with numbers is turn them into other numbers by applying such wonderful operations as addition subtraction division and multiplication. These four operations sum up the basic mathematical operations one can perform on numbers and covers what most people consider enough when it comes to doing maths. While of course explaining all mathematical operations is well beyond the scope of this book we will also look at powers and roots in addition to the four basic arithmetic operations.

Addition
Addition is the root of all things maths related. The idea of addition is a childishly simple one: you have something you get more you have more. The mathematical part of this concept is to determine how much more you have and for this we need three things: numbers something that states addition and something that marks an outcome. Luckily (though not unexpectedly) Japanese has all three of these. Numbers we have already seen plenty of the outcome marker is simply and the verb that we use for addition is .

One plus four is ve. In this use acts remarkably western in that even though is used in and should thus be a ributive does not say a one-added four but merely says one plus four (this is also the case for the verb used for subtraction). We can also use on its own for such obvious things as: If (you) add 20 yen thatll make it (a) round (number). Where is a nice li le word meaning exact or precise. In this sentence it is interpreted as round number because in the context of numbers a precise number corresponds to a clean number which can either be a round number or a number without a decimal fraction.

266

Counters and counting 5.4 Using numbers

Subtraction
For subtraction instead of is used:

300 minus 53 is 247.

Division

Division in Japanese is done in the same way as in western maths but the phrasing is somewhat confusing if you dont pay a ention: in western maths the number that results from 3 is pronounced three fths. In Japanese this factor then denominator order is the reverse so instead of saying three fths in Japanese you say ves three: literally: three ve-parts This uses the genitive to link 3 as genitivally belonging to . One thing to note here is that in this use is pronounced and this is the reason why the counter series for minutes has an oddity for three where becomes instead of :
kanji pronunciation meaning Three minutes A third

Multiplication
A nal simple operation is multiplication which uses the noun . This is actually a rather interesting word because on its own it means two fold such as in for instance: (Our) problems doubled. Interestingly this noun can also be used in combination with other numbers (except of course the number 1) to indicate any random multiplication:

Counters and counting 5.4 Using numbers 7 times 5 is 35.

267

Here the literal statement is the ve-fold of seven is 35. This is basic multiplication but theres also another word thats used for the x-fold for one through ten involving the counter which is pronounced in various dierent ways this role:
x x

You may have noticed that this is perhaps the most bizarre counter series the language has; the counter has three dierent possible readings has a mix of possible native Japanese and Chinese readings for the numbers and the native reading used for 10 is very rare one not to mention the question word uses instead of . Needless to say this counter series is special. In fact its so special that its a mainly literary counter for -fold where it depends on the context which reading is used. In eloquent language is more likely and in technical literature will be used more.

5.4.3 More advanced mathematics

While there are many topics that we could treat here this isnt a book on mathematics in Japanese. Treating all mathematical topics would take up too many pages and would for the most part be rather boring. Instead well look at two more simple but less basic mathematical constructions before moving on to real language pa erns.

Squaring and cubing

There are two special words for squaring (x) and cubing (x) and used to indicate squared and cubed units respectively. For instance when indicating something is 500 square kilometres one would say:

268

Counters and counting 5.4 Using numbers 500() (It) is 500 square kilometres.

Or if one wanted to say a particular vehicle has a 12 cubic meter interior one could say: 12 The interior ts 12 cubic meters.

Raising to a power and taking roots

Going beyond squares or cubes and raising numbers to an arbitrary power in Japanese uses the counter

and is used in the following way:

7 to the power 3 is 343. The inverse of this operation is taking the root of some power which is done with the counter noun for root: which is just the counter for raising power paired with the

The square root of 49 is seven. And thats it thats all the mathematics you will probably care to know how to work with so lets leave the numbers as what they are and move on to the next chapter which deals with more general language pa erns.

Chapter 6

Language pa erns
So far weve covered verbal grammar particles and counters as well as a handful of related handy words that ll in some of the gaps. However that still leaves quite a number of constructions that you should be familiar with if you want to use Japanese to any serious degree and so in this last chapter we will look at the rest of the useful Japanese that we still need to cover. In this chapter well look at how to draw comparisons between things making choices indicating possibilities talking about trying things and having things done how to nominalise statements so that we can talk about them objectively (not an unimportant trick!) and the exceedingly important rules for the core of true Japanese social language pa erns: giving and receiving and humble and honoric speech.

6.1 Comparisons preferences and choice

Comparing and choosing are two very related subjects. Making a choice is essentially the same as making a subjective comparison where one thing is more favourable than the other. In Japanese we see two types of choices: the binary choice and the open choice.

6.1.1 Binary choices

The binary choice is simply a choice between two things. Ones preference can swing one way or the other or one can indicate that either choice is ne or both are to be rejected. This binary choice concept in Japanese uses the word in the following questioning pa ern: literally direction

[X][Y]()(some judgement call) Which is more (something); X or Y?

269

270

Language pa erns 6.1 Comparisons preferences and choice

Note that this uses a two item inclusive list with either two particles or a comma after the second choice item (though typically commas are avoided). Because of the use of or (the rst being more formal than the second) this pa ern literally asks A and B; which direction is [more] [something]? and can be applied to virtually anything: Which do (you) like best hamburgers or chicken sandwiches? Which is faster? The train or the bus? Remember that adjectives in Japanese act both as a ributives as well as comparatives so the translation for the last line could also be which one is fast the train or the bus? but it is far more likely that the speaker means which one is faster? because of the fact that a choice is being used in the question. There is always the possibility that the answer to this question is both or neither which use the same words in Japanese: or the more colloquial followed by a positive or negative evaluation (recall this from the section

on interrogatives paired with ) or alternatively the noun [option] suxed with : A: B: C: D:

meaning either

A: Which music do you like best jazz or classical? B: I like either. C: I dont particularly like either. D: I dont (really) know either of the two.

6.1.2 Open choices

If you want to have a larger collection of items to choose from or you want to ask a categorical choice then cannot be used. Instead a choice pa ern involving meaning from amongst must be used. This pa ern can be used for anything such as specic lists of items or just categorical nouns asking the person who

Language pa erns 6.1 Comparisons preferences and choice is oered the choice to pick something that falls into the category. For instance: A: B:

271

A: Music-wise what do you like? (literally: from music what do you like?) B: Hmm. I like jazz. This is an example of a categorical choice where the respondent actually gives a specic answer. Questions like What food do you like? and Which cars are fast? t this pa ern. There is an exception to using this pa ern which involves open choices for locations such as Which cities in Europe have you been to?: as is already a marker for location the part is dropped when asking location questions: Which cities in Europe have you been to? Again it might be that none of the choices are good or that theyre all equally or are used for this ne. Instead of using or particular pa ern to indicate everything or nothing depending on the verb form that follows being positive or negative: A: B: C:

A: Which foods are tasty? B: I dont think theres anything particularly tasty about food. C: Everythings tasty!

6.1.3 Comparison through likeness and impressions

Closely related to choices is the concept of comparing things. After all if you cannot make comparisons you cannot determine preference. There are quite a number of ways in which to compare things in Japanese with varying degree of strength in the

272

Language pa erns 6.1 Comparisons preferences and choice

comparison and varying nuance in the exact way the likeness (or contrast) works. You have already seen some ways in which to do this such as and in the verb and particles sections but there are quite a few more which we will now look at.

Weak impression ( ) second hand information ( )

The noun adjective (a word) paired with a verb in or a verbal adjectives stem is used to create the construction of appearing to be (at the point of) or seems to be (to the speaker). And example of this using a verb is: It looks like (you)ll be able to perform this job. And examples of using verbal adjectives are: It seems warm. A fast looking car. For and this construction is slightly dierent. Rather than (remember that is just the alternative for ) and these two adjectives become and respectively. Note that this as likeness only works with verbs in and verbal adjective stems. can also be used in combination with verbal but then it means something quite dierent: rather than indicating impression this combination indicates second hand information: I heard youd be able to perform this job. They say its warm.

Language pa erns 6.1 Comparisons preferences and choice They say thats a fast car.

273

This kind of second hand information is also called hearsay although this term should not be taken too literally; it equally applies to second hand information from reading a book or watching a documentary on television not just having been told something. As long as its strictly speaking unveried information it counts as hearsay. For nouns a fully qualied statement involving the plain copula is used: I heard hes a teacher.

Strong impression manner having the appearance of

To explain this word we must briey look at classical Japanese in which the noun pronounced was used to indicate a seemingness which we still see in expressions such as or . These mean respectively having the appearance of being a hardship and having the appearance of being a feast. This meaning is preserved in modern Japanese through the use of still but read as . This noun adjective combines with to create a conceptual likeness relating two manners or behaviours to each other: connotes: Please go about your business in a manner that makes it appear as if you didnt hear that. meaning: Please act like you didnt hear that.

A special use of this likeness adverb is with the series and with which it sets up an explicit manner indicator: - in this manner - in that manner - in that manner like so - in which manner

Very similar in meaning to the and series the decision

274

Language pa erns 6.1 Comparisons preferences and choice

of whether to use or (or - - and - equivalents) is mostly decided by what ones intention is. When you need to be instructive or want to highlight a specic act and the performing of it is used. If one instead wants to illustrate or describe (etc.) is used. As such both of the following sentences are possible: This is how (you) use chopsticks. This is how (you) use chopsticks.

However the rst sentence is instructive (telling us what to do) whereas the second sentence is illustrative of a process not so much telling us what to do but telling us how things are. To highlight the dierence imagine that some instructor says and then picks up a pair of chopsticks to demonstrate how to hold them and how to pick things up. For the second sentence the instructor has already demonstrated how to hold them and is in the middle of showing how to pick things up with them when he says . In the rst se ing the sentence acts as a set-up for the actual process whereas in the second se ing the sentence summarises whats already going on. This also means that (etc.) can be used in certain situations where (etc.) do not make sense such as in purely illustrative se ings.

+ + /
can also be used in the special combination + + . This construction literally translates to Doing in a way that is akin to which is a bit cryptic so an example to demonstrate the use: literally: (I) will do (something) in a way that is akin to telephoning. meaning: (I) will try to call (you) However do not confuse this + with + which indicates something ending up like something else rather than trying to do something: (I) tried to (make sure to) call (you)

Language pa erns 6.1 Comparisons preferences and choice (I) ended up calling (you)

275

Manner style
The noun adjective like likens something to a particular manner. It closely translates to way or style and this meaning is evident in words like

meaning

modern (the now-a-day style) or good customs (good style). A special set of words with this likeness adverb is its combination with the series (etc.): - in this way/style - in that way/style - in that way/style like that - in which way/style This combination is used when one wants to focus specically on a way something is (or has been) done. It is eectively a rhetorical adverb qualifying a verb action with itself. That may sound a bit cryptic so an example: literally: Even by talking (to me) in that fashion things that cannot be done cannot be done. meaning: Ask (me) any way (you) want (I) cannot do what (I) cannot do. In this sentence the highlights the way something was said without saying what this way is instead relying on the listener to know in which way the verb action occurred.

Strong impression based on secondary information

Similar to likening something to something else impressions are ones own projections of likeness onto something. For instance if we have the impression something is tall then we can also describe it as being like something that is tall. As such impression words are also quite important to know. When we have an impression of something based on secondary information or indirect observation we can use the verbal adjective to indicate this by using it in combination with verbal or following a noun phrase:

276

Language pa erns 6.1 Comparisons preferences and choice () It seems that this book is Yamadas.

In addition to this can be used to indicate that something generates a certain impression: literally: That way of speaking (plus what was said) is just like (what) Kimura (would use). meaning: Thats so like Kimura. There are two possible situations here. If we are dealing with someone other than Kimura saying something then the commenters use of indicates that Kimura they are reminded of how would talk or behave in that situation. Of course if Kimura herself was the one talking then the use of indicates that this ts Kimuras expected behavioural pa ern.

Strong impression based on direct observation

When commenting on an impression based on direct observation the noun adjective is used after clauses as well as noun phrases: (He) looks likes (he)s tired doesnt (he). Because is a noun adjective it can also be used to form (complex) a ributive phrases: (He is a) strict teacher. (He is a) teacher who looks like (he)s strict.

is very similar to and

Language pa erns 6.1 Comparisons preferences and choice

277

Likeness adverbs

This is a noun adjective that is used primarily as a noun sux to create -ly -al or -ive nouns for comparisons such as:
adjective meaning basically practical subjective from noun meaning basis. the way things are now. subject constituent.

These comparative nouns are used like normal noun adjectives for comparisons: It would basically be uninteresting.

Traits general likeness

This noun sux is comparable to the English sux -ish: Kimikos kind of a tomboy isnt she? This sentence literally reads Kimikos mannish dont you think? This sux also works to indicate traits in something: Dont you think this food tastes kind of French? This sentence literally reads Dont you think this food is French(ish)?

Identical (in some way)

The adjective is actually an odd word a remnant of the classical Japanese not quite ing in the modern verbal adjective class nor quite ing in the noun adjective class. Using the construction [X] is the strongest possible comparison that can be made as it doesnt so much liken two (or more) things to each other but explicitly claims they are identical in some way.

278

Language pa erns 6.1 Comparisons preferences and choice This room is the same as the neighbouring one.

While this is a noun adjective rather than using + when we want to use it adverbially we use the verbal adjective adverbial form: : A:

B:

A: I am Ishida 2nd year university student. B: I am Uematsu also a 2nd year university student.
says I am Uematsu Of course B literally the same but unlike in for instance English it is not impolite in Japanese to omit this contextually already present information since Japanese is a language in which context is presumed to remain known throughout a conversation.

Basically all you have to remember is that for all intents and purposes is the noun and the adverb. If you can remember that you should be ne.

Prone
Closely related to likeness the noun adjective is used to compare something in the prone to way. While a noun adjective there are some instances where can be used with rather than with the for as well: My (younger) sister is someone whos prone to illness. However there are no clear rules on when one can use so typically its best to stick with using as a normal noun adjective using . For verbs and verbal adjectives this sux is added to the : This clock tends to run fast.

Language pa erns 6.1 Comparisons preferences and choice

279

Resemblance

A nal way to indicate likeness is by using the verb meaning to resemble or to be similar. Typically used in - form this verb is used in combination with the particles or where the choice of particle determines the nuance of likeness. Using makes the statement describe near-exact likeness: Those ideas are like the ones I had. The colour of gold is (sort of) the same as brass. Using on the other hand makes the statement describe general likeness or a likeness in a particular (but unspecic) way: (She) really takes after (her) mother. That mountain (kind of) resembles a duck doesnt it?

6.1.4 Discussing possibilities

Related to choices comparisons and likeness there is the subject of possibilities. In English we can indicate possibility in a variety of ways; things may or might be can or could be theyre possible likely unlikely or even stand a chance to be. In Japanese too there are a number of useful ways to describe possibilities which we shall look at in this section.

May or may not

The rst and probably most used is the construction . This construction technically consists of the particles and followed by the negative short potential of to know or be informed; . This construction translates to it could be that implying that the speaker doesnt actually know but is not ruling out that something could be the case.

280

Language pa erns 6.1 Comparisons preferences and choice A: B: A: Didnt he say he wasnt coming? B: He might have said something like that.

As can be seen from the previous example can also be used as theyre just dierent politeness levels. Further alternatives are the highly colloquial and just the particles : A: B:

A: Did Ishida lose his glasses? B: Maybe he (actually) threw them away.

Probably
When a speaker suspects something to be the case but theyre not 100% certain they will use to indicate this. Looking at just the kanji the word literally reads great part and thats pre y much what it means too.

Weve not quite decided yet but well probably head o to Osaka for the summer.

Possibility of
You can of course also be more literal when talking about the possibility of something by using the actual noun for possibility (often also used to refer to an available option). Usually this is paired with the verb to indicate that the speaker believes there is the possibility of something in a way that is more literal than using .

Language pa erns 6.1 Comparisons preferences and choice Now this thing might self-detonate so be careful.

281

Of course can also be used with negative statements usually involving : Theres not even the possibility of failing.

6.1.5 Discussing certainty

In addition to objective possibilities theres also the more subjective idea of certainty. There are a number of words that express this more subjective kind of possibility which deserve just as much mention as the previous set of words.

Surely
When a speaker is hopeful that something is the case can be used. Associated with a positive kind of wishful thinking it is typically translated as surely: I am sure (they)ll show up! In this sentence the speaker can either be condent or can be hoping strongly for the outcome they are talking about even if theres the possibility that this will not be the case.

Certainly
When a speaker is positively certain of something then can be used which translates to necessarily or more in keeping with the negative it really is without fail: (They)re certain to show up. In this sentence the speaker is highly condent in the outcome even if their certainty is based purely on subjective information.

282

Language pa erns 6.2 Nominalising

Uncertainty [X][Y]
Finally there will be times when you are not so much certain but actually uncertain about whether or not something is the case or will happen. For this we can use a construction we already saw in the particle section on namely [X] : I dont know whether or not Ill make this years grade.

The way this is formed is very simple. The clause about which uncertainty is to be expressed is followed by which is basically the double question mentioned in the particle section for creating (essentially literally) [clause] or what? The nal verb then comments on the fact that its not clear which of the two choices are actually to be picked.

(I) will fail this year. Will (you) fail this year or? (I) dont know whether (I) will fail this year or not.

6.2 Nominalising
Nominalisers are those words that turn words that arent nouns or entire phrases specically into noun phrases so that they can be used in larger sentences as topics subjects direct objects or what have you. We have already seen some nominalisers in the particle section (such as and ) and these will be further explained in their roles as nominalisers in this section. It should be noted that most nominalisers require specic particles to follow them in order to work the way they do so when studying nominalisers dont just study the words but also remember which nominalisers take which particles.

Language pa erns 6.2 Nominalising

283

6.2.1 Back referral using

The simplest nominaliser is just the nominalising . This turns any clause that precedes it into a back referral to something either previously mentioned or previously established as the topic somehow. Say we have the following sentence: Going to an art gallery. We can nominalise this sentence into a back referral using by appending it to this sentence:

This has no direct translation on its own but requires a bigger context to operate in; on its own it can mean anything that can be approximated with the [going to the art gallery]. Only when used in a bigger sentence will this noun clause really make sense: Going to (the) art gallery (today) was fun. Here the noun phrase has been turned into a back referral to something that happened.

6.2.2 Abstract conceptualisation using

The noun is used to turn clauses into an abstract thought rather than the actual thing. For instance: (I) have not yet seriously considered whether or not to go to America to study. Here the clause to go to America to study has been turned into an abstract idea about which the comment I have not yet really thought about it is made. Another example of the use of can be seen in the following example:

284

Language pa erns 6.2 Nominalising Would (you) like to add anything to what (I)ve said?

In this sentence there are two abstractions going on: one is the abstraction of said to the thing that was said and the second from to add (a compound verb coming from to a ach and to add) to (a) thing to add. It should be noted that these are genuine abstractions; does not only refer to the actually spoken words but also the thoughts that they stood for and likewise stands not just for words but for thoughts that can be added to the already existent thoughts on whatever was being discussed. This plain past tense + is also used to ask whether or not someone has experience with something in the pa ern [plain past tense] + : Have (you) ever been to France? This sentence diers signicantly from the direct question: Did you go to France? This direct question implies a context in which someone has gone somewhere and youre asking them where they went. Instead by using the concept of having been to France is turned into a generalised abstract concept. Rather than the specic having been to France (when you went on your trip) the question is now about having been to France in general.

6.2.3 Real conceptualisation using

As mentioned in the outline often wri en as conceptualises real but not necessarily tangible things. For instance the following sentence is about a very intangible but very real thing: (You) cant keep that secret hidden forever. Here to be able to keep a secret a secret is conceptualised using to form which translates to that which is

Language pa erns 6.2 Nominalising

285

being able to keep a secret a secret. This is dierent from an abstraction using (): The concept being able to keep a secret a secret The concept being able to keep a secret a secret forever This concept can be talked about as for instance being hard or being impossible or even is unnatural. However using such as in: That which is being able to keep a secret a secret or That which is being able to keep a secret a secret forever only lets use say that it exists or not and thats roughly all it allows us to say; the concept of being able to keep a secret hidden from the rest of the world is something abstract while the actual act of being able to keep some secret hidden is concrete. For the abstract idea is used. For the concrete event is used.

6.2.4 Illustrating a circumstance case or occasion using

When you want to illustrate an occasion circumstance or situation you use the nominaliser which is typically followed by the particle to indicate point in time. Used as a noun on its own has these same meanings: literally: It is dierent depending on circumstances meaning: It depends on the circumstances. Used as a nominaliser it turns the preceding part into a circumstance which can be commented on by connecting it to either a noun phrase using or directly to verbal :

286

Language pa erns 6.2 Nominalising (We)ll consider your case an exception.

In this sentence the clause a personal pronoun meaning you has been paired with to create your circumstance about which a comment is made. can of course also be used for verb phrases in which case it follows the : In case (I) dont have enough money (I)ll borrow it o (my) friends. In this sentence the clause (I) do not have enough (sucient) money has been turned into a circumstance with a comment concerning that circumstance should it arise.

6.2.5 Indicating a moment of opportunity using

If we look at the kanji form of this nominaliser we see meaning next and meaning number or instance. The combination means when [some event] [something else]. For instance: Please let (me) know the moment (you) nd out This sentence turns the clause the for to discover/ nd out into a moment of opportunity should it occur where the action to then take is to let someone know of this discovery. In this use follows verbs in . It can also come after forms but when used this way the meaning of is the same as that of () treated later on. When paired with nouns often also found wri en as tends to be translated as a dependence on: Ill buy it depending on the price. However in this use there is no between the noun and . In fact adding one will radically change the meaning of the phrase as the noun means

Language pa erns 6.2 Nominalising agenda or programme : Due to the pricing programme (being the way it is) Ill buy it.

287

6.2.6 Describing an occurrence using

If you want to describe something that occurs or can occur at times then also often wri en as lets you say something general about these occurrences. This is in part obvious because of the meaning of the kanji which is typically pronounced and meaning time such as one time or three times. Whenever (I) look up at a starry sky (I) remember that (special) night. Here the clause looking up at a starry sky is presented as something that occurs with some frequency and a comment on what is associated to this occurrence is then given. nominalises sentences in and is followed by as it marks a time.

6.2.7 Indicating a specic time or event using

also often wri en as just means time on its own which explains why it does what it does. This nominaliser can be used either by itself or followed by or and follows sentences in :

When (I) rst came to Japan (I) was only 18. Here the clause came to Japan is modied with for the rst time and turned into a specic time/event using after which a comment about this specic time/event is made. Be careful when using with present tense because this will be interpreted as a general every time statement. Every time I come to Japan I get excited.

288

Language pa erns 6.2 Nominalising

The reason for this is that needs to refer to some event but there cannot be a specic event when using present tense as this describes either the present (in which case you would not refer back to it) or the immediate future (in which case the event wouldnt have even occurred yet). The only event then that can refer to is the general event of whatever youre describing. In the case of this means the general event coming to Japan rather than some specic instance of having come to Japan.

6.2.8 Stating an expectation using

In English which is the language this book is wri en in there are two interpretations possible for should: it can mean must such as in you should clean up your room and it can mean expect such as in she should be showing up any minute now. In Japanese these are very dierent concepts and for the second kind of should the nominaliser is used (often also wri en as just ) marking expectation. It follows and noun phrases: literally: It should be that everyone will come today. meaning: Everyone should be coming today. Here the clause everyone will come is turned into the expectancy that everyone will come using .

6.2.9 Stating a social expectation or custom using

Where is used to indicate the expecting should is used to indicate the somewhat imperative should. Now this is a genuinely strange word unclassiable using the modern Japanese word classes. It comes from (with a form ) an overloaded classical verb with two sets of conjugational bases; one for and one for the derived verb which is itself a contracted version of in which the part comes from Basically none of this is important to know in the slightest (unless youre also taking classical Japanese) as long as you can remember its modern bases:

Language pa erns 6.2 Nominalising

classical classical modern not used

289

In modern Japanese this word is so curious that theres no real way to describe it. is used as a noun with its inections being constructions using the copulae ( etc.) but its negative adverbial form can still be formed in the traditional + way giving us . This word then is actually a remnant of classical Japanese that dees modern word classes so were kind of left with exploring it as the need arises. In this case as the nominaliser where it turns phrases in into a social expectation:

You should have taken responsibility.

Here the clause to take responsibility is illustrated as being something that is socially expected from someone in whichever context this phrase was said in. Sometimes this social expectation is a given or common sense but sometimes the expectation is very context dependent such as:

(You) should study English seriously.

Here the clause to study English seriously is turned into a social expectation because of the behaviour of whoever it is said to right now. Probably they are goong o while a proper person would be studying hard in order to meet the social standards. This sentence also shows a special contraction when using with in that it turns into instead of as expected. Like has both a and a and this should make it reasonably obvious when to use which: if youre ending your sentence on it must be used. If on the other hand youre using it as an a ributive then must be used. Truly there is nothing simple or ordinary about this word.

290

Language pa erns 6.2 Nominalising

6.2.10 Indicating a moment in time using

This word takes a clause and turns it into a nominalisation representing a point in space time. For instance: The ceremony will start soon. This sentence literally says We will soon be at the point where the ceremony starts.
Just as (I) was (together) with my boyfriend (I) was imposed upon by a friend.

This sentence literally says at the point of being with my boyfriend I was . While on its own means place and can be followed by several particles as a nominaliser it is typically followed by either or depending on whether the focus of the sentence has to do with the place or time or with the event that occurs. Also note the use of bother here. which should be interpreted as a passive form of

6.2.11 Stating an intention using

Derived from the verb to intend the nominaliser turns a clause into an intention: (We) intend to go up to Wakayama today. In this sentence the clause which translates to going up to Wakayama is turned into an intention. Notice that this nominaliser really only states intention. Planning rather than intending is indicated using the noun plan instead. To indicate a negative intention generally the statement (I) dont have the intention to is used:

Language pa erns 6.2 Nominalising If he has no intention of giving it his all he will be red.

291

Literally this sentence reads Should he have no intention to work hard itll be his head. Aside from this nice reference to how being red was handled in the old days it also shows how a negative intention is used.

6.2.12 Stating a situational explanation using

This nominaliser is somewhat interesting in that it is next to impossible (or often even necessary) to translate because it denotes situational commentary. In English we leave the situation outside our conversations but in Japanese you can use this word to indicate you are directly commenting on the situation at hand commenting on it in an explanatory or reasoning manner. Typically a translation works just ne with (also often wri en as just ) left untranslated but its presence in a Japanese sentence makes quite a dierence in terms of nuance: A: B: A: (He) has not been proven guilty yet. B: (its not as if he)s been proven guilty yet. The rst sentence states that some he hasnt been proven guilty yet as a factoid. The second sentence however states the same but does so in order to counter something that was said or was concluded that might imply the opposite. A good way to further illustrate this is by looking at a proper conversation: A: B: A: B: A: B:

292

Language pa erns 6.2 Nominalising A: I heard Ishida got red. B: Yeah he did. A: If only hed worked harder B: No thats not the reason why. A: Then why? B: The company has cut back on production so several people were laid o.

In the fourth line B literally says no the just-said () is not the reason [for the situation we are talking about]. If we were to omit the construction with instead using the negative form of to form B would instead be saying However (I) am not saying (that) something rather dierent. In fact this use of paired with is fairly standard and indicates a description of the situational comment. Imagine a situation where someone is being held accountable for low grades on their language courses and they are asked to explain why:

(Well) Its not particularly because (I) dont have the brains to learn languages but well I just think its boring so I dont study. Here the situational comment is made in regards to a misunderstanding concerning the situation. The situational aspect that is being commented on is described by as being and is commented on by what follows in this case a simple negation followed by an explicit correction of the assumed reason for failing a language course.

6.2.13 Describing a way using

We already dealt with in the section on comparison and likeness in which we also touched on the subject that it can be used to indicate ways in which things need to be done. We can nominalise sentences in for use as subphrase:

Please tell (her) to bring (her) textbook. Literally in this sentence turns to bring (along) (ones) textbook into a way some action may be performed and then qualies the

Language pa erns 6.2 Nominalising

293

act of saying as this particular way thus creating the (now somewhat elaborately translated) statement please tell her in such a way as to eect her bringing along her textbook. We also saw that can be used adverbially in combination with to create a construction similar to try to : To try to make it class. In this sentence the act of doing is likened to the act of to a end class. This in eect creates the phrase To do in a manner that is like going to class which is interpreted as trying to go to class. verb phrases is also used as manner-conceptualiser Aside from nominalising when paired with in the pa ern []: The message reads as follows. Literally this sentence turns the very short noun phrase meaning next or following into the manner meaning as follows or like what follows and qualies being wri en (by someone) as being done in this following manner.

6.2.14 Indicating an exact manner using

Unlike actually species an exact manner. It takes a clause and species that what follows occurs in the exact same fashion. It follows nouns linked with or verbal : Please continue like that.

(We)ll let him go or stay as he decides to. In this second sentence to decide is turned into an exact way of decision and linked to him () to create the way he decides (on something) . Note that while is a verb is by the very role of as nominaliser a noun phrase and thus can be used in a genitive linking.

294

Language pa erns 6.2 Nominalising

Another example this time with a Japanese past tense that maps to an English present progressive is: (One) shouldnt enter the classroom while wearing (their) hat/cap.
would The literal (though rather ungrammatical) translation of this sentence be in the manner of wearing ones cap it is not the social thing to enter a classroom.

6.2.15 Stating purpose using

When stating the purpose of a particular action is used. This nominaliser takes a clause and links it up to a verb in the pa ern [clause]()[verb] where is used if the clause is a noun phrase and is omi ed when its a verb phrase in : (I) give studying (my) all so that (I) will graduate. In this sentence the purpose of (to study) is (to graduate). Another translation would be in order to graduate I give my all at studying but the concept of purpose is the same in both translations. In pairings between a noun and the noun is typically a general concept noun such as in: (I) will do anything for love. In this sentence the purpose of is the noun giving rise to the obvious translation.

6.2.16 Indicating apparent behaviour using

The noun literally means imitation and it is typically used to indicate apparent (and insincere) behaviour. When an observer knows that certain behaviour is not typical or is uncertain about whether it is genuine can be used to show they are not sure that what they are observing is sincere. This usually comes down to being used in qualitatively negative (meaning its the opposite of positive rather than of armative) statements implications or questions:

Language pa erns 6.2 Nominalising Stop acting like an adult.

295

Its just weird (how) she always pretends to be upset (at the smallest things).
Of course it can also be used for blanket questions such as which literally asks someone to explain their behaviour with the implication that the actions are perceived as not being sincere or genuine. Translations for this can vary wildly due to the fact that it refers to behaviour but typical translations are What do you think you are doing? or Whats going on here?.

6.2.17 Talking about a something using

There is one last nominalising statement we need to look at and thats the nominaliser that lets us make comments regarding somethings. In English a sentence such as The beach is a crowded place can be interpreted in two dierent ways - the rst as a specic statement pertaining to a particular beach the second as a commentary on beaches in general. In Japanese these two dierent interpretations use dierent grammatical pa erns with the rst being a simple [X][Y] statement and the second using : The beach is (so) busy. The beach (in general) is (a) busy (place). The dierence in interpretation comes from what literally means: [X] translates to that which we call X. can be suxed with and to do the expected things and usually is: He having come from a rural area had never (even) seen anything like (what we call) the beach.

296

Language pa erns 6.3 Social language pa erns

To demonstrate the contrast the sentence without means something subtly dierent: He having come from a rural area had never (even) seen the sea. In the sentence without the crucial what we call is missing changing the meaning of from what we generally understand as being called the beach to its literal meaning of sea. This construction is also quite convenient when you want to ask questions: A: B: A: Shall we have a Japanese kaiwa? B: Im terribly sorry but what is a kaiwa? This using in order to turn a specic thing into a general statement is a very common practice in Japanese and youll be hearing it a lot which makes this both an important construction to know as well as not that important to learn; since youre going to be continuously exposed to it anyway youre most likely to learn it through pure conditioning.

6.3 Social language pa erns

In addition to language constructions it is also important to know how to talk to other people. Social status and respectfulness are important facets of the Japanese culture and thus are reected in the Japanese language. In fact the Japanese language is so interwoven with social levels that the rest of this chapter is devoted to it foucssing on such ma ers as giving and demanding face (a concept akin to showing and demanding social respect) addressing others giving and receiving and steering peoples behaviour through suggestions and recommendations.

6.3.1 Showing and demanding face

In Japan and thus when using Japanese you must constantly be aware of what your relation is to speakers and listeners with respect to social position. You do not speak to your boss in the same way that you speak to your friends but you will not speak to the visiting boss of a dierent company as you will speak to your own boss. While you might speak informally with your friends if one of your friends shows up as part

Language pa erns 6.3 Social language pa erns

297

of an ambassadorial delegation you will be required to speak to him as part of the ambassadorial delegation not as your friend the style of Japanese used heavily depends on which group you are in and whether others are in the same group or not.

The in- and out- groups

Whether youre at home at school at work or at play in your own time there is always the concept of the in-group or and the out-group or . These words also literally mean in and out respectively and are highly relevant to deciding what levels of politeness and humble or honoric speech are required in your speech. Familiar speech can only be used with people in your familiar in-group. This group may include family or good friends. Speech pa erns such as highly contracted speech plain form and same-level giving or receiving may be used and you may refer to people in this group by a nickname or by their name either without any title sux or with an aectionate sux such as or . However for older in-group members simply by virtue of them being older and thus deserving more respect it is customary to show face by using someones title (such as for parents or older siblings) or their family name suxed with (for friends that have earned a measure of respect). This means that a younger sibling might call her brother using his title but he might in turn refer to her by her given name or given name suxed with instead. The formal in-group constitutes people who you are associated with through your daily activities work hobbies or through some other means of direct association. With these people and in the se ing of that association politeness is the key. If you work with several people two of which are good friends of yours then you may use informal speech when talking only to them but when the discussion involves other co-workers the se ing changes to formal in-group and formal polite speech is required. Just as you cannot mix proper speech with banter style speech in most western countries you should not mix speech pa erns when using Japanese. polite speech characterised Speech pa erns in the formal in-group involve by the use of / form making sure is always followed by and by using the appropriate name and title suxes. People are referred to directly and indirectly by their family name suxed with and people in special positions are referred either by their title or by using their family name suxed with their title. The informal out-group consists of people that you have no special relationship with. People that ask you a question in the street the bus conductor the fast food employee - all of these belong to the informal out-group and when talking to them you are expected to use and address them if you must by using their family name suxed with or a title if it is apparent that their role deserves one.

298

Language pa erns 6.3 Social language pa erns

The formal out-group is a complex group because in this se ing the social dierences come into play. Anyone not in your in-group in a particular se ing who is of identiable higher social status than you is part of the formal out-group and deserves to be spoken to respectfully. This does not just mean using but also and the honoric and humble speech pa erns. For instance while you may work at a company the companys vice president will typically not be part of your work in-group and certainly doesnt fall in the informal out-group. He should be spoken to using polite honoric forms and when speaking about your own actions you should humble yourself by using humble speech pa erns. Finally there is one last group that needs mentioning: the not relevant in terms of social se ing (yet) group associated for instance with small children or newcomers to a school job or club. People in this group may be referred to using aectionate terms such as or but interpreting these as an indication that they are part of the speakers familiar in-group would be a huge mistake to make. Instead these terms indicate the they have no social value yet.

Moving between groups

While these group denitions sound relatively straightforward transitions from outgroup to in-group or from formal to familiar in-group are much harder to characterise and can lead to considerable problems if one party believes a transition from out- to in-group or from formal to familiar has occurred when the other party does not. Imagine you have just accepted a job at a Japanese company. You are assigned a mentor and at rst the division is clear. You know nothing are nothing and your mentor is responsible for shaping you into a proper employee. To your mentor you will rank as not on the social ladder yet and to you your mentor will sit in the formal out-group. This means that you may be addressed using while you are being or and you will address him or her with their title mentored. Now we move the clock forward by half a year. You have been accepted into the workforce formal in-group and have even made some good friends from within that group going drinking on the weekends with them. You are still working with your mentor but no longer under a mentor/trainee relation but as a co-worker relation and you decide that it is time you start to use their name suxed with rather than keep calling them and in doing so you have made a critical and relationship-breaking mistake. Moving people from a group to a more intimate group always requires explicit permission from the person youre moving if your mentor never indicated that he or she believed you were now well integrated into the workforce then you could sing high or low work there for six months or six years but until they give no-

Language pa erns 6.3 Social language pa erns

299

tice that they consider you worth giving more face they will stay a and unilaterally deciding that you no longer consider them one means that you are not showing them the right amount of face. The same goes for making friends in school. You address people as if theyre part of the informal out-group until they indicate that you may refer to them in a way consistent with the formal or familiar in-group. When the relation is between someone of higher social status and someone of lower social status the permission has to come from the person of higher social status but in situations where the social status is on equal footing such as with classmates or co-workers it typically involves a period of feeling around for the boundaries of your personal relationship and at some point at least indicating that you do not mind if they refer to you in a way that corresponds to a closer group.

Demanding face
If things go wrong it would be wonderful if someone would just say that it did but typically this will not happen. Instead rather than explaining that they are uncomfortable with you addressing them using the speech pa erns belonging to a more intimate group than they expect to be in their own speech pa ern will become more distal. What was natural Japanese one day may suddenly be changed to formal and distant Japanese after your mistake and thats usually the only clue youll get that something went wrong. Rather than demand face you will be confronted with the fact that you acted inappropriately by a change in speech pa ern and you would do well to notice it - making someone lose face or not giving enough face can only be compensated by observing the right levels of formality again until the incident has been forgo en or at least left in the past. This also means that you are responsible for demanding face yourself. Not demanding face because youre just that nice a person doesnt y. You are responsible for behaving properly according to Japanese custom and that means you must take responsibility when it comes to maintaining the social balance. If someone gets too familiar with you a change from formal polite to distal polite language is the clearest signal you can give that certain boundaries have been crossed.

6.3.2 Addressing people

Certainly one of the things that is more important in Japanese than in a lot of western cultures in terms of social language use is picking the right pronouns and names when addressing people. Not because the terms are particularly dicult but just because there are actually a great number to choose from. Personal pronouns and name suxes play an important role in being able to navigate your way through interpersonal dealings so a brief moment to examine which words can be used and when will go a long way to helping you stay on top of every day Japanese.

300

Language pa erns 6.3 Social language pa erns

Personal pronouns
Some people may tell you that Japanese has no word for you based on the fact that the standard way to address someone in Japanese is to use their name paired with a sux to indicate their title rank or social relation to you. However this would be drawing the wrong conclusion: one avoids using direct personal pronouns as much as possible in Japanese but there are in fact a great number of direct personal pronouns that can be used when the need arises. The important thing to note is that because of the way in which people are normally addressed using personal pronouns carries extra weight all of them mean more than just I or you. Specic pronouns connote dierences in social levels as well as dierent politeness levels. As mentioned all the way at the beginning of this book Japanese is a sparse language and personal pronouns fall in the category of words that are omi ed once established in a conversation. While in English for instance one would constantly use the personal pronoun you to indicate a listener or reader in Japanese this is considered poor language skills and would be experienced as highly annoying to have to listen to. This goes for all personal pronouns; after they have been used and while the conversation is focused on the person(s) they indicate they are left out of the conversation. Explicitly keeping them in is not just considered bad form it can even be considered an insult as it amounts to indicating that you believe your conversational partner is unable to understand what you mean if you leave them out. That said sometimes you simply need personal pronouns and for those occasions it serves to know which can be used in which se ing.

First person pronoun - I

an overly formal version of I. This personal pronoun is typically too formal for any situation you will be in. the gender-neutral formality-neutral personal pronoun for I or me. a female-only version of the formality-neutral person pronoun the formality-neutral personal pronoun for I or me used predominantly by elders. literally this noun means servant. Used predominantly by men this personal pronouns means you humble yourself in respect to the listener. While predominantly used by men it can be used by women too and due to its meaning as noun may actually also be used to mean you when addressing servants (although this does make the speaker look down upon whomever is used for).

Language pa erns 6.3 Social language pa erns

301

a boastful rst person personal pronoun which is used when you are condent that sounding boastful is accepted. Predominantly used by men this can also be used by go-ge ing women. a classical personal pronoun meaning I. You are most likely to hear this pronoun used in samurai drama rather than in every day Japanese.

Second person pronoun - you

a version of you that contains a slight element of looking down on someone. You are technically placing yourself higher on the social ladder when you use it. a crass and almost rude way to say you

the distal deferred way to say you. Because it is very formal it can also be considered impolite outside of very formal se ings. Remember from the section that can also be used as an intimately familiar personal pronoun.
the shortened version of this is roughly the same as using .

something to avoid. While means precious or honor and is an honourable sux this word has made a half turn from being used as a classical honoric pronoun to a modern day accusative pronoun and is as close to a curse word as possible without actually being one. another pronoun to avoid. While classically this pronoun meant you its meaning has shifted to an accusative pronoun instead similar to . a classical personal pronoun meaning you. You are most likely to hear this pronoun used in samurai drama rather than in every day Japanese.

Third person pronoun - he/she

while a neutral he this word should be avoided simply because it is considered bad practice to use personal pronouns. Because of this it is slightly derogative to the person youre referring to if you know them by name.

302

Language pa erns 6.3 Social language pa erns when used as personal pronoun has the same connotation as except for girls. However in addition to being a personal pronoun it can also mean girlfriend as a regular noun (with the noun version of boyfriend being ).

A derogatory gender neutral third person pronoun. This pronoun is generally associated with literally speaking evil of someone meaning talking (derisively) about someone behind their back. Japanese has no explicit plurals so you might think that expressing we or them might require separate words too but this is not the case. There exist group suxes in Japanese that can be used with personal pronouns to turn the single person me into the group we the single person you into the group you [people] and the single persons he/she into the group them . There are two in common use in modern Japanese the rst of which is which is used to turn virtually all personal pronouns into personal group pronouns. The second which is used with a few specic pronouns is . This is an older sux and can be used to turn (you) into (plural you) (he) into (them) and (accusative you) into (plural accusative you). When using group suxes for or it depends entirely on the gender of the rst person in the group that you refer to. If theres a group of mixed gender but you were just talking about a female member of the group then the entire group can be referred to using . Similarly if a male member of the group was talked about will refer to the exact same group. It should be noted that these markers are not true plural markers. literally means the group I am part of and can refer to either a physical group gathered at some point in time at a specic location or can refer to someones in group. Similarly is also a group marker where for instance means the group you are part of. It is important to remember this as some translations for sentences that have plural personal pronouns cannot use these / markers: As the commi ee on social aairs we have decided to .
This kind of sentence in which someone speaks for an entire group requires the group representative personal pronoun pronounced either as in the pat-

tern

[] or as in the pa ern

[]. To turn this pronoun into a group

pronoun the special word is used rather than adding the group suxes or . However the most important thing to remember is that you should try to use personal pronouns as li le as possible. Instead if youre referring to someone of whom you know the name use their name suxed with or a more specic

Language pa erns 6.3 Social language pa erns

303

name sux instead. If you do not know their name nd out what it is. The only polite way to refer to people is as people avoid referring to them as mere objects by using pronouns.

Name suxes
There are various name suxes that indicate dierent kinds of social relations and using them out of place can have an eect anywhere from sounding like youre joking around a bit to simply insulting someone. For this reason its a good idea to go over the list of common name suxes and see what they do. Also important is to note that people in Japan refer to each other by their family name suxed with the appropriate name sux and not by rst name until there is a clearly dened friendship.

This is the standard name sux that is used across Japan to refer to as well as to call the a ention of people to whom you have no particular relationship.

An honoric sux this name sux is used when someone is of considerably higher status used to indicate a master in a master/servant relation or a patron in a patron/proprietor relation. This sux is also used when writing someones name as recipient on a le er or card where it can be followed by to indicate that this name is to be the recipient of the communiqu.

A classical honoric sux that is in use today principally for formal addressing in writing. Like can be used on le ers and cards for indicating the recipient.

This name sux is used to indicate that someone is a representative of a specic house or has a particular lineage similar to the ocial English title sir or distinguished gentleman. Historically this name sux has only been used for men as women did not act as representatives of a house and this gender specic use has not changed to date.

304

Language pa erns 6.3 Social language pa erns

Commonly associated with meaning teacher someone who is referred to with is not necessarily a teacher by profession. For instance a doctor is a as is a school teacher a lawyer or an expert on politics. When someone is called upon for their knowledge then in this role they are addressed with .

While typically associated with li le girls is actually an aectionate sux. It can be used for boys girls men and women alike but only when there is a relation that is close and/or amiable. While it can be used for anyone it does deserve mention that it is indeed used for women more than for men.

This sux is an amicable sux similar to but has a slightly dierent connotation. While nds it origin in young children who cannot say yet and thus is readily associated with li le kids and other cute things doesnt actually come from anything but is a word on its own also used to mean junior both in the naming sense as well as the social hierarchy system. While still being used for this it has also picked up the added meaning of being a sux used amongst equals who have an amicable relationship.

This is not so much a sux as the complete opposite: the practice of refers to calling someone by just their name without any sux and the word refers to discarding () formalities when calling () each other.

Nicknames
A nal drastically dierent approach is to come up with a nickname for someone based on their name a habit some personal feature or whatever random thing you can think of that might make good material for a nickname. This practice is fairly obviously reserved for close relationships.

Language pa erns 6.4 Acknowledging social status

305

6.4 Acknowledging social status

The most important way in which to acknowledge social status and dierences in status is through your choice of phrasing when it comes to asking for things or doing things for people. These are not trivial subjects and the next two sections will explain this in (perhaps excruciating) detail.

6.4.1 Giving and receiving

Giving or doing something for someone and receiving or taking a liberty (i.e. helping oneself to something) are concepts that seem simple if youre used to the English way of expressing yourself but in Japanese these seemingly trivial things require quite a bit of explanation as they are dependent on relative social status and the direction of giving or receiving as well as involving a careful choice in particles to use. Involving both plain verb forms and form conjunctions the acts of giving or doing for someone and receiving or taking a liberty or having someone do something cover some of the more complicated verb constructions in the language. What makes things so complicated is that the verb used and its implied meaning can make the dierence between respectful behaviour and rather blatant indirect insults; condently using the wrong verb can pre y much declare that you experience your status relative to your partner very dierently from what they thought it was. In the best case this can lead to short lived misunderstandings but more often than not it will result in a suddenly much more distal relationship. So let us look at the right way as well as the wrong way to handle this culturally grounded practice.

Giving or doing for someone

In Japanese giving and doing for (someone) are at least grammatically the same thing. However while in English giving involves just the one verb in Japanese things are not that simple: depending on the social status of the individual parties and who is doing the giving dierent verbs are used. This comes down to two possible directions of giving/doing for the rst of which is giving away: 1. rst person (I or we) to second person (you) i.e. I give to you 2. second person to third person (him her them or it) i.e. you give to her and 3. rst person to third person i.e. I give to them. Giving or doing for in this direction can be done using three dierent verbs with the choice depending on the social dierence between the giver and the receiver:

306

Language pa erns 6.4 Acknowledging social status

1. if the giving is being done to someone or something whose status is irrelevant (very good friends young children pets etc.) (++) is used. 2. if the giving is being done to someone of equal or higher status (++) is used. In writing both kanji and kana forms may be used. 3. if the giving is being done to someone of greatly higher status (++)

is used. In writing both kanji and kana forms may be used.

Now this requires a bit more explaining because when it comes to giving virtually any situation involves giving to equal or higher status. Unless you intend to highly oend someone basically anyone capable of normal interaction will for the purpose of being given to be of equal status at the very least. If we have never met before and I have something to give you then I will describe this giving from me to you using either ++ (for the giving of an action i.e. doing for (for the giving of an object): you) or just I gave something-or-other to a person I dont know in the slightest. I did something-or-other for a person I dont know in the slightest. The reason that we are of equal status (at the least) is essentially one of politeness. Unless I despise you any event in which I give you something means there is at least a modicum of respect and as such I will indicate this by using the verb which literally translates to lift (something). By using this verb and for the duration of the giving I lower my own social status and elevate yours. If you accept my gift things go back to normal. However in typical Japanese style most gifts (even the gift of doing something for someone) between non-familiar people meaning not good friends or family members will at rst be mock-refused. This is one of those interesting cultural pa erns where behaving like a foreigner can cause serious problems: it is customary to kindly refuse any gifts or oers for help so that the giver can insist. Only then will a gift or oer for help be accepted. Not because the receiver had to be persuaded but because thats simply the only proper way to go about the issue of giving in Japan. If you are oered tea kindly refuse then accept once oered again. Flat out accepting could easily be considered rude and at out rejecting quite possibly even more so. So with that covered a few examples of giving:

Language pa erns 6.4 Acknowledging social status (I) bought owers for Kimiko.

307

I threw the garbage away for my mother. (I) gave my friend a really interesting book for (his) birthday. You may have noticed that all the parts of these sentences that translate to for have been marked with the particle . As mentioned in the section on verb particles in the chapter on basic grammar this kind of prepositional phrase is simply treated as a verb detail in Japanese and as such is marked with . You may have also noticed that in the last sentence was used on its own: when used alone it strictly means give. When used in ++ for it typically means doing for (someone). In cases of severe dierence in status such as a maid serving dinner for a household or a clerk handing a CEO a report is not enough. The more formal must be used. However as you are unlikely to nd yourself in a situation warranting this verb (for actual gifts) and ++ (for actions) should be all you need. Before we move on the previous example sentences may have created a wrong impression concerning who can do the giving when using this verb. As mentioned this concerns giving from rst to second second to third and rst to third person so in fact all the following translations are correct (in the absence of some disambiguating context): I gave my friend a really interesting book for his birthday. We gave our friends really interesting books for their birthdays. You gave my friend a really interesting book for his birthday. You gave your friend a really interesting book for his birthday. I gave your friends really interesting books for their birthdays. etc. The variations are quite numerous but usually sentences such as these will be used in a se ing where it is relatively easy to determine which of the multitude of interpretations is the most likely intended one due to contextual information. So that leaves the verb . We can be fairly brief about it: you do not use except in the rare event where the giving is done to something inherently without

308 social status:

Language pa erns 6.4 Acknowledging social status

(I) gave the children some candy.

But even this is not without danger: if the children in this example sentence were for instance your bosss children then saying you got them candy using this phrase to your boss would in fact be quite rude as you have just implied his children are without social value. So be careful and if at all possible avoid using entirely. technically means do similar to but while it is possible to use this verb as alternative to in a highly informal intimate se ing (with close friends for instance) its all too easy to accidentally use it with someone who was not aware you considered them part of the group for which status was irrelevant. So again use with care and if possible simply do not use it. With so much explanation one would almost forget that this only covered the rst of the two directions for giving. However theres also the opposite direction: 1. third person to second person i.e. he gives to you 2. second person to rst person i.e. you give to me 3. third person to rst person or i.e. she gives to me and 4. third person to (other) third person i.e. they give to them. Giving or doing for in this direction can be done using two very dierent verbs the choice of which again depends on the social dierence between the giver and the receiver: 1. if the giving is being done by someone of equal or higher status (++) is used. In writing both kanji and kana forms may be used. 2. if the giving is being done by someone you are on a familiar basis with ( ++) is used. In writing this typically uses the kana form.

This should be relatively obvious in terms of how to use it. If a teacher a boss or simply someone you dont know gives you something or does something for you ++ is used: (I) received a gift from (my) mother

Language pa erns 6.4 Acknowledging social status (My) teacher showed (me) something quite good.

309

Rather than using these are normal verb actor phrases so and are simply marked with or if we need to disambiguate. If we wanted to use (which is possible) then we would have to rst make the sentence passive so that the tense matches the particle: (I) was shown something quite good by (my) teacher. Now again the sentences might create the wrong impression that it all centres around third to rst person. To once more show the multitude of possible interpretations in the absence of disambiguating context a list of possible translations for the last phrase: My teacher showed me something quite good. Your teachers showed them something quite good. His teacher showed you something quite good. Our teacher showed us something quite good. etc. In a familiar se ing rather than which literally translates as issuing (something) such as issuing orders to (lower ranked) troops we can use the verb . When talking to or about friends or even family members this verb does exactly the same as : (I) got (this) wonderful (new) bag from Haruka. DVD (I) was bought the DVD (that I) wanted for a long time by (my) friend. Regardless of whether we use or we can explicitly add in the receiver if that information is required. In this case we are forced to use to mark the recipient of the action but do not confuse this for what does in the presence of a passive verb form:

310

Language pa erns 6.4 Acknowledging social status Haruka gave Kimiko a wonderful (new) bag.

In this sentence because its in the active voice is the verb actor and the receiver. If we use a passive construction instead we get: Haruka was given a wonderful (new) bag by Kimiko. Here because it is a passive voice the buying was done by and is actually the subject of having been bought for now being the receiver! Not only the verbs count so do the particles!

Receiving having done for or taking a liberty

Receiving luckily only concerns one direction and uses the two verbs and

or (the choice of which kanji to use is mostly arbitrary as in this use and are typically wri en in kana rather than using kanji forms): a) third person to second person i.e. you get from her b) second person to rst person i.e. I get from you c) third person to rst person i.e. I get from them and d) third person to (other) third person i.e. they get from him Just like the verbs for giving and apply to dierent status levels respectively. While both apply to receiving from someone of higher or equal social status the dierence in social level determines which verb is used: 1) if the receiving is from someone of equal or higher status (++) is used. The kanji form is rarely used for this verb. 2) if the receiving is from someone of signicantly higher status ( ++) is used. The kanji forms are rarely used for this verb. You may recognise from its polite present tense: which is used as a set phrase spoken before starting a meal. Literally this phrase means I (humbly) receive (this food) or I will (humbly) help myself to (this food). Both meanings are essentially simultaneously true which highlights an interesting aspect of receiving in Japanese: just as giving and doing for (someone) are considered essentially the same thing so too receiving having done for and helping oneself to (something) are considered the same thing.

Language pa erns 6.4 Acknowledging social status

311

When the verbs and are used on their own then the receiving as well as the helping oneself interpretation are possible and when used combined with a + combination the interpretation is typically having (something) done for (someone): (I) got back from (my) aunt the book (I) lent (to her). (I) got bought a new bicycle by my father.

When the activity in question involves direct contact may also be substituted by which rather literally means from: (I) got back from (my) aunt the book (I) lent (to her).

The interesting fact about these statements is that they can also be interpreted as quite selsh: both and have an element of prompted action to them. Rather than things being given or acts being performed out of the kindness of peoples hearts we are in some way responsible for them being done for our benet which is why we can interpret these verbs as expressing taking a liberty too: (I) got (my) aunt to return the book that (I) lent her. (I) got my father to buy (me) a new bicycle. This may sound odd but think of it this way: if the actions were genuinely unprompted they would have been gifts. And for gifts we use very dierent verb constructions: (My) Aunt gave me back the book (I) had lent (her). My father bought (me) a new bicycle.

312

Language pa erns 6.4 Acknowledging social status

Another good example of using or for taking a liberty is the following short conversation:

A:

B: A: (A takes an apple) A:

Which translates to:

A: Whose apples are these? B: Oh theyre Keikos. A: I see A: Well then Ill just help myself to one.

It should be fairly obvious whats happening in this exchange: much like how the verbs and can mean give and can be used to mean take.

In summary

To summarise these rather complex pa erns what follows are three images representing the three dierent acts: giving (something) being given (something) and receiving (something). Note that the numbers 1 2 and 3 in the images represent rst person second person and third person respectively:

Language pa erns 6.4 Acknowledging social status

313

Giving

A schematic representation of verbs involved in giving in Japanese

We see three areas in this image:

1. When giving to someone socially much higher we must use

2. when giving to someone who is either socially higher or equal we must use and

3. when giving to someone (or something) without social status we can use .

314

Language pa erns 6.4 Acknowledging social status

Being given

A schematic representation of verbs involved in being given in Japanese

We see two areas in this image:

1. When being given something by someone who is socially higher we describe their giving by using and

2. when being given something by someone who is socially equal or lower we describe their giving by using .

Language pa erns 6.4 Acknowledging social status

315

Receiving

A schematic representation of verbs involved in receiving in Japanese

We see two areas in this image: 1. When receiving something from someone who is socially higher we describe or (the choice of which to use being essenour receiving by using tially arbitrary as is generally wri en in hiragana in this use) and 2. when receiving something from someone who is socially equal or lower we describe our receiving by using .

6.4.2 Indirect speech

One of the important things in using Japanese is to be indirect whenever possible in formal situations. This entails asking indirect questions instead of direct questions making indirect suggestions instead of telling people what they should do according to you and stating assumptions rather than stating truths even if they are truths. This section will explain how to turn direct speech into indirect speech and for which constructions this is easily done.

316

Language pa erns 6.4 Acknowledging social status

Expressing hearsay
One way to state something indirectly is by making explicit the fact that you only heard or read something somewhere rather than it being something that you believe or know. As mentioned in the section on comparison and likeness this is done using the noun adjective in combination with a clause in to form a hear-say construction. Compare the following two statements: That popular group will disband. I hear that popular group will disband. While the rst sentence implies that the speaker is certain of the stated fact the second sentence states the information more carefully stating that it seems the case that something is a fact based on having heard or read it somewhere. This indirect form of stating something can only be done for second hand information and should never be used to soften a statement that isnt actually hearsay.

Negative questions
Asking a negative question is in many languages a way to politely ask someone to do something. For instance wont you join us for dinner? is an English phrase that has the implied meaning please join us for dinner rather than the literal you will not be joining us for dinner will you?. In Japanese the same applies: Wont (you) come over (for a social visit) again some time? (In this sentence is not used to mean play but to spend time leisurely hence the implied clause for a social visit) A more polite way to ask negative questions is to use the form with a negative form of : Wont (you) have some tea?

Language pa erns 6.4 Acknowledging social status

317

These negative questions can also be formed with plain negative form but they become more informal that way: Wont you have some (literally: eat) cake? Giving answers to negative questions can trip up beginning students quite easily as the following example illustrates:

A: B:

A: Wont you go (with me)? B: Yes (I wont go with you). The problem lies with the fact that an armative answer to a negative question arms the negative. Usually it is easier to answer with what you will be doing rather than using yes or no: A: B:

A: Wont you go (with me)? B: I will. An even be er solution is to express your answer in the form of a motivation plus answer when a negative question is asked thus making it virtually impossible for your answer to be misinterpreted: A: B:

A: Wont you go (with me)? B: Well (Im) free (anyway) (so) sure Ill go (with you).

318

Language pa erns 6.4 Acknowledging social status

Recommending using past tense +

If we want to make a recommendation there are various direct and indirect ways of doing so. One of the most common approaches uses a verb in plain past tense paired with which creates a construction that essentially says It might be be er if you []. A:

B:

A: (My) girlfriend is angry with (me) because (I) was late. What should (I) do? B: Well wouldnt it be sensible (literally: good) to apologise (to her)?
This kind of recommendation is fairly direct and thus some care must be taken in making sure that your relationship to whomever you make a recommendation to allows for this level of directness.

Oering your opinion using -

A less direct way of recommending something is by oering your own opinion. Using a hypothetical conditional paired with your own opinion on how good or bad this situation would be is a less direct way to suggest a course of action to someone. For instance: A: B:

A: Oh no Ive been writing mistakes all over the place. B: Well it wont be that big of a deal if you just x them? While this is of course still reasonably direct in the sense that youre imposing your own opinion on someone it is less direct than the previous past tense + .

Language pa erns 6.4 Acknowledging social status

319

Asking about an option using -

A truly indirect way of making a suggestion is by oering it as an option without actually saying whether you think its the right course of action or not eectively leaving the process of deciding whether its a good idea or not entirely up to the listener: A:

B:

A: No ma er how much I study I dont seem to understand this. B: Hmm. Well what about asking the teacher?
This is the most polite way of making a suggestion because it only stays at making the suggestion without adding a personal recommendation to it meaning you do not decide what the other person should do.

Pseudo-future suggesting and presuming

As you may remember from the section on the pseudo-future from chapter 3 the pseudo-future can be used for three things namely the dubitative cohortative and presumptive and it turns out that these last two are ideal for use in indirect speech as they guess at the world and leave the conclusions or decisions based on these guesses up to the listener instead of imposing your own opinions on them: Shall (we) go (out) for sushi today? This question leaves the decision up to the listener which is typically a polite thing to do unless of course youre dealing with someone who is bad at making decisions in which case using indirect speech is arguably not a good idea in the rst place. The reason this computer is broken is (probably) because its old (right?). In this sentence the speaker assumes that the computer in question is old and leaves the ma er of whether this assumption is correct up to the listener to decide thus not providing potential disinformation to the listener. Of course this is an over-

320

Language pa erns 6.4 Acknowledging social status

analysis and these forms arent actually so much used to prevent disinformation as just used because indirect speech is polite and thats what you use. However the analysis does hold up to scrutiny for a good reason: not presuming to know be er means youre never forcing anyone into anything which makes you quite civilised.

Double negative statements

In addition to these reasonably obvious suggestions recommendations and opinions we can also let our intentions shine through by using roundabout phrasing thus softening our own convictions opinions and intentions. The most common way this is done is by using double negative pa erns as described in the following sections.

Regular double negative

The regular double negative construction is essentially the same as in English relying on the presence of volitional verbs (say do believe promise etc.): (I) cannot say (I) wont do it. I wont promise not to tell your boss. Note that in this use the double negative is set up using in its role as quoting particle. However there is a more frequently used double negative pa ern in Japanese used in a more subtle way to express an armative which deserves special a ention.

Complex double negative

Frequently used but certainly confusing the rst time one sees or hears it is the double negative hypothetical construction + + /. While it uses two negatives to do its job its actually used to imply an armative action instead. In a way this makes sense: I will not not-drink the coee has two negatives but the rst negates the second so the sentence might as well read I will drink the coee. We see the same happening in the Japanese complex double negative but with an added nuance:

Language pa erns 6.4 Acknowledging social status literally: It should not become a fact that I am not studying meaning: I really should go study.

321

This construction requires some analysis: the construction is formed by inecting a verb in plain negative form + and turning this into a hypothetical: + + . This negative hypothetical is then followed by either the negative form of become or the negative form of which is a verb that expresses the gurative will do such as in Yes that will do nicely. Because they express slightly dierent things the choice of which to use depends on what a speaker wants to express. Using + + (or polite using ) expresses that something should be done i.e. that the negative verb action should not come to be. Using + + (or polite using ) expresses that something has to be done i.e. that the negative verb action simply will not do. As such typically translates to a need to do something whereas typically translates to a must: I (really) need to practise piano (now).

In this sentence there are no additional connotations: the speaker simply notes that they should practise piano. They might need to do so in order to improve or because a recital is coming up but this is left in the middle. I must practise piano.

In this sentence there is the additional hidden information that not merely should the speaker practise but that not practising will have undesirable consequences. Rather than just needing to practise this practice has to be done to avoid whatever these undesirable consequences may be. Colloquially there are shorter versions of namely and . Because of the colloquial nature of the shorter forms these are typically paired with the plain negatives and as well as even more colloquial and depending on who you talk to or . The rst is strictly speaking the short negative form of rather than ; the second is a word often associated with the dialects spoken in the Kansai region although it is also used in other parts of Japan.

322

Language pa erns 6.5 More advanced grammar

6.5 More advanced grammar

While there are a lot more topics available in the discussion of Japanese grammar a selection had to be made for a book titled an introduction to Japanese. This book already covers more than what you would traditionally nd in an introductory reader on the language and sticking in even more topics would make it a far more complete work but also tremendously more voluminous. As such this is the end of this introduction to Japanese syntax grammar and language. For further grammar I can recommend picking up copies of the Dictionaries of Basic Intermediary and Advanced Japanese Grammar by Seichi Makino and Michio Tsutsui and referring to them whenever you run across interesting grammar use in Japanese material or going on in search of more specialised dictionaries and reference works there are plenty available! I hope you enjoyed this book and I wish you all the best in your studies!

Appendices

323

Appendix A

Conjugation Schemes
This appendix focuses entirely on the conjugation schemes that have been treated in this book organised in two sections. The rst lists all the base forms for the various verbals treated in this book the second lists the actual conjugation tables for all these verbals.

A.1 Bases
There are two sets of bases one associated with and one associated with classical (or literary) Japanese modern (or colloquial) Japanese. These are:

base imperfect continuative sentence ending a ributive perfect commanding

In addition to these bases all verbal words have a stem called the which is that part of the verbal that does not change during inection. On a functional note the term dictionary form used in this chapter (and preceding chapters) refers the modern which is the form used for listing verbal words in dictionaries. While synonymous the term dictionary form will 325

326

Conjugation Schemes

only be used to explain how to form bases. For everything else the proper term is used.

A.1.1 Regular verbs:

base how to form

verbs

remove nal row syllable from dictionary form nal row syllable is replaced with the corresponding row syllable nal row syllable is replaced with the corresponding row syllable dictionary form ending on the -row syllable nal row syllable is replaced with the corresponding row syllable nal row syllable is replaced with the corresponding row syllable

A.1.2 Regular verbs:

base how to form

verbs

remove nal remove nal remove nal dictionary form ending on replace nal with remove nal

A.1.3 Irregular verbs: (/)

base () () () () ( )

The for these verbs follows special rules because not all forms are used for all inections that require this base. For the classical negation: uses the uses the

Conjugation Schemes For the (modern) passive and causative:

327

acts as either an or a verb for these forms; + or + to form the passive + to form the causative. acts as a normal verb using just the forming for the passive and for the causative. also acts as a normal verb forming for the passive and for the causative. For the potential form all three use instead.

A.1.4 Irregular verbs:

base kanji form

pronunciation

A.1.5 Special verbs:

base form

A.1.6 Special verbs:

base form ()

328

Conjugation Schemes

A.1.7 Special verbs:

base form

A.1.8 Special verbs:

base form () ()

A.1.9 Verbal adjectives

base ( how to form Remove the from the dictionary form. + + + + + )

A.1.10 Special bases for

base form

Conjugation Schemes

329

A.1.11 Special bases for

base form

A.1.12 Special bases for

base form

A.1.13 Special bases for

base form

A.1.14 Special bases for

base form

330

Conjugation Schemes

A.2 Conjugation schemes A.2.1 Regular verbs: verbs

Contractions in the inections are indicated with (c)

inection present

formality informal formal informal formal informal formal informal formal informal formal informal formal informal formal plain polite plain polite neutral emphatic formal(1) formal(2) informal

armative + + (c) + + (c) + + (c) + + (c) + + (c) + + (c) + + + + (c) + (c) + + + + + + + + + + + (c) + +

negative + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ( + ) + + + + + + +

past form

past conditional representative pseudo-future past pseudo-future presumptive past presumptive hypothetical

commanding

very formal

requesting

neutral

formal

Conjugation Schemes
inection formality armative + + + (c) + (c) + + + + + + + + + + negative + + + (c) + (c) + + + + + + + + + +

331

passive honoric potential short potential causative causative passive humble

informal formal informal formal informal formal informal formal I

II

honoric

+ + + + + + + + + + + +

II

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + +

A.2.2 Regular verbs:

inection present formality informal formal informal formal informal formal informal formal informal formal informal formal

verbs
armative + + + + + + + + + + + negative ( + ) + + + + + + + + + + + + +

past form

past conditional representative pseudo-future

332
inection past pseudo-future presumptive past presumptive hypothetical formality informal formal plain polite plain polite neutral emphatic very formal informal armative + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

Conjugation Schemes
negative + + + + + + + + +

commanding

formal very formal

+ + ( + ) + + + + + + +

requesting

neutral formal

passive honoric potential causative causative passive humble

informal formal informal formal informal formal I

+ + + + + + + + + + + +

II

honoric

+ + + + + + + + + + + +

II

+ + + + + + + + + + + +

Conjugation Schemes

333

A.2.3 Irregular verbs: (/)

inection present formality informal formal informal formal informal formal informal formal informal formal informal formal informal formal plain polite plain polite neutral emphatic formal (1) formal (2) informal + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - + + + see note see note see note armative negative + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

past form

past conditional representative pseudo-future past pseudo-future presumptive past presumptive hypothetical

commanding

formal formal (2) requesting passive honoric causative causative passive neutral formal informal formal informal formal informal formal

+ + () +

334
inection humble honoric potential replacement verb

Conjugation Schemes

A.2.4 Irregular verbs: ()

inection present

formality informal formal informal formal informal formal informal formal informal formal informal formal informal formal plain polite plain polite neutral emphatic formal (1) formal (2) informal

armative + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +

negative + () + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ( + )

past form

past conditional representative pseudo-future past pseudo-future presumptive past presumptive hypothetical

commanding

formal very formal requesting passive honoric potential

informal formal

+ + +

+ + +

Conjugation Schemes
inection causative causative passive formality informal formal informal formal armative + + + + negative + + + +

335

inection humble honoric

replacement verb

A.2.5 Special verbs:

Contractions in the inections are indicated with (c)

inection present past form past conditional representative pseudo-future past pseudo-future presumptive past presumptive hypothetical

formality informal formal informal formal informal formal informal formal informal formal informal formal informal formal plain polite plain polite neutral emphatic formal (1) formal (2) informal informal formal

armative + + (c) + + (c) + + (c) + + (c) + + (c) + + (c) + + + + (c) + (c) + + + + + +

negative + + + + + + + + + +

commanding passive honoric potential

+ +

336
inection short potential causative causative passive formality informal formal informal formal informal formal armative + + + + + +

Conjugation Schemes
negative + + + + + +

inection polite

replacement verb

A.2.6 Special verbs: /

inection present politeness plain polite past plain polite form plain polite past conditional plain polite representative plain polite pseudo-future plain armative negative

polite

Conjugation Schemes
inection past pseudo-future politeness plain polite hypothetical I II armative negative

337

A.2.7 Special verbs:

inection present past form past conditional representative pseudo-future past pseudo-future hypothetical commanding armative + + + + + + + negative + + + + + + + +

A.2.8 Verbal adjectives

Contractions in the inections are indicated with (c)

inection present past form past conditional pseudo-future

formality informal formal informal formal informal formal informal formal informal formal

armative + + (c) + + (c) + (c) + + (c)

negative + + + + + + + + + + + + +

past pseudo-

informal

338
inection future formal hypothetical commanding neutral emphatic informal + (c) + + + (c) formality armative negative

Conjugation Schemes

+ + + + +

Classical adverb form

The following table shows the rules for using verbal adjectives as adverbs to classical verbs such as and .

adjective wri en as ending in an -row syllable + ending in an -row syllable + ending in an -row syllable + ending in an -row syllable +

becomes ending in an -row syllable + ending in an -row glide the same + the same +

Appendix B

Set phrases
Every language has its set phrases for things like thanking people or excusing yourself or phrases that are used idiomatically meaning something other than what the words would literally imply such as telling someone to take a chair or make themselves at home. This appendix lists several common Japanese phrases and per phrase gives the grammatical decomposition that can be made given all the material that has been presented in this book with the phrases being ordered according to Japanese custom (starting at through and ending at ).

Please come in
Coming from the verb () this sentence literally says please be raised. Its non-literal meaning comes from the fact that the traditional Japanese house has a raised oor at the entrance where one takes o ones shoes and steps up into the house itself.

Thank you

As mentioned in the adjective section this is an example of classical adjective pronunciation and is actually a long chain of conjugations: in + in classical pronunciation + in + + + +

339

340

Set Phrases

This literally means this is a dicult thing to accept stemming from the concept of becoming indebted to someone who helps you. As becoming (further) indebted to someone is always a hard thing to accept this phrase is used instead of a separate word for thanking. There are various ways to use this sentence the most indebting being which adds the word to the phrase meaning in all possible ways coming from the question pronoun (how in what way) and the generalising pronoun sux . Still formal indebting is . Just however is not polite. It comes down to saying thanks and pays improper respect to people who do something for you and are of higher social status. Never just say to your teacher for instance. Always use . This expression can either be used in present or future tense ( ) or it can be used in past tense () with the dierence lying in when the thanking is being done: if it is after the fact will be used and if its either prior to or during whatever were being thankful for is used.

Disagreement
The Japanese version of no. Alternatives to are the more colloquial and the more emphatic .

Oh no this wont do
This word is often used to express that something will not do is about to be done wrong or is at this very moment going wrong. Its technically the short potential form of and literally means this cannot go. Used in this way it is typically wri en in hiragana only.

Said when one is about to eat

This statement literally means I will accept [this] in the receiving meaning of accept and is used when one is about to eat in the company of others. This is similar to for instance the Christian practice of giving thanks for the food about to be received but without the religious aspect. When one is done eating one uses to indicate that one is done.

Set Phrases

341

I will go and come back

This is said when one leaves a place that one expects to come back to. The most obvious example is when one goes o for ones job or school in the morning when it is used to say goodbye to whoever is still in the house. The standard reply if warranted is .

() Said when someone who will return leaves.

Literally this is the honoric version of the command go and come back where the speaker tells the listener to go on their business and come back afterwards. This phrase is said to people who are leaving a place where they are expected to return such as their house typically in response to . The rst in the part of is typically omi ed after a form similar to how the in is typically omi ed when used with the form.

Be welcome
This is literally the commanding form of the honoric verb and is used by tenants to welcome their customers into their place of business. It doesnt technically mean be welcome but thats what it has come to be considered to mean.

Welcome back
This phrase is the typical response to and welcomes someone back home or back to a place that can be considered a base of departure such as your oce when you went out for a power meeting with management and have returned unscathed. This phrase is technically the honoric commanding form of to return [to some base]: + in + in + +

342

Set Phrases

Thanks to you

This phrase is a typical reply to the question (how do you do?) in which case it is usually preceded by an armative such as . It is also used frequently in situations where someone receives praise from someone who contributed to whatever the praise is for. Traditionally a meaning shadow or shadow gure is used to mean someone who acts as the unseen driving force behind other people. Literally saying means due to your being like a shadow for me and can be interpreted as because of [your] contributing actions [I am where I am now at this moment].

Get be er stay well

This phrase can be considered the statement be well with the left o. It is used as a general parting phrase with people who you will not be seeing the very next day such as when seeing an incidental friend o as well as a parting phrase for people who can use well-wishing such as friends who seem a bit down.

How are you?

This is a terribly misused phrase by people who start to take an interest in Japanese who mistaken it for hello. literally asks are you which means that it asks whether someone is feeling good about things in general. This is something you do not ask someone every day but only when you havent seen someone in a while or when there is a reason to ask them such as when someone has just recovered from an illness. In this last case the question may also be of the form meaning are you again (already)?. people who are not are typically depressed gloomy glum down and out and for all intents and purposes a mood killer for everyone around them. Asking these people whether they are is a bit like driving home the point that they arent happy with a big pointy stick so instead the phrase is typically used carefully remarking that they do not seem very .

Set Phrases

343

Said when leaving early

Said when leaving earlier than you normally would (namely when everyone else leaves) literally says before [you/everyone else] and is short for . This can be met with two responses namely either a set phrase such as or clear reason. or with surprise at the act of leaving early for no

Entering someones house

The noun means obstruction or interference and this sentence is a particularly good example of Japanese formality: this phrase is used when one is invited into a house. Courtesy demands that you indicate that even though you have been invited you will intrude upon their home life by accepting this invitation and entering their house. Because this phrase literally means Ill be intruding it can also be used when one really is intruding such as breaking up an intimate conversation because you need to talk to one of the conversationalists or when barging in on people.

Treating someone

means caring in the giveable caring kind of way. Paired with the combination () means to give care to someone in the positive sense and is generally understood as meaning you will be treating someone to something. This phrase is used for instance when picking up the tab for someone (this will naturally be paired with some refusal by the treatee and insistence on the part of the treater but this is part of the Japanese process of doing things for people).

To be taken care of

Pairing with the verb become the combination means to be taken care of by someone in the positive sense. For instance when someone is oering to do something for you like pay the bill after dinner or take care of you when youre sick and you wish to oblige them you use the phrase to indicate that you will be taken care of in some way by them.

344

Set Phrases

() Take care

is a valuable thing in the gurative sense. When someone is told they are told to please act in a way so that they are treating themselves as something valuable. This full sentence is often shortened to just . For instance when saying goodbye to someone who you will not see in a while you typically wish them so that you may meet them again in good health at some point in the future.

(/) Youve worked hard

literally means the appearance of tiredness and comes from the noun form of the verb to tire prexed with the honoric and suxed with the more classical likeness sux . This statement is used when someone has performed a tiring job or when one goes home after a day of working.

Being hungry

One states that one is hungry by saying their stomach has become empty. Variations on this theme are the plain past tense instead of formal past tense or with the subject marker omi ed . Colloquial versions are (note the dierent pronunciation for ) or simply .

Please

Literally this phrase reads (I) wish it but is commonly interpreted as meaning please in the context of prompting someone to do something for you. It comes from the verb to wish: + in + in + + +

Set Phrases

345

Good morning

This phrase doesnt actually contain the word morning in any way which explains why its possible to use this phrase at later points in the day. Literally this is the statement only in humble classical form: in classical form + of + + + This statement basically arms that some meeting is reasonably early for when it occurs. For school goers 8:30 am could be early; for bookmakers 1 p.m. could be early. It all depends on when your daily routine day starts.

Its been a long time

This phrase is actually grammatically quite interesting as it consists of a noun compound formed of the verbal adjective long (timed) and the verb to end/give up which as compound is turned into a noun and prexed with the honoric particle covering all the major word groups (verb adjective noun and particle) in a single term: + as + in (suering from a voiced pronunciation as compound) + + + + This phrase is used when a silence between two people is broken after some time be this in writing by virtue of a phone call or by actually seeing someone in person again.

Congratulations
Literally this phrase is a combination of (meaning auspicious) in classical form paired with :

346 + in classical form + in + + +

Set Phrases

This phrase can be used with a million and one words to congratulate on any number of things usually following the form of descriptions of what the congratulations are oered for: Congratulations on ge ing married. Congratulations on your birthday. Congratulations on graduating.
et cetera et cetera.

Good night

This phrase is said when one goes to bed and is repeated by those who wish you a good night. It is technically the honoric commanding form of to rest and is used to wish everyone else a good night too. + in + in + +

( ) Take care Be careful

Literally this phrase instructs someone to apply in this case best translated as vigilance to whatever it is they are or will be doing. It is used when you wish

Set Phrases

347

someone to be careful such as when they are about to do something potentially dangerous whether its rewiring a wall socket or heading out in a storm at midnight without a torch or when theyre going to be in an environment that may be hazardous in some way be it starting a school term at a new school or going o to do your job as a reman.

(/) Job well done

Literally this phrase doesnt say well done at all but actually translates to it would appear that you have exerted considerable eort () with the fact that this was actually good eort only being implied by the fact that youre not being told youve done a bad job instead. This phrase can be used whenever someone has nished doing a tough job or has had a rough day. This phrase is also used as a reply to when used by someone for whom its okay to leave work before others do (even if only by a few minutes). Colloquially the in can be replaced with to create the more relaxed sounding .

() Said when one is done eating

This expression has no usable translation because its a customary saying. Literally this phrase means it was a feast stemming from the noun which means banquet and all the things a banquet entails such as good food and decent entertainment and the likeness sux . This phrase is the counterpart to the customary saying said prior to consuming anything in the company of others.

Please excuse me

This phrase is used in two common se ings. The rst is when hanging up on a phone conversation when you are the one hanging up and the second is when youre entering a place which you know is someone elses but you dont see anyone around. Literally means dismissal and this phrase asks for the listener to please dismiss your behaviour as it is intrinsically rude.

348

Set Phrases

Please forgive me

This construction is more oriented towards asking for forgiveness rather than just being excused. When you have done something wrong and you know you did apologise with . This phrase is also used to turn down important oers where the act of turning down the oer may lead to problems for the other party (such as when someone is depending on you or when someone confesses their love for you). When being specic about what you are asking forgiveness for follows the description in form: Im sorry for eating (your) cake.

Good day
This is the particle (pronounced ) added to the noun meaning day (pronounced instead of ). Its technically an unnished phrase just raising the topic of today and then saying absolutely nothing in regards to it but this has become the standard way to say good day in Japanese.

Good evening
Like this is just added to this evening.

Farewell
Realise the full meaning of this word before you use it: is short for

which is old Japanese for Things being as they are I shall speak my farewells. The modern version too really does mean farewell and not just a plain good bye. There is a very explicit connotation that it will be a considerable time until the speaker will see again the person theyre seeing o if ever.

Set Phrases

349

There is nothing () can do about it

This phrase is quite often (and to the horror of many a translator) translated literally as there is no helping it. Now the number of times you will hear that phrase used in English is probably a very small number indeed and as such this phrase is much be er translated with theres nothing [I/he/she/we] can do about it. is a conceptual noun for a something that can be done and is an example of kanji being applied to a reading instead of the other way around: this is actually the way of doing construction for where has been given the kanji meaning doing/service. Variations on this theme involve omi ing or replacing with the more humble and with the more polite leading to statements such as .

I have commi ed a rudeness

This is used as an excuse after the facts when admi ing that one has commi ed a rudeness.

Excuse me

literally means a rudeness and means to commit a rudeness. When one has to excuse oneself from somewhere for instance when one is talking to a superior and is called away for some reason or one has to go before the conversation is truly over this expression is used (in combination with the appropriate level of bowing) to indicate that one is aware that ones actions will be somewhat rude.

See you again (later)

This phrase is an unnished phrase that literally means well then again [some other time] and is used as an informal goodbye when you expect to see each other again soon. The comes from which in turn is short for meaning with this or by this as context. () means again and so the whole sentence can be unwrapped to [] where the nal part of the sentence can be things like tomorrow later and so forth. Because of all this dropping of terms there are several statements that can be used which all mean the same thing but varying in level of formality:

350

Set Phrases

formal polite formal polite casual polite informal informal very informal

Thank you Excuse me

A prime example that Japanese conceptualises certain things dierently can actually mean thank you and excuse me at the same time when used. While meaning a simple excuse me if used when (for instance) bumping into someone in the street it is also used when someone does something for you that will indebt you to them such as catching your hat and handing it back if the wind catches it or xing some typos in an email you had wri en. Using in these instances means both thank you for doing this for me as well as Im sorry to have caused you to do this for me at the same time. This is technically the polite negative of to end indicating that the debt between the two parties involved remains unse led. Variations on the theme include the more colloquial and very informal and . When being specic about what you are thanking apologetically for follows the description in form. Thank you for helping out and sorry for somehow having made you do so.

Is that so? Really I see Aha

This is a typical phrase that doesnt mean what it seems to mean even if half the time it does. Much like how half the time when a Japanese person says they wont mean yes but are only indicating theyre listening is used to acknowledge that the speaker is still being listened to just as much as its used to genuinely ask is that so?. Only the context of the conversation is an indicator whether its just a polite way to show that someone is still being listened to or whether the listener is genuinely wondering about something said.

Set Phrases

351

Showing agreement
This phrase is often used when someone wants to emphatically agree in a conversation. It may also be used to indicate that the speaker has heard what has just been said and will respond to it similar to . Misinterpreting it can lead to quite a bit of confusion: A: B: A: Have you nished yet? B: Ah yes not yet. Here B is rst merely acknowledging that they heard the question possibly even indicating that they think its a good question and the real answer comes after .

Im back Right away

There are three meanings to this phrase although typically you will only be familiar with the rst: when returning from something that one had to leave for (at which point an would have been used) this phrase is used to signal the return. It is usually met with an idiomatic expression translating to welcome back. The second meaning is quite dierent. When given an order to perform some task using as response idiomatically translates to right away. This use is typical in se ings where someone is commanded to do something such as in a master/servant relationship. Lastly can also be used as a formal version of just meaning now. In this meaning you may also nd it used a lot in the expression [] in which is used in its classical (literary) meaning being the same as the modern particle with the expression translating to starting now as of now or from this moment on.

Please
This is just the verb to leave in someones care but is frequently used as an expression both when ooading something to someone else (which can be considered

352

Set Phrases

quite rude) to mean please do this for me or when someone oers to do something for you and is giving o all the signals that theyre being serious instead of being polite as an implicit thank you.

- Dont mention it youre welcome

This phrase is used in response to an expression of gratitude. Similar to how in English one might be polite by responding to Thank you very much with youre welcome or it was my pleasure this phrase acts as both an acknowledgement of the gratitude as well as an indicator that the gratitude should not be experienced to the degree that the person doing the thanking is expressing (similar to how in English one might go no no it was nothing). Grammatically speaking this construction is the humble version of but idiomatically these two expressions mean wildly dierent things with being used to acknowledge or waive gratitude and being used to enquire the why of something.

What happened?
Being a combination of the pronoun how or in what way and the past tense of this literally asks by what way did [] happen?. However it is interpreted to mean what happened? instead. is a short question to enquire what happened when someone seems upset taken aback or give o the impression that something happened that is unusual. A more formal way to ask this though also more eeminate is .

() Why? How come?

This is the combination of how and the verb in form. Using just is technically an incomplete sentence and implies that it should be nished with whatever verb best describes the situation that is being questioned. For instance if someone refuses to help the full sentence could be why wont you help? but just saying is enough to act as question.

Urging someone If it pleases you

One of the power words in Japanese social language is used whenever you wish to politely urge someone to do something. For instance if one has just served tea to guests and wishes to urge the guests to start drinking a combined with

Set Phrases

353

a sweeping hand gesture at the cups will convey the message that they should start drinking. This word can frequently be heard in combination with urging requests forming a more polite version of the request. For instance the earlier entry ( ) could be made more polite by turning it into ().

After you

A common form of politeness in Japan (although arguably in any culture) is to repress your own feelings and desires so that others might benet. Of the many ways in which this can be expressed probably the most common way is le ing other people do something before you get a chance to do them such as opening a door for someone else to pass through rst or le ing someone else queue up before you queue up. The phrase combines with (before) in honorary form trans lating to -- if were translating the intention of the expression rather than the literal words -- If it pleases [you] [allow me to let you do whatever I wanted to do] before [I do so too].

Pleased to meet you

Pleased to meet you is actually the best cultural approximation translation. The Japanese statement doesnt actually mean pleased to meet you at all but relies on knowing what means. Being a noun derived from agreeable/acceptable this statement literally says that the speaker hopes that everything that is the result of this meeting is of a good nature. Its only used once when you rst meet someone in a se ing where you will work together in some capacity and is more accurately described as saying please treat me well in our future dealings. The more formal version is which adds the verb for wishing to the statement thus expressing a sincere wish to be treated favourably in the future. The short form just can be used in a broader se ing to indicate you will leave something to someone under the assumption that all will be well and is similar to in this use.

() Why?
This is the most direct version of why and is a pure interrogative; its short and literally means what reason. Being the most direct its also quite rude and there is

354

Set Phrases

no polite way to use this word so its best to try and avoid using it at all. Because it is technically a noun it can be used in a softer form using but even then this is still considered more direct than asking the other two versions of why with : or .

() Why?
This particular version of why is considered more direct than but less direct than . It is indirect in that it literally asks by which means [do you reason this way]? or by which means [did this situation arise]? but is more direct because its shorter than and thus sounds more curt.

Being thirsty

When one is thirsty in Japan one doesnt say I am thirsty but instead uses the less direct statement my throat is dry similar to how one could say I am a bit parched in English rather than saying Im a bit thirsty.

Acknowledgement
While generally understood to mean yes actually signies acknowledgement in general it can be used as an acknowledging response to questions in which case it means the same as yes but it can also be used to indicate that some speaker is still being listened to. Like this may lead to situations where can be interpreted as either: A: B: A: So (you) know (what this means) (dont you). B: [acknowledges the question] No. Alternatives to are the more colloquial and the more explicitly acknowledging .

Set Phrases

355

A formal greeting used when meeting someone for the rst time

Like this is technically an unnished sentence being the polite form of to start (something). Literally this sentence reads [through our meeting something] starts which is why it is only used once in your life per person that you meet. In a se ing where there will be a lasting cooperation between you and whoever you say this to the conversation will typically steer towards or depending on the whether you will be potentially relying on the other person a lot.

Ge ing upset

This phrase literally means to raise [my] stomach and is used to indicate something causes genuine upset or upset anger. Like being hungry or thirsty being upset too is typically indicated by describing the physical feeling.

Extreme apology
Literally this phrase reads [this is] not [a situation in which] saying [something] [is appropriate]. Eectively it means I have no excuse [for what I have done] and makes it clear that the speaker is genuinely at fault for something. Grammatically decomposing the phrase we see:

in + meaning/reason nominaliser + formal polite negation of + + Variations on this theme involve more or less formal versions of the verbs

to say and be such as

etc.

Said when picking up the phone

The story goes that this word was used because demons cannot pronounce it and it would allow people to tell whether a real person had picked up the phone on the other end. Regardless of whether its true (its not comes from from the humble verb ) it makes for a nice story to tell people when they get

356

Set Phrases

curious about the phrase that the Japanese use when they pick up the phone or when it appears the signal has dropped during a conversation. This phrase is also used to call someones a ention when they seem to be lost staring into the distance similar to how one might yell helloooo? to someone who seems to have started day dreaming in English.

Glossary
Abstraction A generalisation either through simplication(s) or by omission(s) of some (or more) part(s). For instance the concept of friendship is an abstraction from all the individual instances of people being friends (an abstraction by generalisation). Similarly the concept of walking is an abstraction of the concerted eort of all the muscles moving in the human body to eect that body walking on two legs (an abstraction by omission because for walking all the unrelated information of muscles working the brain balancing the body the eyes determining the direction of travel etc. is irrelevant) and the Japanese kana are abstractions of Chinese characters (either by simplication in the case of hiragana or omission in the case of katakana). Accent Accent in speech is that part of a word that seems to jump out at the listener placing more focus on one or more syllables than on the rest of the word. For instance the word a ention has its accent on ten in English while the accent lies on on in French. Accents are typically in the form of a noticeably dierent pitch level or gradient for the syllable(s) in question than for the rest of the word. Accusative In this book accusative is used in the natural language meaning not the grammatical meaning representing a construction that accuses someone of something. The grammatical accusative form refers to the role of a direct object to a word that can take such direct objects (which typically means verbs). Active The verb form that describes actions taking place in the world as performed by someone or something. For instance I throw the ball describes an activity performed by me. Contrast to passive. Adverb Words that are used to describe the way in which a verb action or state is in eect. For instance To walk quickly has the adverb quickly describing the way in which walking is performed. Armative A word or part of phrase that states (asserts) something is the case. Contrast to negative. 357

358

Glossary

Animate The quality of things that allows us to say they are alive or seem lifelike. This covers not just things like people or animals but also things that seem to move on their own or even things which possess a lively quality such as an animate conversation. Contrast to inanimate. Article A particular kind of word that references particular objects. In English these are the indenite articles a and an and the denite article the. Assertive Bold condent or even aggressively self-assured. Auxiliary verb A verb that is used to give additional meaning to another verb. For instance in the English phrase I can do this the verb can is an auxiliary verb combining with do to form a potential form rather than a plain predicative form. These may also be referred to as helper verbs. Binary Anything in which only two choices can be made such as binary signals (high and low) binary numbers (zero or one) or any arbitrary choice (one or the other). Notice that no choice is ever truly binary since there is always the choice to not pick either and sometimes even allowing both to be picked thus making binary choices secretly ternary choices and sometimes even quaternary choices. Cardinal A cardinal number diers from a normal number in that it refers to a number belonging to a particular set. Contrast this to ordinal numbers which indicate a number is part of some sequence. For example if we have a collection of 10 marbles marked 1 through 10 then the marble with number 6 wri en on it has cardinal number 6. However if we look at in which order we can take the marbles out of some container and the marble marked with the number 6 is the rst marble we pull out then its ordinal number is 1 (because its the rst in the series of drawn marbles) but its cardinal number is still 6 (because its still marble 6 in the collection of marbles). Clause A group of words that contain a subject and a predicate but do not form a full sentence. Cohortative A word form or construction that suggests performing some action. In English cohortatives are typically statements such as shall we ...? or lets .... Colloquial Spoken conversation usually used to mean the informal spoken version of a language as contrasted to formal language. Commanding A word form or construction that commands the listener or reader to perform some action. Contrast to prohibiting. Comparative A word form or form of phrase that compares one or more things to each other in some way.

Glossary Compound A word that has been formed by combining two or more words.

359

Conditional A word form or construction that indicates something is dependent on something else happening or being a particular way. The general description is in the form If A then B with A representing a condition and B representing the consequence should the condition be met. Conjugation A derived form of a verb adjective or noun through inection either by modication additions or both. Conjugational bases A conjugational base is the most basic verbal building block in Japanese grammar upon which all verbal inections are built. These are: 1) the () imperfect base 2) the () continuative base 3) the () nalising base 4) the () a ributive base 5) the () perfective base and 6) the ( ) commanding base. Of these the is no longer used and the is also referred to as the () (potential base) in modern Japanese as it is only used for hypothetical constructions. Connotation The commonly understood meaning of a word or phrase rather than its literal meaning. For instance take a chair connotes si ing down rather than the literal taking of a chair. Contrast to denotation. Context All information both explicit and implied that indicates how to interpret pronouns and referential information in one or more sentences. Continuative An inection indicating that the action represented by the inected word is still in eect either as is or as part of a more complex inection. Contraction The phenomenon in which certain parts of speech get shortened by either dropping (series of) syllables or replacing series of syllables with shorter dierent syllables. An example of this in English is the word cannot being turned into cant through omission. An example in Japanese is being turned into through a combination of omission and replacement. Contrasting Showing two things as being dierent in one or more respects. The biggest possible contrast is called polar contrast where two things are presented as opposites (lying on opposite poles) rather than merely diering. Copula A word or part of phrase used to dene or couple things. In English this is the verb to be which is used in denitions such as the sky is blue. In Japanese these are a large number of copulae with the two words and being the most used for informal and formal coupling respectively. Counter A word used to indicate that a numerical statement should be considered as representing a count of some thing(s) rather than a plain number.

360

Glossary

Decomposition Reducing compound constructions to their individual parts. Deferred Indirect. Derogative A word or phrase that suggests someone or something is worth less than they really are. Beli ling detracting expressing low opinion of. Desirative A word or phrase that expresses desires. Diacritic A mark or symbol added or a ached to a le er or character to distinguish it from another of similar form. Direct Not hiding ones true intentions behind suggestive phrasing or formality patterns speaking ones mind. Direct object That part of phrase that receives the action of a transitive verb. For instance in I throw a ball the word ball as direct object receives its action from the verb throw. Contrast to indirect object compare to subject. Distal Impersonal. Dominant That which is most important. Contrast to subordinate. Dubitative A word or part of phrase that expresses doubt about some ma er. Eeminate A word or part of phrase that is associated with being used predominantly by women. Contrast to masculine. Emphatic A word or part of phrase that places emphasis on a ma er. Existential Referring to being either as a concrete or abstract thing. Familiar speech A speech pa ern used when talking to people whom you are intimately acquainted with. Formal speech A speech pa ern used when talking to people who you are not intimately acquainted with. Contrast to informal speech. Formality A particular behavioural pa ern used for the sake of procedure or decorum. Future tense A verb tense that indicates that something will occur in the future. In English this uses the auxiliary verb will. In Japanese this tense does not explicitly exist. Genitive Expressing a word or part of phrase belongs to or is specied by another word or part of phrase. From the Latin genitus meaning bego en.

Glossary

361

Gerund Using a verb in a way that acts as a noun. For instance in the sentence I like whistling the verb whistling acts as gerund as it can be replaced with any other noun while remaining a valid sentence. Glo al stop A stop consonant formed by briey closing the glo is while a empting to speak anyway followed by opening the vocal cords to release the built up pressure. Habitual An act that is performed regularly or some state that is regularly the case. Honoric A form of language in which one raises the perceived status of subjects. Imperfect A verb form expressing that some action has not (yet) been performed or some state is not (yet) the case. Implication A statement that suggests that something is the case without explicitly saying this. In-group The group of people that in a particular se ing are considered part of the same group that you are part of. The in-group is a dynamic concept and people who are part of ones in-group in one se ing need not automatically be part of ones in-group in another se ing. Contrast to out-group. Inanimate Anything that is not animate. Indirect Hiding ones true intentions by using suggestive phrasing and formality pa erns. Contrast to direct. Inection Modifying a verbal word to indicate its grammatical role. Informal speech A speech pa ern used when talking to people whom you are either familiar or intimately acquainted with. Contrast to formal speech. Instrumentalis A part of phrase that is used to indicate actions are performed by some indicated means. For instance We went to school by car has the word by acting as instrumentalis. Intangible Not being perceivable by any of the physical senses. Contrast to tangible. Interpunction The use of punctuation marks in wri en language to indicate its structure. Interrogative A word used to question something. In English these are words such as who what where why when how etc. Intimate Close or personal association or acquaintanceship.

362

Glossary

Intransitive A verb category that indicates that a verb is used to describe states of (part of) the world rather than actions that take place in it. Contrast to transitive. Irregular verb A verb that conjugates in a manner that does not follow the usual rules of conjugation. Kana The collective term for the hiragana and katakana scripts. Also used to refer to syllables from these scripts. Kanji The Japanese version of Chinese characters. Note that not all kanji exist in the Chinese character set and not all Chinese characters exist in the Japanese character set. Masculine A word or part of phrase that is associated with being used predominantly by men. Contrast to eeminate. Mimesis Words that illustrate an aspect of the world. An example is the Japanese kira kira which represents a sparkling or intermi ently shining state. Compare to onomatopoeia. Modier A word or part of phrase that modies or narrows down the denition of another word or part of phrase. Mood For verbs mood is that aspect of a verb that indicates how the verbs subphrase relates to the rest of the sentence. In English common moods are imperative subjective and indicative. Negative A word or part of phrase that states (asserts) that something is not. Nominaliser A word or part of phrase that changes the grammatical role of other words or parts of phrase into the one played by nominals (nouns). Nominalising Turning a word or part of phrase into a nominal. Noun A word class that is used to name a person place thing quality or action. Onomatopoeia A word that illustrates a sound made by something such as the word thunk in the phrase The rock went thunk as it hit the oor. Compare to mimesis. Operative A word that is the focus of some eect state or action. Ordinal A number representing some place in an ordered sequence or list. Out-group Everyone who is not part of your in-group.

Glossary

363

Particles A class of words that are used to characterise words or parts of phrase as having a particular grammatical role. Passive The verb form that describes some state of (part of) the world rather than some action taking place in it. For instance the sentence the cake was eaten by the children is in passive voice as it describes the state of the cake (eaten) rather than the action taken to eect this state. Contrast to active. Past tense The verb tense that indicates some state was the case or some action took place in the past. Perfect A verb tense that indicates the action described by the verb has been completed. Personal zone Refers to the conceptual locations available for referencing to. In English there are two personal zones namely near me and not near me leading to the pronouns here and there or this and that respectively. In Japanese there are three personal zones namely near me near my conversational partner(s) and not near either of these two leading to the kosoado words koko soko and asoko or kore sore and are respectively. Pitch The perceived frequency (for speech usually described in terms of height rather than physical waveform period length) of sounds. Plural The word form used to indicate multiple instances. Polarity It indicates what a verb asserts. In English as in Japanese armative and negative. Potential Indicating that some state or action is possible. Prex Something that is added to the front of a word to change its meaning in some way. Contrast to sux. Preposition A word that is added before another word or part of phrase to indicate its relation to the rest of the phrase. Present tense The verb tense that indicates some state is the case or some action is taking place at this moment. Presumptive Expressing a belief about some ma er without evidence to support the belief. Progressive Some action that is taking place or progressing in the world leading up to some resultant state. For instance the window is opening is a progressive action which will result in the window being in an opened state. Prohibiting Forbidding something. Contrast to imperative and commanding.

364

Glossary

Pronoun A word that takes the place of a noun in a sentence and refers to this replaced noun instead. Pronunciation The way language sounds when spoken. Pseudo-future A verb form that is not a true future form but has certain aspects of it. In Japanese the pseudo-future does not indicate a future tense but is only used when some verb may turn out to describe a state in the world or an action taking place in it at a later time such as a cohortative dubitative or presumptive. Punctuation Symbols added to wri en text for visual separation such as full stops commas quotation marks etc. Quantication Expressing something as a quantity either in numerical values or conceptual quantities such as a li le or a lot. Radical A kanji that can be used to index and look up other kanji with. There are 214 of these radicals called the classical radicals but many of these have one or more variations when used as graphemes in larger kanji leading to roughly 400 graphemes being used as radical. Reserved speech A form of speech where one exercises self-restraint trying to keep ones thoughts and ideas to oneself by stating ma ers as impersonal possibility or as fact. Resultant state A state describing (part of) the world that comes from a certain action having been performed. For instance the act of opening the window leads to the resultant state of an open window. See progressive. Stem The part of a word that does not change when that word is inected. Subject The principal actor or performer in a verb phrase. Subordinate That which is less important. Contrast to dominant. Subphrase A section of a phrase that can act as a phrase on its own. Sux Something that is added to the end of a word to change its meaning in some way. Contrast to prex. Superlative The word that expresses the highest level of some quality. English superlatives are best most highest largest quickest etc. Syllabaries The set of wri en characters of a language of which each character stands for a syllable.

Glossary Syllable A unit of spoken language typically of uniform duration.

365

Syntax The compositional rules of a language typically consisting of the rules for how to write sounds and interpunction and how to combine entities in the language in grammatically sound ways. Tangible Being perceivable by any of the ve major physical senses (sight hearing smell taste or touch) especially the sense of touch. Contrast to intangible. Tense Indicating the time frame in which the verb action takes place. For instance past present or future. Topic At the sentence level topic refers to the word(s) that describe(s) information that the rest of the sentence bears relation to. At the discourse (full text) level the topic describes the concepts that the whole text is about. Transitive A verb category that indicates verbs describing actions that are being performed by some actor taking place in the world. Contrast to intransitive. Transliteration The act of writing out a language in a script dierent from the one used in that language without translating. Verbal Relating to verbs. Verbal adjectives Words that act as adjectives a ributing some quality to nouns which can be inected to show tense mood and polarity in the same way verbs can. Verbs Words that describe a particular state of (part of) the world or actions taking place in it. Volitional Making a conscious choice or decision yourself as opposed to being forced to make one or having it made for you.

366

Glossary

English index
[X]()[Y]/[Z], 210 [X] the construction [X][Y], 188 [X][X], 216 [X][Y], 66 [X][Y], 214 [X][Y], 188 [X][Y], 188 [X][Y], 188 100000000, 223 10000, 223 A.m., 262 Accent, 39 Active voice, 130 Addressing people, 299 Adjective types i-adjectives, 48 na-adjectives, 32, 48 Adjectives, 64 Advanced mathematics, 267 Advanced maths cubing, 267 raising to a power, 268 squaring, 267 taking roots, 268 Adverb, 52 Adverbial constructions, 158 Adverbs, 84 Afternoon, 263 And, 93, 177 Arithmetic, 265 Arithmetics addition, 265 division, 266 multiplication, 266 subtraction, 266 Articles, 27 As well as , 191 As as possible, 191 Asking for conrmation, 175 Asking yourself a question, 177 Aspiration, 6 At some later time, 215 At the point of, 115 At your earliest convenience, 191 A ributive, 64 Base forms, 47 Basic inection, 51 Basic Japanese, 51 Because, 207 Becomes, 76 Becoming, 76 particular state, 76 particular thing, 76 Being, 77 Binary choice, 269 Block style, 26 Bold, 14 Bushu, 23 Can, 134 Cantonese, 39 Categorical choice, 271 Certainly, 281 Certainty, 281 Change rules summary, 228 Chinese characters, 8, 15 Chinese reading, 147 Choice, 269 Classical Chinese, 15 continuative, 98 367

368 Japanese, 18, 47, 49, 116 Classical continuative, 98 Classical potential, 135 Classilcal adjectives, 144 Cohortative, 319 Colloquial style, 47 Comparative, 64 Comparison, 269 Conjoin, 92 Conjunctions common conjunctions, 95 verb/adjective, 96 verb/noun, 97 verb/verb, 94 Consonant, 6 Context, 41 Context sensitive, 41 Contextual disambiguation, 18 Contextual simplication, 42 Contextualising, 65 Continuative noun, 100 verbal adjective, 99 , 100 Copula, 67, 77, 81 Counters, 229 (), 239 (), 231 (), 224, 249 (), 235 (), 244 (), 237 (), 253 (), 235 (), 252 (), 237 (), 245 (), 255 (), 255 (), 234 (), 251 (), 251

English index (), 248 (), 248 (), 240 (), 230 (), 236 (), 233 , 224, 238 (), 253 (), 242 (), 243 (), 249 (), 242 (), 254 (), 255 (), 254 (), 235 (), 250 (), 244 (), 245 (), 246 (), 240 (), 230 (), 247 (), 247 (), 233 (), 235 (), 230 (), 241 (), 246 Counters for articles bound volumes, 234 cups, 235 oor surface, 240 oors in a building, 237 instances, 237 items, 238 Japanese currency, 239 long cylindrical items, 233 maChinery, 236 number of, 237 ordinal prex, 233 sections, 235 sheets, 235

English index volumes, 235 Counters for living things birds and rabbits, 241 large animals, 242 people, 242 small animals and sh, 240 Counters for occurrence degrees, 243 issue number, 245 number of times, 243, 244 rank, 244 Counting, 221 Counting pronunciation rules (), 225 (), 225 (), 226 (), 227 (), 226 (), 225 Curt negative, 88 Day after tomorrow, 250 Day before yesterday, 250 Days of the week, 264 Degrees Celsius, 243 Demanding face, 296, 299 Derisive, 154 Description, 65 Desire rst person, 111 second and third person, 113 states, 115 Diacritic, 2, 3 Diaphragm, 6 Direct object, 52 Disambiguate, 53 Disambiguator, 53 Distal, 75 Do and come back, 105 Do whatever you can to , 191 Doing, 78 Doing for someone, 305 Dollar ($), 239 Double consonant, 10, 12 Double negative, 320 complex, 320 regular, 320 Drum beat, 6, 10, 11 Due to , 181 East, 218 Easy to , 96 Edo period, 16 Edojidai, 16 Emoji, 18 Emphasis, 37 Emphatic, 94 Emphatic particles, 173 dubitative, 177, 178 emphatic, 173, 175, 176 hopefulness, 178 informative, 173, 175, 179 open noun list, 178 reiterating, 177 resignation, 178 rhetoric, 174 stative, 176 strong rhetoric, 175 Enrichment particles as soon as , 200 calling a ention, 207 contrastive, 204 either, 200 emphasis, 200 emphatic, 203 emphatic negative, 201 even, 199 even though, 201 extent, 203 extreme emphatic, 207 formal , 204 generalisation, 205, 206 impossibility, 203, 208 merely, 199 not even, 200 nothing but, 202

369

370 only option, 209 or, 200 reasoning, 202, 207 representative, 204 simultaneous action, 205 Essential particles actor, 155 contrast, 155 destination, 163 direct verb object, 173 direction, 164 disambiguation, 167 event location, 162 exhaustive noun list, 155 genitive, 165 grouping, 156 instrumental, 162 logical consequence, 160 point or interval in time or space, 163 purpose, 163 questioning particle, 151 quoting, 158 relation, 163 similarity, 170 subject, 155 unier, 155 weak emphasis, 155 Euro (), 239 Evening, 263 Eventually, 215 Every time , 287 Except, 189 Exclamation mark, 173 Exhaustive list, 67 Existential verb, 77 Extent, 183 Extremes, 192 Fact, 160 Factor, 223 For no reason, 208 Forming numbers, 222 From to , 183

English index Furigana, 21 Further particles appropriating, 197 because, 198 cause, 181 classical origin, 184 comparative, 184 contrastive, 187 despite, 193 emphatic, 197 equal distribution, 197 estimated extent, 195 except, 189 experience, 198 extent, 188 just, 191 loose time frame, 195 merely, 196 only, 190, 191, 196 possibility, 198 reasoning, 179 reasoning extent, 183, 184 reasoning origin, 182 representative, 193 save, 189 simultaneous action, 187 social custom, 198 spacial extent, 183, 184 spacial origin, 182 strong emphatic, 192 temporal extent (exclusive), 184 temporal extent (inclusive), 183 temporal origin, 182 uncertainty, 194 Gender roles, 40 General counter, 238 General likeness, 277 Genitive, 65 Geometric degrees, 243 Giongo, 34 Gitaigo, 34 Giving, 305

English index (), 306 (), 308 (), 308, 309 (), 306 , 306, 307 Giving permission, 133 Glide, 10, 11 Glo al stop, 12 Gokan, 45 Gradual process, 104 Graduate student, 255 Habitual, 103 Hard to , 96 Having done for, 310 Having the appearance of, 273 Hearsay, 114, 273, 316 Helper adjective of negation, 54 Helping oneself to , 311 Here, 74 Homophonic, 17 Honoric, 33 Hope, 178 How, 74 However, 187 Hybrid writing style, 15 Hypothetical future past, 110 I guess, 178 I wonder, 178 Identical, 277 Ideograph, 15 If possible, 191 If then , 110, 160 Illegal syllables, 12 Imperial terms, 148 Impossibility, 203 Impression, 271 In three days, 250 In-group, 297, 298 Indeterminate location, 163 Indirect object, 52 Indirect speech, 315 Inection, 45 aspect, 45 base forms, 46 mood, 45 tense, 45 Inection bases, 47 a ributive, 47 conjunctive, 47 continuative, 47 nalising, 47 imperative, 47 imperfect, 47 perfect, 47 (), 47 (), 47 (), 47 (), 47 (), 47 (), 47 (), 47 Inections a ributive, 83 causative, 131 causative passive, 133 classical past tense, 58, 59 cohortative, 116 commands, 123 conditional, 109 conjunctive, 92 continuative, 97 desire, 111 dubitative, 116 future tense, 53 hypothetical, 121 imperative commands, 123 imperative request, 128 long potential, 134 modern past tense, 58, 59 negative, 54, 69, 88 negative pseudo-future, 119 nominalised potential, 137 noun inection, 65 passive, 129

371

372 passive form of bother, 131 past negative, 61, 70 past tense, 58, 69 politeness, 81 potential, 134 present tense, 53, 68 presumptive, 118 prohibitive commands, 126 prohibitive request, 128 pseudo-future, 116 representative listing, 108 requesting, 128 short potential, 135 form, 97 Intangible, 198 Interpunction, 13 comma, 14 do ing, 14 double quote, 14 drawn sound, 14 ellipsis, 14 exclamation, 14 full stop, 14 hiragana repeater, 14 idem dito, 14 kanji repeater, 14 katakana repeater, 14 lining, 14 parentheses, 14 question mark, 14 sentence naliser, 14 separator, 14 single quote, 14 Interrogatives, 72 , 154 , 192 , 171 , 194 Intransitive, 28 Iroha poem, 24 Irregular verbs, 55 Japanese eras Heisei (), 263 Meiji (), 263 Shouwa (), 263 Taishou (), 263 Japanese months, 252 Japanese reading, 147 Jouyou, 18

English index

Kaiimoji, 19 Kana hiragana, 1, 8 katakana, 1, 8, 12 Kanji, 15 Kanji classes derivatives, 19 phonetic loans, 19 Kanji readings Chinese derived readings, 17 goon, 16 han readings, 16 kanon, 16 native Japanese derived readings, 17 son, 16 ton, 16 wu readings, 16 (), 16 (), 16 (), 16 (), 16 Kanji types form/reading combination, 19 ideographs, 18 pictographs, 18 Kansaiben, 61 , 61 , 61 Kashamoji, 19 Keiseimoji, 19 Kunyomi, 17 Last month, 252 Last week, 251 Last year, 254

English index Later, 215 Let someone do, 133 Likeness, 271, 277 Listing arguments, 176 Literary style, 47 Loan words, 13 Logical and, 160 Logical or, 152 Long vowel, 10 Mandarin, 39 Manner, 273, 275 May or may not, 279 Meiji restoration, 241 Mezzanine, 237 Midday, 248 Midnight, 248 Mimeses, 157 Ming Dynasty, 16 Minimal sentence, 35 Ministry of education, 18 Modern continuative, 98 Modern Japanese, 47 Month after next, 252 Month before last, 252 Mora, 6 Morning, 263 Name suxes, 303 standard name sux, 303 (), 304 (), 303 , 303 (), 303 (), 304 , 304 (), 303 (), 304 Natural or, 152 Negation, 33 Negative presence, 79 Negative questions, 316 New information, 173

373 Next month, 252 Next week, 251 Next year, 254 Night, 263 No sooner than [X] [Y], 205 Nominalisers real conceptualisation, 284 (), 283 (), 286 (), 287 (), 294 (), 290 (), 295 (), 292 (), 287 (), 290 , 283 (), 288 (), 285 , 288 (), 294 , 293 (), 284 (), 292 (), 291 Nominalising, 282 abstract conceptualisation, 283 back referral, 283 describing a way, 292 describing an occurrence, 287 illustrating a case, 285 illustrating a circumstance, 285 illustrating an occasion, 285 indicating a moment in time, 290 indicating a moment of opportunity, 286 indicating a specic event, 287 indicating a specic time, 287 indicating an exact manner, 293 indicating apparent behaviour, 294 stating a custom, 288 stating a situational explanation, 291 stating a social expectation, 288

374 stating an expectation, 288 stating an intention, 290 stating purpose, 294 talking about a something, 295 North, 218 Not just but also , 177 Not just ., 191 Noun adjectives, 84 Noun forms, 86, 87 adjectives as nouns, 86 impression, 87 qualied noun, 87 quantied noun, 86 way of doing, 87 (), 87 (), 87 , 86 , 86 Noun list, 94 Noun particles , 67 , 65 , 67 Numbers native numbers, 223 (), 223 (), 223 (), 222 (), 223 , 223 Numerical counters 100, 230 1000, 230 10000, 230 100000000, 231 assorted, 231 Obsolete kana, 2, 50 Oering an opinion, 318 Okurigana, 45, 94 Only, 190 Onomatopoeia, 157 Onyomi, 17 Open choice, 270 location, 271 Order, 223 Order of magnitude, 223 Ordinal numbers, 246 Ordinality, 246 Origin, 65, 182 Out-group, 297, 298 Over there, 74 P.m., 262 Particles, 52, 65, 147, 150 , 151 , 178 , 178 , 198 , 182 , 155 , 186 , 178 , 196 , 196 , 195 , 195 , 187 , 197 , 195 , 195 , 175 , 199 , 176 , 189 , 200 , 197 , 176 , 176 , 206 , 190 , 207 , 205 , 204 , 196 , 177

English index

English index , 206 , 207 , 177 , 207 , 187 , 162 , 192 , 155 , 193 , 200 + Negative, 203 , 203 , 175 , 185 , 194 , 200 , 194 , 208 , 207 , 163 , 204 , 204 , 174 , 165 , 179 , 181 , 179 , 193 , 167 , 192 , 191 , 192 , 192 , 192 , 164 + Negative, 209 (), 188 , 183 , 184 , 208 , 170 , 198 , 201 , 202 , 201 , 178 (), 205 , 194 , 173 , 184 , 179 , 173 , 179 , 179 Passive voice, 129, 130 Permissive, 133 Personal pronouns, 300 rst person, 300 group suxes, 302 he, 301 I, 300 second person, 301 she, 301 third person, 301 you, 301 (), 300 (), 301 , 301 (), 301 (), 301 (), 301 (), 301 (), 302 (), 301 (), 301 (), 301 (), 301 (), 300 (), 302 (), 302 (), 300 (), 300 (), 300 (), 302 Phonetic building blocks, 1 Phonetic guide, 21

375

376 Phonetic kanji, 8 Phonetic script, 17 Phonetic writing, 17 Pitch, 39 Point in space, 163 Point in time, 163 Possession, 65 Possessive, 79 Possibilities, 279 Possibility of, 280 Pound (), 239 Preference, 269 Prexes classical honoric, 147 honoric, 147 negative, 148 (), 150 (), 150 (), 150 (), 150 (), 149 (), 149 (), 150 (), 150 (), 150 (), 150 (), 149 (), 148 (), 149 (), 150 (), 148 (), 149 Prepositional location eastern side, 219 exterior, 219 facing side, 219 front, 219 interior, 219 left side, 219 northern side, 219 opposing side, 219 other side, 219 reverse, 219 right side, 219 southern side, 219 top, 219 underside, 219 western side, 219 Prepositional nouns (), 216 (), 215 (), 211 (), 214 (), 215 (), 213 (), 218 (), 215 (), 212 (), 213 (), 216 (), 216 (), 213 (), 217 (), 214 (), 215 (), 215 (), 212 (), 217 (), 212 (), 212 (), 217 (), 217 Prepositional phrase, 52 Prepositions, 209, 210 above, 211 across, 217 after, 215 afterwards, 215 amid, 214 among, 214 amongst, 214 around, 217 as, 210 at, 210 back, 215 before, 212

English index

English index behind, 214 below, 212 beneath, 212 besides, 217 between, 216 beyond, 217 by, 210 close to, 217 conceptual nouns, 210 cross-, 213 despite, 210 during, 210, 213 except, 210 facing, 213, 217 for, 210 from, 210 front, 213 in, 214 in front of, 212 inside, 214 left, 212 near, 216 nearby, 217 next to, 217 of, 210 o, 210 on, 211 opposite, 215, 217 out, 216 outside, 216 over, 211 prior, 212 right, 212 save, 210 since, 210 through, 210 throughout, 213 to, 210 translation of, 209 under, 212 underneath, 212 up, 211 upon, 211 with, 210 within, 214 without, 210 Presumptive, 319 Probably, 280 Progressive, 103 Prone, 278 Pronouns, 72 it, 30 kosoado, 30 Pronunciation, 6, 15 Pseudo-future + + verb, 119 Punctuation, 13, 14 Purpose, 164 Quantication, 256 Quantiers, 256 a li le, 259 a li le bit, 259 a lot, 260 all, 261 always, 256 considerably, 258 even more, 260 every, 261 everything, 261 mostly, 257 never, 256 not at all, 258, 259 not much, 257 not often, 257 often, 257 rather, 258 sometimes, 258 to the brim, 260 usually, 257 very, 257 very much, 260 wholly, 261 (), 257 , 257 (), 260

377

378 , 256 (), 258 , 259 (), 259 (), 261 , 260 (), 258 (), 261 (), 257 , 259 (), 85, 258 , 257 , 260 , 257 Quantifying, 256 Questioning suggestion, 319 Quotation, 206 Radical, 22 Radicals traditional, 23 Ranges and estimations, 228 Receiving, 305, 310 (), 310 (), 310 (), 310 Recommending, 318 Repetition, 33 Representative list, 67, 193 Representative listing, 204 Request, 105 Resemblance, 279 Resignation, 179 Resultant state, 103 Rhetorical agreement, 174 Root concept, 65 Save, 189 Seal style, 26 Second hand information, 272 Seeming to, 115 Semantic blocks, 37 Sentence structure, 35

English index Serial action, 94 Shijimoji, 18 Shinto terminology, 147 Shoukeimoji, 18 Showing face, 296 Shuwn Jiz (), 23 Simultaneous action, 38, 160, 185, 186 dominant/subordinate, 186 equal duration, 185 Since, 207 Social language, 296 Sound words, 33 South, 218 SOV language, 35 Special compound verbs (), 95 (), 95 (), 96 (), 95 Special conjunctions , 102 , 104 , 102 , 107 , 105 , 104 , 106 , 107 , 104 , 107 Special form conjunctions, 102 Speech pa erns, 40 eeminate, 40 female, 40 honoric, 40, 137, 298 humble, 137, 138, 141, 298 male, 40 masculine, 40 plain, 40 polite, 297 reserved, 40 Square style, 26

English index Standard Japanese, 124 State words, 33 Stating fact, 181 Strokes, 19 angled strokes, 20 enclosures, 21 multi-angled strokes, 20 straight strokes, 19 Strong impression, 273, 275, 276 Style, 275 Subject, 41 Suggesting, 319 Surely, 281 SVO language, 35 Syllabary, 1 Syllabic script, 8, 16 Syllables, 1 Syntax, 1 Taika reform, 15 Taking a liberty, 310 Tang dynasty, 16 Tangible, 198 Teacher, 304 Telling dates, 261 Telling time, 261 Tenchuumoji, 19 That, 73 (noun), 72 direction, 74 honourable person, 74 kind of, 73 manner, 74 person, 74, 75 way, 74 That in that manner, 273 style, 275 way, 275 The day in question, 251 The minute [X] [Y], 205 Them, 302 There, 74 This, 73 (noun), 72 direction, 74 honourable person, 74 kind of, 73 manner, 74 person, 74, 75 way, 74 This month, 252 This week, 251 This year, 254 This in this manner, 273 style, 275 way, 275 Three days ago, 250 Three years ago, 254 Time counters calendar months, 252 clock hours, 248 days, 249 durational hours, 248 minutes, 247 months of duration, 253 scholar year, 254 seconds, 247 weeks, 251 weeks of duration, 251 years, 254 years of age, 255 years of duration, 255 Time frame, 163 To be, 77 Today, 250 Tokugawa period, 16 Tokugawajidai, 16 Tomorrow, 250 Tone dierence, 39 Top oor, 237 Topic, 41 Touyou, 18 Trait, 277 Transitive, 28

379

380 Whether or , 205 Which, 73 (noun), 72 Uncertainty, 194, 282 direction, 74 Undergraduate, 255 honourable person, 74 Underlining, 14 kind of, 73 Up to and including, 184 manner, 74 Up to , 184 person, 74, 75 Up until , 184 way, 74 Using numbers, 261 Which in which manner, 273 Vaguely representative, 194 style, 275 Verb actor, 52, 130 way, 275 Verb details, 52, 130, 164 Who, 75 Verb particles Wishful thinking, 178 , 52, 132, 134, 309 Word boundary, 17 , 76, 78 , 52, 76, 78, 85, 130, 132, 307, 309, Word classes adjectives, 31 311 adverbs, 32 , 53 articles, 27 , 52, 78, 134 compound words, 34 Verb types counters, 33 class i, 48 mimesis, 33 class ii, 48 nominalisers, 31 godan, 28, 47 noun, 29 ichidan, 28, 47 onomatopoeia, 33 ru verbs, 48 particles, 32 type i, 48 prexes, 33 type ii, 48 pronouns, 30 u verb, 48 quantiers, 32 Verbal adjectives, 48, 84, 90 suxes, 32 Vicinity, 217 verbs, 28 Vocal cords, 2 Word order, 36, 37 Voicing, 2 Writing direction, 14 We, 302 half-height, 15 Weak impression, 272 half-width, 15 Week after next, 251 Writing dictionary Week before last, 251 gotaijiten, 27 West, 218 santaijiten, 27 What, 73 Wri en styles Whats more , 177 gothic, 23 Where, 74 Whether or not, 282 gyousho, 25 True adverbs, 84 Trying something, 107

English index

English index kaisho, 23 minchou, 23 reisho, 26 sousho, 25 tensho, 26 Year after next, 254 Year before last, 254 Yen (), 239 Yes/no question, 180 Yesterday, 250 Zen Buddhism, 16 , 128 fold, 267 side, 218 , 121, 318 , 152, 282 , 319 (), 164 , 180 (), 270

381

382

English index

Japanese index
, 74 , 75 (), 263 (), 250 (), 250 , 74 (), 233 , 74 , 74 , 74 , 75 , 72 (), 273 , 257 (), 257 (), 145 , 70 , 70 , 55, 57, 60, 77, 79, 91 , 73 , 73 (), 275 , 257 () (), 223 , 57, 90 (), 226 (), 59 (), 238 (), 143 , 168 , 136 (), 121 (), 138, 139 , 310 , 139, 310 ( ), 222 (), 252 (), 28, 47 , 250 (), 65, 245 (), 65 , 59 (), 236 , 250 , 208 (), 144 , 142 , 77 , 24 (), 255 (), 139 (), 139 (), 129 , 297 (), 219 (), 252 (), 219 (), 219 , 174 (), 16 (), 18 (), 135 (), 138, 147 (), 142 (), 142 (), 45 , 142 (), 250 (), 254 (), 277 383

384 (), 278 (), 142 (), 302 (), 142 (), 139 (), 219 (), 142 (), 142 , 139 (), 17, 138, 147 (), 222 (), 250, 263 (), 254 (), 196 (), 264 (), 34, 157 (), 34, 157 (), 25 (), 252 , 125 (), 55, 56, 92 (), 17, 147

Japanese index

, 160, 170, 171, 178, 201 (), 19 (), 23 (), 19 ()(), 201 , 178 (), 223 (), 109, 121 (), 19 (), 281 (), 263 (), 280 , 187 , 280 , 187 (), 279 (), 198, , 187 , 187 280 (), 137 (), 280 (), 298 (), 264 , 181, 183, 184, 311 (), 264 + , 182 -form + , 182 (), 224 (), 302 , 124 (), 124 , 75 (), 253 , 74 (), 47, 325 , 156, 167, 178 , 74 (), 255 , 30, 72 (), 96 , 74 (), 278 , 74 , 186 (), 166 (), 137 (), 302 (), 254 (), 252 , 75 (), 218 , 72 (), 219 (), 273 , 281 (), 250 , 124

Japanese index , 73 (), 252 (), 251 , 73 (), 275 (), 263 (), 263 (), 222 (), 233 (), 45, 325 (), 252 (), 248, 262 , 125 , 125, 144 (), 1 (), 248, 262 ( ), 142 (), 142 (), 27 (), 28, 47 (), 142 (), 139 (), 142 (), 143 (), 143 (), 237 (), 250 (), 254 (), 139 , 133 , 131 , 259 (), 252 (), 252 (), 251 (), 254 ( ), 222 (), 252 (), 27 (), 186 (), 186 (), 222 (), 250 (), 252 (), 18 (), 219 (), 222 (), 252 (), 253 (), 18 (), 248 (), 263 , 124 (), 253 (), 28, 78 , 106 , 69 , 70, 71 , 71 , 106 , 69 , 70 ( ), 222 (), 267 (), 252 (), 252 (), 252 (), 268 (), 268 (), 18 (), 147 , 56 (), 264 , 55, 78, 92, 125, 134, 308 , 188 , 88, 102 , 56 , 124 , 133

385

386 , 131 (), 252 (), 251 (), 252 (), 251 (), 298 , 75 , 74, 114, 272, 316 (), 25 , 174 , 74 , 74 , 74 , 297 (), 219 , 75 , 72 (), 273 , 73 (), 137 (), 298 , 73 (), 275 (), 139 , 58 , 111 (), 111 (), 263 , 113 (), 265 (), 240 (), 302 , 205 (), 28, 78 (), 243 (), 280 , 58, 59, 108, 109 , 59, 108 , 67, 77, 84, 90, 120, 141, 179, 205 (), 2 , 190, 202 , 191 (), 168 (), 75

Japanese index

(), 237 (), 216 , 106 , 106 (), 237 (), 223 , 205 , 277 , 97 (), 250 (), 290 form, 59, 128 change rules, 98 negative, 100 , 171 , 171 form + , 206 (), 81, 297 (), 277 , 147 (), 115 (), 26 (), 19 , 68, 162, 190, 202 , 69, 77, 126, 141 , 143 , 77, 143 (), 134 (), 190 , 141 , 77, 141 , 199 , 67, 77, 81, 90, 120, 141, 162 , 191, 192 , 69

Japanese index , 70, 71 , 71 , 70 , 70 , 205 , 170, 177, 178, 193, 204, 207 (), 224 (), 207 (), 207 (), 177 (), 18 (), 287 (), 16 (), 203 (), 177 , 205 , 75 , 74 , 193 , 74 , 208 , 74 , 270 , 74 , 270 , 75 , 72 , 250 (), 273 (), 264 , 73 , 73 (), 275 , 68, 84, 126, 178 (), 223 , 175 , 175 , 54, 57, 60, 79, 91, 119 , 128 , 60 (), 214 , 120 (), 253 , 320 , 320 , 320 , 125, 175 , 272 , 125, 141, 142 , 194 (), 73, 207 (), 271 (), 233 , 109, 111, 122 , 202 , 122 , 205 , 76 , 191 (), 226 (), 252 (), 238 (), 143, 238 (), 271 (), 208 , 208 (), 250 , 175 , 164, 204 ( ), 222 (), 252 (), 96 (), 218 (), 219 , 208 (), 264 (), 279 , 88, 119, 122 , 207 , 174 , 174 , 174

387

388 , 179 (), 166 , 207 , 202 , 202 , 156, 204 (), 139 (), 255 (), 222 (), 252 (), 240 (), 250, 255 (), 253 (), 241 (), 262 (), 3 (), 247 , 202 , 192 (), 263 (), 223 (), 218 (), 219 (), 266 (), 219 (), 124 (), 263 (), 223 (), 275 (), 233 (), 253 (), 21 (), 23 (), 266 (), 47, 325 (), 263 (), 267 , 289

Japanese index (), 318 , 209 , 203 (), 250 , 119 (), 240 (), 263 (), 139 , 70, 81, 89, 121 , 184 (), 223 (), 219 , 276 (), 252 (), 218 (), 219 (), 23 (), 223 (), 219 (), 252 (), 233 (), 263 (), 123 + , 124 + , 124 (), 131 (), 142 (), 142 , 197 (), 139 (), 264 , 64 , 310 , 179, 193, 204 (), 224 (), 96 , 179 (), 252

Japanese index (), 59 , 154, 179 (), 223 , 57, 90 (), 273 (), 274 (), 274 , 58, 60 , 57 , 272 , 203 (), 263 (), 240 (), 302 (), 252 (), 251 (), 254 , 275 , 129, 134 (), 267 (), 223 (), 26 (), 248 , 129, 134 (), 53, 83, 84 (), 92, 97 (), 222 (), 252 (), 240 , 159, 167 , 88 , 23 , 239 , 192 , 239 , 239

389